Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
STILLWATER, OKLAHOMA
MAY 2014
CITY OF STILLWATER
DEPARTMENT OF WATER UTILITIES
STILLWATER, OKLAHOMA
KAW PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENTS
Client Proj. No 13WC08
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Volume 1 of 5
DIVISION 00 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF
THE CONTRACT
SECTION NO.
TITLE
_001
_002
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
_003
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_005B_01
_005B_02
_005B_03
_006C
_007D
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
_008E
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
_010G
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
_011H
_012I
_013J
BID FORM
_014K
BID BOND
_015L
_016M
NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/TOC (FS)
TOC-1
9408A10
_017N
CERTIFICATE NONDISCRIMINATION
_018O
NOTICE OF NO BID
00434
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION NO.
TITLE
01110
SUMMARY OF WORK
01116
01140
WORK RESTRICTIONS
01201
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01210
ALLOWANCES
01230
ALTERNATES
01260
01292
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01294
01312
PROJECT MEETINGS
01322
01324B
01329
SAFETY PLAN
01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01340
01350
SPECIAL PROCEDURES
01352
01354
01355A
01410
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
01424
ABBREVIATIONS
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/TOC (FS)
TOC-2
9408A10
01450
QUALITY CONTROL
01455
01460
01500
01550
TRAFFIC CONTROL
01562
01573
01600
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01610
01722
FIELD ENGINEERING
01732
01734
01756
01770
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01782
SECTION NO.
TITLE
02050
02200
SITE CLEARING
02240
DEWATERING
02260
02300
EARTHWORK
02312
02318
TRENCHING
02581
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/TOC (FS)
TOC-3
9408A10
02620
FILTER FABRIC
02772
02820
02900
PLANTING
02952
SECTION NO.
TITLE
03055
03072
03301
CONCRETE WORK
03366
CONCRETE FINISHES
03600
GROUTING
DIVISION 05 - METALS
SECTION NO.
TITLE
05140
STRUCTURAL ALUMINUM
05190
05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 06 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
SECTION NO.
TITLE
06072
SECTION NO.
TITLE
07110
DAMPPROOFING
07900
JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 08 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/TOC (FS)
TOC-4
9408A10
SECTION NO.
TITLE
08320
SECTION NO.
TITLE
09960
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
SECTION NO.
TITLE
11312D
SECTION NO.
TITLE
13448
INTELLIGENT ACTUATORS
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
SECTION NO.
TITLE
15050
15052
15061
PIPE SUPPORTS
15075
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
15076
PIPE IDENTIFICATION
15082
PIPING INSULATION
15084
DUCTWORK INSULATION
15110
15111
BALL VALVES
15112
BUTTERFLY VALVES
15114
CHECK VALVES
15120
PIPING SPECIALTIES
15121
PIPE COUPLINGS
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/TOC (FS)
TOC-5
9408A10
15125
15277
15732
15772
15812
METAL DUCTWORK
15820
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES
15954
15956
15958
SECTION NO.
TITLE
16050
16060
16070
16075
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16123
16124
16130
CONDUITS
16133
DUCT BANKS
16134
BOXES
16140
WIRING DEVICES
16150
16151
16210
UTILITY COORDINATION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/TOC (FS)
TOC-6
9408A10
16224
16232
16240
BATTERY SYSTEMS
16267
16272
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
16273
16285
16295
PROTECTIVE RELAYS
16305
16332
16341
16346
16351
16411
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
16412
16433
16444
16445
PANELBOARDS
16494
16500
LIGHTING
16670
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
16710
16920
16950
16990
CONDUIT SCHEDULE
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/TOC (FS)
TOC-7
9408A10
TITLE
17050
17100
CONTROL STRATEGIES
17101
17402
17403
17404
17406
17710
17712
17720
17730
17733
17762
17903
17950
TYPICAL DETAILS
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/TOC (FS)
TOC-8
9408A10
SECTION 16050
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
General requirements applicable to all Electrical Work.
2.
General requirements for electrical submittals.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 00700 - Standard General Conditions.
b. Section 01140 - Work Restrictions.
c. Section 01292 - Schedule of Values.
d. Section 01312 - Project Meetings.
e. Section 01324B - Progress Schedules and Reports.
f. Section 01329 - Safety Plan.
g. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
h. Section 01352 - Alteration Project Procedures
i.
Section 01410 - Regulatory Requirements.
j.
Section 01450 - Quality Control.
k. Section 01600 - Product Requirements.
l.
Section 01610 - Project Design Criteria.
m. Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures.
n. Section 01782 - Operation and Maintenance Data.
o. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
p. Section 16130 - Conduits.
q. Section 16210 - Utility Coordination.
r. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
s. Section 16950 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-1
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
D.
All electrical equipment and systems for the entire Project must comply with the
requirements of the Electrical Specifications, whether referenced in the individual
Equipment Specifications or not:
1.
The requirements of the Electrical Specifications apply to all Electrical Work
specified in other sections, including HVAC controls, packaged mechanical
systems, LCPs, VCPs, etc.
2.
Inform all vendors supplying electrical equipment or systems of the
requirements of the Electrical Specifications.
3.
The Owner is not responsible for any additional costs due to the failure of the
Contractor to notify all subcontractors and suppliers of the Electrical
Specifications requirements.
E.
Contract Documents:
1.
General:
a. The Drawings and Specifications are complementary and are to be used
together in order to fully describe the Work.
2.
Specifications:
a. The General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract Documents
govern the Work.
b. These requirements are in addition to all General Requirements.
3.
Contract Drawings:
a. The Electrical Drawings show desired locations, arrangements, and
components of the Electrical Work in a diagrammatic manner.
b. Locations of equipment, control devices, instruments, boxes, panels, etc.
are approximate only; exercise professional judgment in executing the
Work to ensure the best possible installation:
1) The equipment locations and dimensions indicated on the Drawings
are approximate. Use the shop drawings to determine the proper
layout, foundation, and pad requirements, etc. for final installation.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-2
9408A10
c.
d.
1.02
F.
Alternates/Alternatives:
1.
Coordinate with Document 00700 and Section 01600 for substitute item
provisions.
G.
REFERENCES
A.
Code compliance:
1.
As specified in Section 01410.
2.
The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. The
latest edition accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction of referenced
publications in effect at the time of the bid governs.
3.
The standards listed are hereby incorporated into this Section.
a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
b. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE):
1) Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-3
9408A10
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
B.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
FAT: Factory acceptance test.
2.
ICSC: Instrumentation and controls subcontractor.
3.
LCP: Local control panel: Operator interface panel that may contain an HMI,
pilot type control devices, operator interface devices, control relays, etc. and
does not contain a PLC or RIO.
4.
PCM: Process control module: An enclosure containing any of the following
devices: PLC, RTU, or RIO.
5.
PCIS: Process control and instrumentation system.
6.
RTU: Remote telemetry unit: A controller typically consisting of a PLC, and a
means for remote communications. The remote communications devices
typically are radios, modems, etc.
7.
Space: That portion of the switchgear, motor control center, panelboard,
switchboard or control panel that does not physically contain a device but is
capable of accepting a device with no modifications to the equipment, i.e.,
provide all standoffs, bus, and hardware, as part of the space.
8.
Spare: That portion of the switchgear, motor control center, panelboard,
switchboard or control panel that physically contains a device with no load
connections to be made.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-4
9408A10
9.
VCP: Vendor control panel: Control panels that are furnished with particular
equipment by a vendor other than the ICSC. These panels may contain PLCs,
RIO, OIT, HMI, etc.
10. Unequipped space: That portion of the switchgear, motor control center,
panelboard, switchboard or control panel that does not physically contain a
device, standoff, bus, hardware, or other equipment.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
General requirements:
1.
The Work includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and
completing the Electrical Work indicated on the Drawings and specified in the
Specifications and reasonably inferable there from:
a. The Electrical Drawings are schematic in nature; use the Structural,
Architectural, Mechanical, and Civil Drawings for all dimensions and
scaling purposes.
2.
It is the intent of these Specifications that the entire electrical power,
instrumentation, and control system be complete and operable. Provide all
necessary material and labor for the complete system from source of power to
final utilization equipment, including all connections, testing, calibration of
equipment furnished by others as well as equipment furnished by the
Contractor, whether or not specifically mentioned but which are necessary for
successful operation.
3.
Provide all Electrical Work, including conduit, field wiring, and connections by
the electrical subcontractor under the provisions of the Electrical Specifications
for all aspects of the Work, including heating, ventilating, and air conditioning.
4.
Coordinate all aspects of the Work with the electrical subcontractor and other
subcontractors before bidding in order to ensure that all costs associated with
a complete installation are included. The Owner is not responsible for any
change orders due to lack of coordination of the Work between the Contractor,
the electrical subcontractor, the other subcontractors or suppliers.
5.
Demolition:
a. Refer to Section 01352.
b. Where demolition is specified or indicated on the Drawings, disconnect all
associated electrical equipment and render the equipment safe.
c. Remove and dispose of all conduit, wire, electrical equipment, controls,
etc. associated with the items and/or areas to be demolished as indicated
on the Drawings unless otherwise indicated.
d. For each piece of equipment to be removed, remove all ancillary
components (e.g. instruments, solenoid valves, disconnect switches, etc.).
e. Conduit:
1) Where conduit removal, other than associated with equipment to be
removed, is indicated on the Drawings:
a) Remove exposed conduit to the point of encasement or burial.
b) Cut conduit flush and plug or cap encased or buried conduit.
2) Where conduits are to remain in place and removal is not indicated
on the Drawings:
a) Cap conduit open ends.
b) Re-label empty conduits as spare.
f. Remove all wire back to the source for all conduits to be removed or
abandoned in place.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-5
9408A10
g.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
Existing system:
1.
The existing station pumps raw water from the Kaw Reservoir to a water
treatment plant in Stillwater, OK. The pump station currently has five pumps
powered and controlled from an existing electrical and control building. The
facility is controlled remotely via an existing leased line connection from
SCADA consoles at the treatment plant.
2.
Existing prefabricated electrical building containing the following equipment:
a. 4160V switchgear lineup with (5) RVAT pump starters.
b. 480V MCC and ancillary distribution equipment.
c. PCM control system.
d. Ancillary equipment.
3.
Three existing small pumps at 200HP and two existing large pumps at
1000HP.
4.
Existing instrument shed housing a portion of the process instruments.
5.
Existing yard infrastructure.
6.
Five existing pumps with instrumentation and ancillary equipment.
C.
New system:
1.
New prefabricated electrical building adjacent to existing building to contain at
minimum the following equipment:
a. New 4160V switchgear lineup (no automatic transfer).
1) Remote breaker operation panel and coordination between
switchgear supplier, generator supplier, and Instrumentation and
Controls Subcontractor to provide a complete and operable transfer
system.
b. Two new variable frequency drives for 1000HP pumps.
c. Two new lineups of 4160V interrupter switchgear acting as manual
transfer switches.
d. Battery charger and associated battery system.
e. New PCM enclosure with new PLC.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-6
9408A10
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D.
Operating facility:
1.
As specified in Section 01140.
2.
The Kaw Raw Water Pump Station is an operating facility. Portions of this
facility must remain fully functional throughout the entire construction period. In
consideration of this requirement, comply with the following guidelines:
a. All outages must be as defined in Section 01140. Adjust the construction
schedule to meet the requirements of the Owner. All changes in schedule
and any needs to reschedule are included in the Work.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-7
9408A10
b.
3.
4.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Refer to Section 01312 for Critical Submittals Review Meeting for critical path
equipment.
C.
General:
1.
Instruct all equipment suppliers of submittals and operation and maintenance
manuals of the requirements in this Section.
2.
Furnish the submittals required by each section in the Electrical Specifications.
3.
Adhere to the wiring numbering scheme specified in Section 16075 throughout
the Project:
a. Uniquely number each wire.
b. Wire numbers must appear on all Equipment Drawings.
4.
Use equipment and instrument tags, as indicated on the Drawings, for all
submittals.
D.
Seismic requirements:
1.
Provide electrical equipment with construction and anchorage to supporting
structures designed to resist site seismic loads as specified in Section 01610.
2.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E or F, prepare and submit the following:
a. Statement of seismic qualification, and special seismic certification:
1) Statement of seismic qualification: Provide manufacturers
statement that the equipment satisfies the seismic design
requirements of the building code indicated in Section 01410,
including the requirements of ASCE 7, Chapter 13.
2) Special seismic certification: Provide manufacturers certification
that the equipment, when subjected to shake table testing in
accordance with ICC-ES AC 156, meets the Post-Test Functional
Compliance Verification requirements of ICC-ES AC 156 for
Components with Ip = 1.5. Compliance shall include both
operability and containment of hazardous materials as appropriate to
the unit being tested.
b. Substantiating test data: With seismic qualification and special seismic
certification statements, submit results of testing in accordance with ICCES AC 156.
c. Anchoring design calculations and details:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-8
9408A10
1)
3.
E.
Submittal organization:
1.
First page:
a. Specification section reference.
b. Name and telephone number of individual who reviewed submittal before
delivery to Engineer.
c. Name and telephone number of individual who is primarily responsible for
the development of the submittal.
d. Place for Contractors review stamp and comments.
2.
Next pages:
a. Provide confirmation of specification compliance in a tabular form that
individually lists each specification section, paragraph, and subparagraphs and unequivocally states compliance with said requirement or
takes exception to the requirement and lists the reason for said exception
and offers alternative means for compliance.
b. Include a response in writing to each of the Engineers comments or
questions for submittal packages which are re-submitted:
1) In the order that the comments or questions were presented
throughout the submittal.
2) Referenced by index section and page number on which the
comment appeared.
3) Acceptable responses to Engineers comments are either:
a) Engineers comment or change is accepted and appropriate
changes are made.
b) Explain why comment is not accepted or requested change is
not made.
c) Explain how requirement will be satisfied in lieu of comment or
change requested by Engineer.
4) Any re-submittal, which does not contain responses to the Engineers
previous comments shall be returned for Revision and Re-submittal.
5) No further review by the Engineer will be performed until a response
for previous comments has been received.
3.
Remaining pages:
a. Actual submittal data:
1) Organize submittals in exactly the same order as the items are
referenced, listed, and/or organized in the specification section.
For submittals that cover multiple devices used in different areas
under the same specification section, the submittal for the individual
devices must list the area where the device is intended to be used.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-9
9408A10
F.
G.
H.
Schedule of values:
1.
In addition to completing all items referred to in the schedule of values,
Section 01292, submit per unit material and labor costs used in developing the
final bid for the electrical system, for the express purpose of pricing and cost
justification for any proposed change orders. In addition to the items shown on
the schedule of values, provide per unit material and labor costs for conduit
and wire installation for specific types, sizes, and locations as indicated on the
Drawings and Conduit Schedule. It is the responsibility of the electrical
subcontractor to prove to the Engineers satisfaction that said per unit costs
were used in the development of the final Bid amount.
I.
Roof penetrations:
1.
Submit details of all portions of the electrical installation that penetrate the
roof. Include details showing support of the penetrating component, and the
sealing means to be utilized.
J.
Record Documents:
1.
Furnish as specified in Section 01770.
2.
Provide Record Documents of all Electrical Drawings.
3.
Record Drawing requirements:
a. Update Record Drawings weekly.
b. Record Drawings must be fully updated as a condition of the monthly
progress payments.
c. Submit Record Drawings upon completion of the Work for final review.
d. Clearly and neatly show all changes including the following:
1) All existing pipe, conduit, wire, instruments or other structures
encountered or uncovered during construction.
4.
Shop drawings:
a. Generate all drawings developed for this project utilizing AutoCAD by
Auto Desk Version 2004 or later:
1) Furnish on CD-ROM disks containing the following for each drawing:
a) Original CAD files
b) PDF version.
2) Provide hard copies on 11 inch by 17-inch plain bond paper.
b. Furnish written information prepared specifically for this Project using
Microsoft Word 2000 and printed on 8.5-inch by 11-inch plain bond paper:
1) Provide electronic copies of these documents on CD-ROM disks.
5.
Review and corrections:
a. Correct any record documents or other documents found to be
incomplete, not accurate, of poor quality, or containing errors.
b. Promptly correct and re-submit record documents returned for correction.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-10
9408A10
1.06
K.
Test reports:
1.
As specified in Section 01330.
2.
Additional requirements for acceptance test reports are specified in
Section 16950.
L.
Calculations:
1.
Where required by specific Electrical Specifications:
a. Because these calculations are being provided by a registered
professional engineer, they will be reviewed for form, format, and content
but will not be reviewed for accuracy and calculation means.
M.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
Shipping precautions:
1.
After completion of shop assembly and successful factory testing, pack all
equipment in protective crates, and enclose in heavy duty polyethylene
envelopes or secured sheeting to provide complete protection from damage,
dust, and moisture.
2.
Place dehumidifiers, when required, inside the polyethylene coverings.
3.
Skid-mount the equipment for final transport.
4.
Provide lifting rings for moving without removing protective covering.
5.
Display boxed weight on shipping tags together with instructions for unloading,
transporting, storing, and handling at the job site.
B.
C.
Special instructions:
1.
Securely attach special instructions for proper field handling, storage, and
installation to each piece of equipment before packaging and shipment.
Site conditions:
1.
Provide an electrical, instrumentation and control system, including all
equipment, raceways and any other components required for a complete
installation that meets the environmental conditions for the Site as specified in
the General Requirements and below.
2.
Seismic load resistance:
a. Provide electrical equipment with construction and anchorage to
supporting structures designed to resist site seismic loads as specified in
Section 01610.
3.
Wind load resistance:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-11
9408A10
a.
4.
5.
6.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-12
9408A10
PLANT AREA
NEMA
ENCLOSURE
TYPE
EXPOSED
CONDUIT TYPE
ENVIRONMENT
W = WET
D = DAMP
C = CLEAN/DRY
X = CORROSIVE
H = HAZARDOUS
1, 12
GRC
GALV STL
4X - 316 SST
PCS
316 SST
Building Interior
(New and
Existing)
Exterior areas
and instrument
shed
2.
SUPPORT
MATERIALS
1.09
1.10
SCHEDULING
A.
General:
1.
As specified in Section 01312.
2.
Testing requirements are specified in Section 16950 and other sections.
3.
General scheduling requirements are specified in 01324B.
4.
Work restrictions and other scheduling requirements are specified in
Section 01140.
B.
Pre-submittal conference:
1.
Before producing any submittals, schedule a pre-submittal conference for the
purposes of reviewing the entire Project, equipment, control philosophy,
schedules, and submittal requirements.
2.
The Contractor, instrumentation and control subcontractor, electrical
subcontractor, all suppliers, and individual equipment manufacturers furnishing
major pieces of equipment must attend, including but not limited to:
a. Vendor control panels.
b. Switchgear.
c. Variable frequency drives.
d. Lighting.
e. Engine generators.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-13
9408A10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
Replace or modify equipment, software, and materials that do not achieve design
requirements after installation in order to attain compliance with the design
requirements:
1.
Following replacement or modification, retest the system and perform
additional testing to place the complete system in satisfactory operation and
obtain compliance acceptance from the Engineer.
1.13
1.14
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
B.
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
Furnish all materials under this Contract that are new, free from defects, and
standard products produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the production
of these products and that bear all approvals and labels as required by the
Specifications.
B.
C.
Stainless steel:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-14
9408A10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Where stainless steel is indicated or used for any portion of the Electrical
Work, provide a non-magnetic, corrosion-resistant alloy, ANSI Type 316, satin
finish.
Provide exposed screws of the same alloys.
Provide finished material free of any burrs or sharp edges.
Use only stainless steel hardware, when chemically compatible, in all areas
that are or could be in contact with corrosive chemicals.
Use stainless steel hardware, when chemically compatible, in all chemical
areas or areas requiring NEMA Type 4X construction.
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
Provide all equipment that is new, free from defects, and standard products
produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of these products.
B.
Arrange with all manufacturers of the electrical equipment, to allow the Owner and
Engineer to inspect and witness the testing of the equipment at the site of
fabrication:
1.
Testing includes the cabinets, special control systems, power equipment, and
other pertinent systems and devices.
C.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
The electrical subcontractor is required to visit the site to examine the premises
completely before bidding. It is the electrical subcontractor's responsibility to be fully
familiar with the existing conditions and local requirements and regulations.
B.
Review the site conditions and examine all shop drawings for the various items of
equipment in order to determine exact routing and final terminations for all wiring
and cables.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-15
9408A10
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
C.
D.
Install all conduits and equipment in such a manner as to avoid all obstructions and
to preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear:
1.
Install all conduits and equipment in accordance with working space
requirements as outlined in the NEC.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-16
9408A10
a.
2.
3.
4.
This includes any panel, disconnect switch or other equipment that can be
energized while open exposing live parts regardless of whether it is likely
to require examination or has serviceable parts.
Where the Drawings do not show dimensions for locating equipment, install
equipment in the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings.
a. Adjust equipment locations as necessary to avoid any obstruction or
interferences.
Where an obstruction interferes with equipment operation or safe access,
relocate the equipment.
Where the Drawings do not indicate the exact mounting and/or supporting
method to be used, use materials and methods similar to the mounting details
indicated on the Drawings.
E.
F.
Roof penetrations:
1.
Seal conduit penetrations in accordance with roofing manufacturers
instructions.
G.
Terminations:
1.
Provide and terminate all conductors required to interconnect power, controls,
instruments, panels, and all other equipment.
H.
I.
Labeling:
1.
Provide all nameplates and labels as specified in Sections 16075 and Section
16305.
J.
Equipment tie-downs:
1.
Anchor all instruments, control panels, and equipment by methods that comply
with seismic and wind bracing criteria, which apply to the Site.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-17
9408A10
2.
All control panels, VCPs, LCPs, PCMs, etc., must be permanently mounted
and tied down to structures in accordance with the Project seismic criteria.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
Inspection:
1.
Allow for inspection of electrical system installation as specified in Section
01450.
2.
Provide any assistance necessary to support inspection activities.
3.
Engineer inspections may include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Inspect equipment and materials for physical damage.
b. Inspect installation for compliance with the Drawings and Specifications.
c. Inspect installation for obstructions and adequate clearances around
equipment.
d. Inspect equipment installation for proper leveling, alignment, anchorage,
and assembly.
e. Inspect equipment nameplate data to verify compliance with design
requirements.
f. Inspect raceway installation for quality workmanship and adequate
support.
g. Inspect cable terminations.
h. Schedule structural engineer to inspect all mounting of electrical devices
and all penetration and connections to structures.
4.
Inspection activities conducted during construction do not satisfy inspection or
testing requirements specified in Section 16950.
B.
Field testing:
1.
Notify the Engineer when the Electrical Work is ready for field acceptance
testing.
2.
Perform the acceptance tests as specified in Section 16950.
3.
Record results of the required tests along with the date of test:
a. Use conduit identification numbers to indicate portion of circuit tested.
C.
Workmanship:
1.
Leave wiring in panels, manholes, boxes, and other locations neat, clean, and
organized:
a. Neatly coil and label spare wiring lengths.
b. Shorten, re-terminate, and re-label excessive used as well as spare wire
and cable lengths, as determined by the Engineer.
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-18
9408A10
3.10
B.
Remove all foreign material and restore all damaged finishes to the satisfaction of
the Engineer and Owner.
C.
Clean and vacuum all enclosures to remove all metal filings, surplus insulation and
any visible dirt, dust or other matter before energization of the equipment or system
start-up:
1.
Use of compressors or air blowers for cleaning is not acceptable.
D.
Clean and re-lamp all new and existing luminaires that were used in the areas
affected by the construction, and return all used lamps to the Owner.
E.
3.11
3.12
Furnish all personnel and equipment necessary to conduct the demonstration and
training requirements as specified in the individual sections.
PROTECTION
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16050 (FS)
16050-19
9408A10
SECTION 16060
GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Grounding electrodes.
2.
Grounding electrode conductors.
3.
Equipment grounding conductors.
4.
Main bonding jumper.
5.
Ground connections.
6.
General requirements for grounding.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16060 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16950 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
DEFINITIONS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16060 (FS)
16060-1
9408A10
1.04
1.05
1.06
1.07
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
C.
Provide bonding jumpers and wire, grounding bushings, clamps and appurtenances
required for complete grounding system to bond equipment and raceways to
equipment grounding conductors.
D.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Catalog cut sheets.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16060 (FS)
16060-2
9408A10
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
C.
D.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
Ground rod:
1.
Minimum: 3/4-inch diameter, 10 feet long.
2.
Uniform 10 mil covering of electrolytic copper metallically bonded to a rigid
steel core:
a. The copper-to-steel bond shall be corrosion resistant.
3.
In accordance with UL 467.
4.
Sectional type joined by threaded copper alloy couplings.
5.
Fit the top of the rod with a threaded coupling and steel-driving stud.
B.
Ground cable:
1.
Requirements:
a. Soft drawn (annealed).
b. Concentric lay, coarse stranded in accordance with ASTM B 8.
c. Bare copper in accordance with ASTM B 3.
2.
Minimum size is 4/0 unless otherwise noted, but not less than required by the
NEC.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16060 (FS)
16060-3
9408A10
3.
D.
E.
F.
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16060 (FS)
16060-4
9408A10
2.
C.
Provide a separate grounding conductor for each motor and connect at motor
terminal box. Do not use bolts securing motor box to frame or cover for grounding
connectors:
1.
When grounding motors driven by variable frequency drives (VFD) comply with
the requirements of the VFD manufacturer.
D.
Provide a grounding type bushing with lug for connection of grounding conductor for
conduits that originate from each motor control center section, switchboard, or
panelboard:
1.
Individually bond these raceways to the ground bus in the equipment.
E.
Provide grounding type bushings with lugs for connection of grounding conductor at
both ends of metallic conduit runs. Bond ground bushings to the grounding system.
F.
Provide a green insulated wire-grounding jumper from the ground screw to a box
grounding screw and, for grounding type devices, to equipment grounding
conductor.
G.
H.
I.
Ground connections:
1.
All connections to the ground grid system, the duct bank grounding system,
equipment, ground rods, etc., shall be made using compression type
grounding connectors as indicated on the Drawings, UL listed, and labeled for
the application.
2.
Make ground connections in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
3.
Do not conceal or cover any ground connections until the Engineer or
authorized representative has established and provided written confirmation
that every grounding connection is as indicated on the Drawings and specified
in the Specifications.
J.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16060 (FS)
16060-5
9408A10
b.
c.
3.
4.
5.
6.
K.
Shield grounding:
1.
Shielded instrumentation cable shall have its shield grounded at one end only
unless shop drawings indicate otherwise:
a. The grounding point shall be at the control panel or at the power source
end of the signal carried by the cable.
2.
Terminate the shield drain wire on a dedicated terminal block.
3.
Use manufacturers terminal block jumpers to interconnect ground terminals.
4.
Connection to the panel main ground bus shall be via a green No. 12
conductor to the main ground bus for the panel.
L.
Where indicated on the Drawings, install ground rods in precast ground wells.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
A.
B.
ADJUSTING
A.
Under the direction of the Engineer, add additional parallel connected ground rods
and/or deeper driven rods until the ground resistance measurement meets the
specified resistance requirements:
1.
Use of salts, water, or compounds to attain the specified ground resistance is
not acceptable.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16060 (FS)
16060-6
9408A10
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16060 (FS)
16060-7
9408A10
SECTION 16070
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Mounting and supporting electrical equipment and components.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01410 - Regulatory Requirements.
c. Section 05190 - Mechanical Anchoring And Fastening To Concrete And
Masonry.
d. Section 16070 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Design requirements:
1.
Conform to the requirements of the Building Code as specified in
Section 01410.
2.
Demonstrate the following using generally accepted engineering methods:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16070 (FS)
16070-1
9408A10
a.
3.
B.
1.05
That the anchors to the structure are adequate to resist the loads
generated in accordance with the Building Code and equipment
requirements.
b. That the required load capacity of the anchors can be fully developed in
the structural materials to which they are attached.
Design loading and anchoring requirements:
a. As indicated in the Building Code unless otherwise specified.
b. Seismic loading requirements:
1) Freestanding or wall-hung equipment shall be anchored in place by
methods that will satisfy the requirements for the seismic design
specified in Section 16070.
c. Wind loading requirements:
1) All exterior freestanding equipment shall be anchored in place by
methods that will satisfy the requirements for wind design specified in
Section 16070.
d. Minimum safety factor against overturning: 1.5.
e. The foundation and structures to which hangers and supports are
attached shall be capable of withstanding all anchor loads.
Performance requirements:
1.
Hangers and supports individually and as a system shall resist all weights and
code-required forces without deflections and deformations that would damage
the supporting elements, the equipment supported, or the surrounding
construction.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Supports:
a. Materials.
b. Geometry.
c. Manufacturer.
2.
Hardware:
a. Materials.
b. Manufacturer.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Complete dimensioned and scalable shop drawings of all supporting
structures, trapezes, wall supports, etc.
2.
Complete anchoring details for equipment, lighting and raceway, supporting
structures, trapezes, wall supports for all equipment in excess of 200 pounds,
and all freestanding supports:
a. Stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the
Project is being constructed.
b. Said submittals, by virtue of the fact that they bear the stamp of a
registered engineer, will be reviewed for general consistency with the
requirements specified in the Contract Documents, but not for context,
accuracy, or method of calculation.
3.
Include data on attachment hardware and construction methods that will
satisfy the design loading and anchoring criteria.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16070 (FS)
16070-2
9408A10
D.
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
Installation instructions:
1.
Furnish anchorage instructions and requirements based on the seismic and
wind conditions of the Site:
a. Stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the
Project is being constructed.
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM STARTUP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
PRODUCTS
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16070 (FS)
16070-3
9408A10
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
B.
C.
Stainless steel:
1.
Supports:
a. In accordance with ASTM A 240.
b. ANSI Type 316 material.
2.
Hardware:
a. ANSI Type 316 material.
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Anchor bolts:
1.
As specified in Section 05190.
2.08
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
A.
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16070 (FS)
16070-4
9408A10
1.
Provide the necessary sway bracing to keep trapeze type structures from
swaying.
C.
Brace and anchor freestanding equipment supports using methods that provide
structural support based on the seismic loads and wind loads:
1.
Lateral deflection at top of supports not to exceed support height divided by
240 unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
D.
Provide fabricated steel support pedestals for wall mounted panels that weigh more
than 200 pounds:
1.
Fabricate pedestals out of welded angle, tube sections, or preformed channel.
2.
If the supported equipment is a panel or cabinet, match the supported
equipment in physical appearance and dimensions.
3.
Provide auxiliary floor supports for transformers hung from stud walls and
weighing more than 200 pounds.
4.
Mount all equipment, cabinets, boxes, instruments, and devices in damp or
wet locations on minimum of 7/8-inch preformed mounting channel.
a. Mount channel vertically along the length of the device so that water or
moisture may run freely behind the device.
E.
Corrosion protection:
1.
Isolate dissimilar metals, except where required for electrical continuity.
a. Use neoprene washers, 9-mil polyethylene tape, or gaskets for isolation.
F.
Raceway:
1.
Furnish all conduit racks and trapeze structures needed to support the
raceway from the structure.
a. Group conduits and position on racks to minimize crossovers.
b. Provide the necessary bracing to keep trapeze type structures from
swaying under loads from cable installation, seismic forces, or wind
forces.
G.
Anchoring methods:
1.
Solid concrete: Anchor bolts, anchor rods or post-installed anchors as
specified in Section 05190.
2.
Metal surfaces: Machine screws or bolts.
3.
Hollow masonry units: Post-installed anchors as specified in Section 05190.
H.
Re-coat all scratches, cuts, and drilled holes in galvanized surfaces with CRC
"Zinc-It" or similar product.
I.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16070 (FS)
16070-5
9408A10
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16070 (FS)
16070-6
9408A10
SECTION 16075
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Identifying electrical, instrumentation, and process equipment and
components.
2.
Material, manufacturing and installation requirements for identification devices.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16075 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16130 - Conduits.
d. Section 16990 - Conduit Schedule.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Nameplates:
1.
Provide a nameplate for each piece of electrical equipment and devices,
control panel and control panel components.
2.
Provide all nameplates of identical style, color, and material throughout the
facility.
3.
Device nameplates information:
a. Designations as indicated on the Drawings and identified on the Process
and Instrumentation Drawings.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-1
9408A10
B.
Wire numbers:
1.
Coordinate the wire numbering system with all vendors of equipment so that
every field wire has a unique number associated with it for the entire system:
a. Wire numbers shall correspond to the wire numbers on the control
drawings or the panel and circuit numbers for receptacles and lighting.
b. Wire numbers shall correspond to the terminal block number to which they
are attached in the control panel.
c. Internal panel wires on a common terminal shall have the same wire
number.
d. Multi-conductor cables shall be assigned a cable number that shall be
attached to the cable at intermediate pull boxes and stub-up locations
beneath freestanding equipment. All multi-conductor and instrumentation
cables shall be identified at pull points as described above:
1) Label armored multi-conductor cable using the conduit number as
indicated on the Drawings, following the requirements for conduit
markers in Section 16130.
2.
Provide the following wiring numbering schemes throughout the project for
field wires between process control module, (PCM), vendor control panels,
(VCP), motor control centers, (MCC), field starters, field instruments, etc.
OR
Where:
ORIGIN LOC.
ORIGIN TERM.
DEST. LOC.
DEST. TERM.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-2
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
VCP#-10/PCM#-I:1:01/01
VCP#-10/PCM#-O:1:10/07
VCP#-10/PCM#-C0100
TIT#-2,3/PCM#-I:1:01.1
TSH#-1/PCM#-I:2:01/00
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-3
9408A10
Examples:
6.
7.
MMS#-10/PCM#-I:1:01/01
MMS#-10/PCM#-O:2:10/07
MMS#-10/PCM#-C0010
Identify all spare conductors as required for other field wires with an S prefix:
Example:
1.05
PMP-#-T3/MMS#-T3
9.
MMS#-X2/VCP#-10
8.
MMS#-10/PCM#-I:1:01/01
MMS#-10/PCM#-O:1:10/07
MMS#-10/PCM#-C0100
S MMS#-10/PCM#-C011
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-4
9408A10
1.
2.
3.
C.
Nameplates:
a. Color.
b. Size:
1) Outside dimensions.
2) Lettering.
c. Material.
d. Mounting means.
Nameplate schedule:
a. Show exact wording for each nameplate.
b. Include nameplate and letter sizes.
Wire numbers:
a. Manufacturers catalog data for wire labels and label printer.
Record documents:
1.
Update the conduit schedule to reflect the exact quantity of wire numbers
including spares and destination points for all wires.
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-5
9408A10
B.
C.
D.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
Nameplates:
1.
Fabricated from white-center and red face or black-center, white face
laminated plastic engraving stock:
a. 3/32-inch thick material.
b. Two-ply.
c. With chamfered edges.
d. Block style engraved characters of adequate size to be read easily from a
distance of 6 feet:
1) No characters smaller than 1/8-inch in height.
B.
Signs:
1.
Automatic equipment and high voltage signs:
a. Suitable for exterior use.
b. In accordance with OSHA regulations.
C.
D.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-6
9408A10
2.
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
Nameplates:
1.
Provide all nameplates for control panel operator devices (e.g. pushbuttons,
selector switches, pilot lights, etc.):
a. Same material and same color and appearance as the device
nameplates, in order to achieve an aesthetically consistent and
coordinated system.
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Nameplates:
1.
Attach nameplates to equipment with rivets, bolts or sheet metal screws,
approved waterproof epoxy-based cement or install in metal holders welded to
the equipment.
2.
On NEMA Type 4, NEMA Type 4X, or NEMA Type 7 enclosures, use epoxybased cement to attach nameplates.
3.
Nameplates shall be aligned and level or plumb to within 1/64 inch over the
entire length:
a. Misaligned or crooked nameplates shall be remounted, or provide new
enclosures at the discretion of the Engineer.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-7
9408A10
c.
d.
Characters shall face the open panel and shall read from left to right or
top to bottom.
Marker shall start within 1/32 inch of the end of the stripped insulation
point.
D.
Conduit markers:
1.
Furnish and install conduit markers for every conduit in the electrical system
that is identified in the conduit schedule or part of the process system:
a. Conduit markings shall match the conduit schedule; as specified in
Section 16990.
2.
Mark conduits at the following locations:
a. Each end of conduits that are greater than 10 feet in length.
b. Where the conduit penetrates a wall or structure.
c. Where the conduit emerges from the ground, slab, etc.
d. The middle of conduits that are 10 feet or less in length.
3.
Mark conduits after the conduits have been fully painted.
4.
Position conduit markers so that they are easily read from the floor.
5.
Attach non-metallic conduit markers with nylon cable ties:
a. Provide ultraviolet resistant cable ties for conduit markers exposed to
direct sunlight.
6.
Mark conduits before construction review by Engineer for punch list purposes.
7.
Label intrinsically safe conduits in accordance with the requirements of the
NEC.
E.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-8
9408A10
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16075 (FS)
16075-9
9408A10
SECTION 16123
600 VOLT OR LESS WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
600 volt class wire and cable.
2.
Instrumentation class wire and cable.
3.
Network cable.
4.
Fire alarm wire and cable.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16123 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding.
d. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-1
9408A10
2.
3.
G.
1.03
1.04
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
C.
NEMA:
1.
Type 4 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
2.
Type 4X enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer of wire and cable.
2.
Insulation:
a. Type.
b. Voltage class.
3.
American wire gauge (AWG) size.
4.
Conductor material.
5.
Pulling compounds.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Show splice locations.
D.
Test reports:
1.
Submit test reports for meg-ohm tests.
E.
Calculations:
1.
Submit cable pulling calculations to the Engineer for review and comment for
all cables that will be installed using mechanical pulling equipment. Show that
the maximum cable tension and sidewall pressure will not exceed
manufacturer recommended values:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-2
9408A10
a.
b.
1.06
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-3
9408A10
4.
a. Belden CDT.
b. General Cable.
c. CommScope.
Fire alarm wire and cable:
a. West Penn Wire.
b. Olympic Wire and Cable.
c. Rockbestos Surprenant Cable Corporation.
d. Draka Lifeline.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
2.04
Conductors:
1.
Copper in accordance with ASTM B 3.
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
Provide new wires and cables manufactured within 1 year of the date of
delivery to the Site.
2.
Permanently mark each wire and cable with the following at 24-inch intervals:
a. AWG size.
b. Voltage rating.
c. Insulation type.
d. UL symbol.
e. Month and year of manufacture.
f. Manufacturer's name.
3.
Identify and mark wire and cable as specified in Section 16075:
a. Use integral color insulation for Number 2 AWG and smaller wire.
b. Wrap colored tape around cable larger than Number 2 AWG.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-4
9408A10
d.
e.
f.
C.
D.
Network cables:
1.
Category 6:
a. General:
1) Provide all Cat 6 cables meeting the standards set by TIA/EIA-568C.2.
b. Conductors:
1) 24 AWG solid bare copper conductors.
c. Insulation:
1) Polyolefin.
2) 4 non-bonded twisted pair cables formed into a cable core.
d. Color code:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-5
9408A10
e.
f.
2.05
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Wire ties:
1.
One of the following or equal:
a. T&B "Ty-Rap" cable ties.
b. Panduit cable ties.
B.
Wire markers:
1.
As specified in Section 16075.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
Assembly and testing of cable shall comply with the applicable requirements of
ICEA S-95-658-1999.
B.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-6
9408A10
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Color-coding:
1.
Color-coding shall be consistent throughout the facility.
2.
The following color code shall be followed for all 240/120 volt and 208/120 volt
systems:
a. Phase A - Black.
b. Phase B - Red.
c. Phase C - Blue.
d. Single phase system - Black for one hot leg, red for the other.
e. Neutral - White.
f. High phase or wild leg - Orange.
g. Equipment ground - Green.
3.
The following color code shall be followed for all 480/277 volt systems:
a. Phase A - Brown.
b. Phase B - Orange.
c. Phase C - Yellow.
d. Neutral - Gray.
e. Equipment ground - Green.
4.
The following color code shall be followed for all 120 VAC control wiring:
a. Power - Red.
b. Neutral - White.
5.
The following color code shall be followed for all general purpose DC control
circuits:
a. Grounded conductors - White with blue stripe.
b. Ungrounded conductors - Blue.
6.
Switch legs shall be violet. Three-way switch runners shall be pink.
7.
Wires in intrinsically safe circuits shall be light blue.
8.
Wire colors shall be implemented in the following methods:
a. Wires manufactured of the desired color.
b. Continuously spiral wrap the first 6 inches of the wire from the termination
point with colored tape:
1) Colored tape shall be wrapped to overlap 1/2 of the width of the tape.
C.
Install conductors only after the conduit installation is complete, and all enclosures
have been vacuumed clean, and the affected conduits have been swabbed clean
and dry:
1.
Install wires only in approved raceways.
2.
Do not install wire:
a. In incomplete conduit runs.
b. Until after the concrete work and plastering is completed.
D.
Properly coat wires and cables with pulling compound before pulling into conduits:
1.
For all Number 4 AWG and larger, use an approved wire-pulling lubricant while
cable is being installed in conduit:
a. Ideal Products.
b. Polywater Products.
c. 3M Products.
d. Greenlee Products.
e. Or equal as recommended by cable manufacturer.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-7
9408A10
f.
E.
Cable pulling:
1.
Prevent mechanical damage to conductors during installation.
2.
For cables Number 1 AWG and smaller, install cables by hand.
3.
For cables larger than Number 1 AWG, power pulling winches may be used if
they have cable tension monitoring equipment.
4.
Provide documentation that maximum cable pulling tension was no more than
75 percent of the maximum recommended level as published by the cable
manufacturer. If exceeded, the Engineer may, at his discretion, require
replacement of the cable.
5.
Ensure cable pulling crews have all calculations and cable pulling limitations
while pulling cable.
6.
Make splices or add a junction box or pullbox where required to prevent cable
pulling tension or sidewall pressure from exceeding 75 percent of
manufacturers recommendation for the specified cable size:
a. Make splices in manholes or pull boxes only.
b. Leave sufficient slack to make proper connections.
F.
Use smooth-rolling sheaves and rollers when pulling cable into cable tray to keep
pulling tension and bending radius within manufacturers recommendations.
G.
H.
Neatly arrange and lace conductors in all switchboards, panelboards, pull boxes,
and terminal cabinets by means of wire ties:
1.
Do not lace wires in gutter or panel channel.
2.
Install all wire ties with a flush cutting wire tie installation tool:
a. Use a tool with an adjustable tension setting.
3.
Do not leave sharp edges on wire ties.
I.
Terminate solid conductors at equipment terminal screws with the conductor tightly
wound around the screw so that it does not protrude beyond the screw head:
1.
Wrap the conductor clockwise so that the wire loop is closed as the loop is
tightened.
2.
Do not use crimp lugs on solid wire.
J.
Terminate stranded conductors on equipment box lugs such that all conductor
strands are confined within the lug:
1.
Use ring type lugs if box lugs are not available on the equipment.
K.
Splices:
1.
Provide continuous circuits from origin to termination whenever possible:
a. Obtain Engineers approval prior to making any splices.
2.
Lighting and receptacle circuit conductors may be spliced without prior
approval from the Engineer.
3.
Where splices are necessary because of extremely long wire or cable lengths
that exceed standard manufactured lengths:
a. Splice box NEMA rating requirements as specified in Section 16123.
b. Make splices in labeled junction boxes for power conductors.
c. Make splices for control and instrument conductors in terminal boxes:
1) Provide terminal boards with setscrew pressure connectors, with
spade or ring lug connectors.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-8
9408A10
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
L.
Apply wire markers to all wires at each end after being installed in the conduit and
before meg-ohm testing and termination.
M.
N.
Multi-conductor cable:
1.
Where cable is not routed in conduit with a separate ground conductor, use
one conductor in the cable as a ground conductor:
a) Use an internal ground conductor, if it is no smaller than as indicated on
the Drawings and in accordance with NEC requirements for equipment
ground conductor size.
b) Where 2 parallel cables are used, and the internal ground conductor in
each cable does not meet NEC requirements for the combined circuit, use
4-conductor cable, with one of the full-sized conductors serving as
ground.
O.
P.
Signal cable:
1.
Separate and isolate electrical signal cables from sources of electrical noise
and power cables by minimum 12 inches.
Q.
Wiring allowances:
1.
Equipment locations may vary slightly from the drawings. Include an allowance
for necessary conductors and terminations for motorized equipment, electrical
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-9
9408A10
2.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
B.
Grounding:
1.
As specified in Section 16060.
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16123 (FS)
16123-10
9408A10
SECTION 16124
MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Medium voltage cables rated 5,000 through 35,000 volts.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16124 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
d. Section 16950 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16124 (FS)
16124-1
9408A10
1.03
1.04
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer.
2.
Voltage class.
3.
Conductor:
a. Size.
b. Material.
c. Stranding.
4.
Insulation:
a. Type.
b. Level.
5.
Shielding.
6.
Temperature rating.
7.
Jacket material.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Show splice locations.
D.
Calculations:
1.
Submit cable pulling calculations to the Engineer for review and comment
showing that the maximum cable tension and sidewall pressure will not exceed
Manufacturer recommended values:
a. Provide a table showing the manufacturers recommended maximum
cable tension and sidewall pressure for each cable type and size included
in the calculations.
2.
Submit the calculations to the Engineer a minimum of 2 weeks before conduit
installation.
E.
Qualifications:
1.
Submit qualifications for the individual(s) that will be performing medium
voltage cable splices and terminations at least 30 calendar days before
splicing or terminating.
2.
Documentation that the individual has received training by splice/termination
Manufacturer or an independent testing laboratory.
3.
A statement of the number of years in which the individual has been splicing
and terminating medium voltage cable.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16124 (FS)
16124-2
9408A10
1.06
1.07
F.
Test reports:
1.
Submit AC withstand partial discharge (corona) test x-y plots after
manufacture and prior to shipment.
2.
Submit field test reports as specified in Section 16950.
G.
Record documents:
1.
Submit record documents with any field modification.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
C.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
PRODUCTS
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16124 (FS)
16124-3
9408A10
2.03
2.04
MATERIALS
A.
Conductors:
1.
Annealed uncoated copper in accordance with ASTM B 3.
2.
Stranded in accordance with ASTM B 496.
B.
Insulation:
1.
Ethylene propylene rubber, (EPR).
C.
Jacket:
1.
Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE)
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
Permanently mark each cable with the following at 24-inch intervals:
a. American Wire Gauge (AWG) size or circular mill area.
b. Voltage rating.
c. Grade of insulation.
d. UL symbol.
e. Manufacturers name.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16124 (FS)
16124-4
9408A10
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
Manufacturer cable in accordance with the latest standards of the ASTM and ICEA
and test full cable length by these standards:
1.
AC withstand partial discharge (corona) test per AEIC CS8 and ICEA S-94649.
a. Results not to exceed 5 picocoulombs.
B.
Provide cable reels with both ends of cables available for high-potential testing
before installation.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16124 (FS)
16124-5
9408A10
C.
Do not install cables until the Engineer reviews the Contractor prepared cablepulling calculations:
1.
Cable pulling crew shall have in hand all cable pulling calculations and cable
pulling limitations.
D.
E.
F.
Splices:
1.
Provide continuous circuits from origin to termination:
a. Provide where necessary when cable pulling tension or sidewall pressure
exceeds manufacturer recommendation for the cable.
2.
Make splices in manholes or pull boxes only:
a. Leave sufficient slack to make proper connections.
b. Do not pull splices into conduit.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
B.
After cable installation, test in accordance with ICEA/NEMA, including voltage tests,
hi-potential tests and partial-discharge tests, before energizing the circuits.
1.
Verify that no equipment is connected to the cables during tests.
3.08
3.09
3.10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16124 (FS)
16124-6
9408A10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16124 (FS)
16124-7
9408A10
SECTION 16130
CONDUITS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Metallic conduits.
2.
Nonmetallic conduits.
3.
Conduit bodies.
4.
Conduit fittings and accessories.
5.
Conduit installation.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16130 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16070 - Hangers and Supports.
d. Section 16133 - Duct Banks.
e. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-1
9408A10
D.
1.03
1.04
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
Provide conduits, conduit bodies, fittings, junction boxes and all necessary
components, whether or not indicated on the Drawings, as required, to install a
complete electrical raceway system.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Furnish complete manufacturers catalog sheets for every type and size of
conduit, fitting, conduit body, and accessories to be used on the Project.
2.
Furnish complete manufacturers recommended special tools to be used for
installation if required.
C.
Certifications:
1.
Furnish PVC-coated conduit manufacturers certification for each installer.
D.
Record Documents:
1.
Incorporate all changes in conduit routing on electrical plan drawings.
2.
Dimension underground and concealed conduits from building lines.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-2
9408A10
3.
1.06
1.07
1.08
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
All conduits, conduit bodies, and fittings shall be UL listed and labeled.
C.
Every installer of PCS conduits shall be certified by the manufacturer for installation
of the conduit.
B.
C.
1.09
Furnish hard copy drawings and electronic files in AutoCAD format Version:
2004.
SEQUENCING
A.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-3
9408A10
PART 2
2.01
2.02
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Inner duct:
1.
One of the following or equal:
a. Carlon.
b. Endot Industries.
c. MaxCell.
F.
Conduit bodies:
1.
One of the following or equal:
a. Crouse-Hinds.
b. Appleton.
c. O-Z/Gedney.
d. Ocal.
e. Robroy.
f. Carlon.
G.
H.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-4
9408A10
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
GRC:
1.
All threads: NPT standard conduit threads with a 3/4-inch taper per foot:
a. Running conduit threads are not acceptable.
2.
Hot-dip galvanized inside and out:
a. Ensures complete coverage and heats the zinc and steel to a temperature
that ensures the zinc alloys with the steel over the entire surface.
b. Electro-galvanizing is not acceptable.
3.
Manufactured in accordance with:
a. UL-6.
b. ANSI C80.1.
B.
PCS:
1.
The steel conduit, before PVC coating, shall be new, unused, hot-dip
galvanized material, conforming to the requirements for type GRC.
2.
Coated conduit NEMA Standard RN-1:
a. The galvanized coating may not be disturbed or reduced in thickness
during the cleaning and preparatory process.
3.
Factory bonded PVC jacket:
a. The exterior galvanized surfaces shall be coated with primer before PVC
coating to ensure a bond between the zinc substrate and the PVC
coating.
b. Nominal thickness of the exterior PVC coating shall be 0.040 inch except
where part configuration or application of the piece dictate otherwise.
c. PVC coating on conduit and associated fittings shall have no sags,
blisters, lumps, or other surface defects and free of holes and holidays.
d. The PVC adhesive bond on conduit and fittings shall be greater than the
tensile strength of the PVC plastic coating:
1) Confirm bond with certified test results.
4.
A urethane coating shall be uniformly and consistently applied to the interior of
all conduit and fittings:
a. Nominal thickness of 0.002 inch.
b. Conduit having areas with thin or no coating are not acceptable.
c. All threads shall be coated with urethane.
5.
The PVC exterior and urethane interior coatings applied to the conduit shall
afford sufficient flexibility to permit field bending without cracking or flaking at
temperature above 30 degrees Fahrenheit (-1 degree Celsius).
6.
PCS conduit bodies and fittings:
a. Malleable iron.
b. The conduit body, before PVC coating, shall be new, unused material and
shall conform to appropriate UL standards.
c. The PVC coating on the outside of conduit bodies shall be 0.040 inch
thick and have a series of longitudinal ribs to protect the coating from tool
damage during installation.
d. 0.002 inch interior urethane coating.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-5
9408A10
e.
f.
g.
C.
SLT:
1.
Temperature rated for use in the ambient temperature at the installed location
but not less than the following:
a. General purpose:
1) Temperature range -20 degrees Celsius to +80 degrees Celsius.
b. Oil resistant:
1) Temperature range -20 degrees Celsius to +60 degrees Celsius.
2.
Sunlight resistant, weatherproof, and watertight.
3.
Manufactured from single strip steel, hot-dip galvanized on all 4 sides before
conduit fabrication.
4.
Strip steel spiral wound resulting in an interior that is smooth and clean for
easy wire pulling.
5.
Overall polyvinyl chloride jacket.
6.
With integral copper ground wire, built in the core, in conduit trade sizes
1/2 inch through 1-1/4 inch.
D.
PVC:
1.
Extruded from virgin polyvinyl chloride compound:
a. Schedule 40 unless otherwise specified.
b. Schedule 80 extra heavy wall where specified.
2.
Rated for 90 degrees Celsius conductors or cable.
3.
Rated for use in direct sunlight.
E.
Inner duct:
1.
HDPE and fabric inner duct are considered interchangeable.
2.
HDPE inner duct:
a. High density polyethylene.
b. Corrugated.
c. Resin properties:
1) Density, g/cm3: 0.941 to 0.955.
2) Melt index g/10 minute Condition E: 0.05 to 0.5.
3) Flexural modulus, MPa (pounds per square inch): 80,000 minimum.
4) Tensile strength at yield (pounds per square inch): 3,000 minimum.
5) Environmental stress crack resistance condition B, F10: 96 hours
minimum.
6) Brittleness temperature: -75 degrees Celsius.
d. Size: 1.25-inch.
3.
Fabric inner duct:
a. White polyester and nylon resin polymer textile.
b. Standard outdoor textile inner duct:
1) 3-inch multi-cell inner duct containing pull tape in each cell.
c. Color-coded.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-6
9408A10
d.
F.
2.07
Pull tape:
1) 1250 lb.
2) Synthetic fiber polyester, flat woven.
3) Printed sequential footage marks.
Conduit bodies:
1.
Material consistent with conduit type:
a. Malleable iron bodies and covers when used with type GRC conduit.
b. Cast aluminum bodies and covers when used with type RAC.
c. PVC bodies and covers when used with type PVC.
d. PVC-coated malleable iron bodies and covers when used with type PCS.
2.
Conduit bodies to conform to Form 8, Mark 9, or Mogul design:
a. Mogul design conforming to NEC requirements for bending space for
large conductors for conduit trade sizes of 1 inch and larger with
conductors #4 AWG and larger, or where required for wire bending space.
3.
Gasketed covers attached to bodies with stainless steel screws secured to
threaded holes in conduit body.
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
SLT fittings:
1.
Construction:
a. Malleable iron.
b. Furnished with locknut and sealing ring.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-7
9408A10
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
F.
G.
PVC fittings:
1.
Shall include the following:
a. Couplings.
b. Terminal adapters.
c. Female adapters.
d. Caps.
e. Reducer bushings.
f. Duct couplings.
g. End bells.
h. Expansion couplings.
i.
Duct couplings 5 degree.
j.
C - pull fittings.
k. E - pull fittings.
l.
LB - pull fittings.
m. LL - pull fittings.
n. LR - pull fittings.
o. T - pull fittings.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-8
9408A10
2.
p. X - pull fittings.
q. Service entrance caps.
Materials:
a. All devices shall be made of PVC, using the same materials as used for
Type PVC conduit.
b. All metal hardware shall be stainless steel.
H.
I.
Expansion/deflection couplings:
1.
Use to compensate for movement in any directions between 2 conduit ends
that they connect.
2.
Shall allow movement of 3/4 inch from the normal in all directions.
3.
Shall allow angular movement for a deflection of 30 degrees from normal in
any direction.
4.
Constructed to maintain electrical continuity of the conduit system.
5.
Materials:
a. End couplings: Bronze or galvanized ductile iron.
b. Sleeve: Neoprene.
c. Bands: Stainless steel.
d. Bonding jumper: Tinned copper braid.
J.
Expansion couplings:
1.
Shall allow for expansion and contraction of conduit:
a. Permitting 8-inch movement, 4 inches in either direction.
2.
Constructed to maintain electrical continuity of the conduit system.
3.
Materials:
a. Head: Malleable or ductile iron.
b. Sleeve: Steel.
c. Insulating bushing: Phenolic.
d. Finish: Hot-dip galvanized.
K.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-9
9408A10
2.
L.
Conduit markers:
1.
As specified in Section 16075.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General:
1.
Conduit routing:
a. The Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic in nature:
1) Install conduit runs as specified with schematic representation
indicated on the Drawings and as specified.
2) Modify conduit runs to suit field conditions, as accepted by the
Engineer:
a) Make changes in conduit locations that are consistent with the
design intent but are dimensionally different, or routing to
bypass obstructions.
b) Make changes in conduit routing due to the relocation of
equipment.
3) The Electrical Drawings do not indicate all required junction boxes
and pull boxes:
a) Provide junction boxes and pull boxes to facilitate wire pulling as
required:
(1) To meet cable manufacturers pulling tension requirements.
(2) To limit total conduit bends between pull locations.
b) Install junction boxes and pull boxes at locations acceptable to
the Engineer.
b. The Contractor is responsible for any deviations in general location,
conduit size, routing, or changes to the conduit schedule without the
express written approval or direction by the Engineer:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-10
9408A10
1)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-11
9408A10
D.
Conduit usage:
1.
Exposed conduits:
a. Rigid conduit:
1) Install the rigid conduit type for each location as specified in
Section 16130.
2) Minimum size: 3/4-inch.
b. Flexible conduit:
1) Use flexible conduit for final connections between rigid conduit and
motors, vibrating equipment, instruments, control equipment or
where required for equipment servicing:
a) Use type SLT with rigid metallic conduit.
2) Minimum size: 3/4-inch:
a) 1/2 when required for connection to instruments.
3) Maximum length:
2.
3/4
18
18
1-1/4
18
1-1/2
18
36
2-1/2
36
36
3-1/2
38
40
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-12
9408A10
b)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-13
9408A10
2)
2.
3.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-14
9408A10
e.
2.
Seal one end only of all underground conduits at highest point with O/Z
Gedney sealing (non-hazardous) filling, or equal.
Install seals with drains at any location along conduit runs where moisture may
condense or accumulate. This requirement includes, but is not limited to, the
following locations: control panels, junction boxes, pullboxes, or low points of
conduit.
G.
Conduit supports:
1.
General:
a. Provide appropriate hangers, supports, fasteners, and seismic restraints
to suit applications:
1) As specified in Section 16070.
2) Provide support materials consistent with the type of conduit being
installed as specified in Section 16130.
b. Support conduit at the intervals required by the NEC.
c. Perforated strap and plumbers tape are not acceptable for conduit
supports.
2.
Conduit on concrete or masonry:
a. Use 1-hole malleable iron straps with metallic or plastic expansion
anchors and screws or support from preset inserts.
b. Use preset inserts in concrete when possible.
c. Use pipe spacers (clamp backs) in wet locations.
d. On plaster or stucco, use 1-hole malleable iron straps with toggle bolts.
3.
Suspended conduit:
a. Use malleable iron factory-made split-hinged pipe rings with threaded
suspension rods sized for the weight to be carried (minimum 3/8-inch
diameter), Kindorf, or equal.
b. For grouped conduits, construct racks with threaded rods and tiered angle
iron or preformed channel cross members. Clamp each conduit
individually to a cross member. Where rods are more than 2 feet long,
provide rigid sway bracing.
4.
Supports at structural steel members:
a. Use beam clamps.
b. Drilling or welding may be used only as specified or with approval of the
Engineer.
5.
PCS systems:
a. Provide right angle beam clamps and U bolts specially formed and sized
to snugly fit the outside diameter of the coated conduit. Provide "U" bolts
with PVC encapsulated nuts that cover the exposed portions of the
threads.
b. Securely fasten exposed conduits with Type 316 stainless steel clamps or
straps or PVC-coated clamps or straps manufactured and supplied by the
PCS conduit supplier.
H.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-15
9408A10
2.
3.
I.
Empty conduits:
1.
Provide a polyethylene rope rated 250 pounds tensile strength in each empty
conduit more than 10 feet in length.
2.
Seal ends of all conduit with approved, manufactured conduit seals, caps or
plugs immediately after installation:
a. Keep ends sealed until immediately before pulling conductors.
J.
Miscellaneous:
1.
Seal roof penetrations for raceways and other items that penetrate the roof in
accordance with roofing manufacturers instructions and as indicated on the
Drawings.
2.
Provide electrical unions at all points of union between ends of rigid conduit
systems that cannot otherwise be coupled:
a. Running threads and threadless couplings are not allowed.
3.
Replace any conduit installed that the Engineer determines does not meet the
requirements of this Specification.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16130 (FS)
16130-16
9408A10
SECTION 16133
DUCT BANKS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Electrical underground duct banks.
2.
Duct spacing and terminations.
3.
Steel reinforcing of concrete.
4.
Excavation and patching.
5.
Coordination with other underground utilities.
6.
Concrete.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 02318 - Trenching.
c. Section 02952 - Pavement Restoration and Rehabilitation.
d. Section 03301 - Concrete Work.
e. Section 16130 - Conduits.
f. Section 16133 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
Provide reinforced concrete duct banks for all conduits installed below grade, on the
site, below structures, or in contact with the earth, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16133 (FS)
16133-1
9408A10
1.05
1.06
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
PVC conduit spacers.
2.
Detectable underground marking tape.
3.
Pull line.
C.
D.
Shop drawings:
1.
Submit site plan drawings of duct banks including underground profiles
indicating all underground utilities.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Conduit spacers:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16133 (FS)
16133-2
9408A10
1.
B.
C.
Pull line:
1.
One of the following or equal:
a. Arnco.
b. Greenlee.
c. Osburn Associates, Inc.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
2.04
A.
B.
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
Conduit spacers:
1.
Provide conduit spacers recommended by the conduit manufacturer or
specified above.
2.
Saddle type.
3.
Non-metallic, non-corrosive, non-conductive.
4.
Interlocking type:
a. Vertical interlocking.
b. Horizontal interlocking.
5.
Suitable for concrete encasement.
6.
Molded-in rebar holder.
7.
Accommodates 2-inch through 6-inch conduit sizes.
8.
Relieves the conduit from both horizontal and vertical stresses.
B.
Pull line:
1.
Minimum 1/4-inch wide, flat design.
2.
Polyester.
3.
Minimum pulling strength 1,200 pounds.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16133 (FS)
16133-3
9408A10
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
MIXES
A.
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Duct banks:
1.
Install duct banks encased in concrete at least 24 inches below finish grade,
unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Damage minimization:
a. Conduit should not be left exposed in an open trench longer than is
necessary.
b. Protect all underground duct banks against damage during pouring of
concrete or backfilling.
3.
All plastic conduit fittings to be joined should be exposed to the same
temperature conditions for a reasonable length of time before assembly.
4.
Provide No. 4/0 American Wire Gauge bare copper ground wire the entire
length of duct bank and bond to the grounding system as indicated on the
Drawings.
5.
Install underground ducts to be self-draining:
a. Slope duct banks away from buildings to handholes.
b. Slope duct banks uniformly from handholes and pull boxes to other
handholes or pullboxes or both ways from high points between handholes
or pullboxes.
c. Slope a minimum of 1/4 inch per 10 feet.
6.
Install pull line in spare conduits:
a. Provide adequate pull line at both ends of conduits to facilitate conductor
pulling.
b. Cap above ground spare conduit risers at each end with screw-on conduit
caps.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16133 (FS)
16133-4
9408A10
C.
Trenching:
1.
Perform trenching as specified in Section 02318.
2.
Trench must be uniformly graded with the bottom, rock free and covered with
select material.
3.
Whenever possible, use the walls of the trench as forms for concrete
encasement:
a. Forms are required where the soil is not self-supporting.
4.
Avoid damaging existing ducts, conduits, cables, and other utilities.
D.
Duct spacing:
1.
Separate conduits with manufactured plastic spacers using a minimum space
between the outside surfaces of adjacent conduits of 2 inches:
a. Separate medium voltage ducts a minimum of 7.5 inches on center.
2.
Install spacers to maintain uniform spacing of duct assembly a minimum of
4 inches above the bottom of the trench during concrete pour. Install spacers
on 8-foot maximum intervals:
a. Due to some distortion of conduit from heat, and other means, it may be
necessary to install extra spacers within the duct bank:
1) Install the intermediate set of spacers within normal required spacing
to maintain the proper horizontal clearance:
a) Clearance is required to allow the proper amount of concrete to
infiltrate vertically among the duct to ensure proper protection.
3.
Spacers shall not be located at the center of a bend:
a. Locate spacer in the tangent, free of the coupling on fabricated bends.
b. Locate spacers midway between the tangent and the center bend on
trench formed sweeps.
E.
Terminating:
1.
Use bell ends in duct at entrances into cable vaults.
2.
Make conduit entrances into cable vaults tangential to walls of cable vault.
3.
Form trapezoidal transitions between duct bank and cable vaults as needed in
order to ensure adequate cable bending radius for the duct bank-to-vault
transition.
F.
Concrete:
1.
Install concrete as specified in Section 03301.
2.
Provide nonferrous tie wires to prevent displacement of the conduits during
pouring of concrete:
a. Tie wire shall not act as a substitute for spacers.
3.
Install minimum 3-inch cover around conduit and rebar.
4.
Consolidation of encasement concrete around duct banks shall be by hand
pudding, with no mechanical vibration.
5.
Conduit is subject to temperature rise. As concrete cures, allow the free end to
expand by pouring the concrete from the center of the run or from one tie in
point.
G.
Marking tape:
1.
Install a detectable marking tape 12 inches above the duct bank the entire
length of the duct bank.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16133 (FS)
16133-5
9408A10
H.
I.
Restore all surfaces to their original condition as specified in Section 02952, unless
otherwise specified.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
Clean conduits of dirt and debris by use of an appropriately sized steel mandrel no
less than 1/2 inch smaller than the inside diameter of the conduit.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
3.12
A.
B.
Provide shoring and pumping to protect the excavation and safety of workers.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16133 (FS)
16133-6
9408A10
SECTION 16134
BOXES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Device boxes.
2.
Raceway system boxes.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16134 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16134 (FS)
16134-1
9408A10
1.03
1.04
1.05
1.06
1.07
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
Arcing parts: Circuit breakers, motor controllers, switches, fuses, or any device
intended to interrupt current during its operation.
2.
Raceway system boxes: Boxes that are used for wire and cable pullboxes,
conduit junction boxes, or terminal boxes.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Provide outlet boxes for devices such as switches, receptacles, telephone and
computer jacks, security systems, junction, and pullboxes for use in the raceway
systems, etc.
B.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer.
2.
Materials.
3.
Dimensions:
a. Height.
b. Width.
c. Depth.
d. Weight.
e. NEMA rating.
4.
Conduit entry locations.
5.
Catalog cut sheets.
6.
Installation instructions.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Include identification and sizes of pull boxes.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Regulatory requirements:
1.
Outlet boxes shall comply with all applicable standards of:
a. JIC.
b. NEC.
c. NEMA.
d. UL.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16134 (FS)
16134-2
9408A10
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16134 (FS)
16134-3
9408A10
b.
c.
d.
Steel City.
Cooper/Crouse Hinds.
OZ/Gedney.
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
B.
Threaded-hub boxes:
1.
Construction:
a. With internal green ground screw.
b. Furnished with a suitable gasketed cover.
c. With integral cast mounting lugs when surface mounted.
d. Conduit sizes range from 3/4 inch to 1 inch.
e. Tapered threaded hubs with integral bushing.
2.
Malleable iron boxes:
a. Conforming to ASTM A 47 Grade 32510.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16134 (FS)
16134-4
9408A10
i.
2.
E.
Finish:
1) ANSI-61 gray electrostatically applied polyester powder inside and
out over cleaned and primed surfaces.
2) White electrostatically applied polyester powder mounting plate.
j.
Heavy gauge steel external mounting brackets when surface mounted.
Stainless steel:
a. NEMA Type 4 or 4X.
b. Fabricated from 14-gauge Type 316 stainless steel.
c. All seams continuously welded.
d. Door:
1) Rolled lip around 3 sides.
2) Attached to enclosure by means of a continuous stainless steel hinge
and pin.
e. Neoprene door gasket to provide a watertight seal:
1) Attached with an adhesive.
2) Retained by a retaining strip.
f. Fabricate all external removable hardware for clamping the door to the
enclosure body from heavy gauge stainless steel:
1) With a hasp and staple for padlocking.
g. Provide large enclosures with door and body stiffeners for extra rigidity.
h. No holes or knockouts.
i.
Finish:
1) Brushed.
j.
Stainless steel external mounting brackets when surface mounted.
2.05
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Fasteners:
1.
Electroplated or stainless steel in boxes with wiring devices.
2.
Screws, nuts, bolts, and other threaded fasteners:
a. Stainless steel.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16134 (FS)
16134-5
9408A10
C.
Internal panels:
1.
Provide internal panels where required for mounting of terminal strips or other
equipment.
2.
With plated steel shoulder studs.
3.
Steel with white polyester powder finish.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General:
1.
Provide materials and construction suitable for environmental conditions at the
location of the box as specified in Section 16134.
2.
Provide outlet box materials to match the conduit system:
a. GRC - Cast ferrous boxes.
b. PCS - PVC coated cast ferrous boxes.
3.
Solid type gang boxes:
a. For more than 2 devices.
b. For barriered outlets.
4.
Support all wall mounted NEMA Type 4 or NEMA Type 4X boxes to maintain a
minimum of 7/8-inch free air space between the back of the enclosure and the
wall:
a. Use machined spacers to maintain air space; built-up washers are not
acceptable.
b. Use stainless steel or nylon materials for spacers.
5.
Use cast malleable iron boxes when box must support other devices.
6.
Boxes serving luminaires or devices:
a. Use as pull boxes wherever possible.
7.
Fit all cast boxes and pressed steel boxes for flush mounting in concrete with
cast, malleable box covers and gaskets.
8.
Size boxes in accordance with NEC requirements and to provide sufficient
room for the future components and cables indicated on the Drawings.
9.
For fire-rated construction, provide materials and installation for use in
accordance with the listing requirements of the classified construction.
C.
Outlet boxes:
1.
Locate outlet boxes as indicated on the Drawings:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16134 (FS)
16134-6
9408A10
a.
2.
3.
4.
D.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16134 (FS)
16134-7
9408A10
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16134 (FS)
16134-8
9408A10
SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Switches.
2.
Receptacles.
3.
Plates.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16140 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
DEFINITIONS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16140 (FS)
16140-1
9408A10
B.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
1.06
1.07
Switches, receptacles, and plates as indicated on the Drawings wired and operable
to form a complete system.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Catalog cut sheets.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Engraving schedule:
a. Furnish complete engraving schedule for engraved nameplates.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
Specific definitions:
1.
GFCI: Ground fault circuit interrupter.
2.
P-S: Pass and Seymour.
3.
Cooper: Cooper Wiring Devices, a division of Cooper Industries.
4.
T&B: Thomas and Betts.
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16140 (FS)
16140-2
9408A10
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Switches:
1.
One of the following or equal:
a. Hubbell.
b. Leviton.
c. Cooper.
B.
Receptacles:
1.
General purpose receptacles: One of the following or equal:
a. Hubbell.
b. Leviton.
c. Cooper.
C.
Plates:
1.
General location: The following or equal:
a. P-S.
b. Cooper.
2.
Wet or corrosive areas: One of the following or equal:
a. Hubbell.
b. Cooper.
c. T&B.
d. P-S.
3.
In-use covers: One of the following or equal:
a. TayMac.
b. Cooper.
c. P-S.
d. T&B.
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
Switches:
1.
General:
a. 120-277 VAC.
b. 20 ampere.
c. Listed in accordance with UL 20.
d. Designed and constructed in accordance with FS W-S-896/2.
e. Back and side wired unless otherwise indicated.
f. Integral grounding terminal.
g. Totally enclosed:
1) Color-coded body with color corresponding to ampere rating.
h. Provide switches with the operator style and contact arrangement as
indicated on the Drawings and as required for proper operation.
i.
Color:
1) Ivory in finished areas.
2) Brown in all other areas.
2.
General purpose switches:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16140 (FS)
16140-3
9408A10
3.
a. Toggle type.
Switches for use with photocell:
a. Maintained contact.
b. Two circuit.
c. Three position:
1) Center off.
B.
Receptacles:
1.
General purpose receptacles:
a. Single or duplex as indicated on the Drawings.
b. 125 VAC.
c. 20 ampere or as indicated on the Drawings.
d. NEMA Type 5-20R configuration for 20 ampere receptacles.
e. Other NEMA configurations as indicated on the Drawings.
f. Listed in accordance with UL 498.
g. Designed and constructed in accordance with FS W-C-596.
h. Back and side wired.
i.
One-piece, rivet-less mounting strap.
j.
Color:
1) Ivory in finished areas.
2) Brown in all other areas.
3) Orange when powered by a UPS.
2.
Ground fault interrupter receptacles (GFCI):
a. 125 VAC.
b. 20 ampere.
c. Trip level 4-6 milliampere.
d. Individual and feed through protection.
e. UL 943 and UL 498 listed.
f. NEMA Type 5-20R configuration.
g. For damp or wet locations:
1) Weather resistant, in accordance with UL 498.
C.
Plates:
1.
General location:
a. Type 302 or 304 stainless steel.
b. Brushed satin finish.
c. Minimum thickness: 0.032 inches.
d. Rectangular or square shape.
e. Engraving:
1) Engrave each switch plate with the following:
a) Area served.
b) Circuit number.
2) Engrave each receptacle plate with the following:
a) Circuit number.
3) Treat engraving to improve visibility and, except for stainless steel
plates, to prevent corrosion.
4) Characters shall be block letter pantograph engraved with a
minimum character height of 1/8-inch.
f. Coordinate the number of gangs, number, and type of openings with the
specific location.
2.
Outdoor and wet areas requiring NEMA Type 4 or NEMA Type 4X enclosures:
a. General:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16140 (FS)
16140-4
9408A10
1)
2)
3)
3.
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Mounting heights:
1.
Process and production areas:
a. Switches and receptacles 48 inches from finished floor to top of plate.
C.
Switches:
1.
Over 300 Volts:
a. Where switches used in systems of more than 300 volts between
conductors, are to be ganged in outlet boxes, provide switches having no
exposed live parts or use barriers between the individual switches.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16140 (FS)
16140-5
9408A10
D.
Receptacles:
1.
Provide GFCI receptacles as indicated on the Drawings.
a. Provide weather resistant GFCI receptacles in all wet or damp areas.
1) As specified in Section 16140.
2.
Mount non-weatherproof receptacles vertically:
a. Ground slot down.
3.
Mount weatherproof receptacles horizontally:
a. Neutral slot up.
E.
Ensure all plates make a firm seal with wall for recessed mounted devices:
1.
Outside edges of plates parallel with building lines.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
A.
B.
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16140 (FS)
16140-6
9408A10
SECTION 16150
LOW VOLTAGE WIRE CONNECTIONS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Wire connecting devices.
2.
Terminations.
3.
Splices.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16150 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wires and Cables.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16150 (FS)
16150-1
9408A10
1.05
1.06
1.07
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Catalog cut sheets.
2.
Installation instructions.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers for each type of technology are specified with the equipment in this
Section.
2.02
2.03
2.04
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16150 (FS)
16150-2
9408A10
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
Control connections:
1.
Use insulated ring type wire terminators for connections to all screw terminals:
a. With chamfered/funneled terminal barrel entry.
b. Deep internal serrations.
c. Long barrel design to reduce electrical resistance and increased
insulator-barrel surface area to ensure that the insulator remains in
contact with the barrel.
d. Electroplated-tin copper conductor.
e. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) Thomas and Betts, Stakon.
2.
For process equipment connections work from manufacturer's drawings.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16150 (FS)
16150-3
9408A10
1)
C.
3M - Scotchcast 72-N.
Insulating tape:
1.
General purpose insulating tape:
a. Minimum 7 mil vinyl tape.
b. Suitable for application in an ambient of -18 degrees Celsius
(0 degrees Fahrenheit).
c. Operating range up to 105 degrees Celsius (220 degrees Fahrenheit).
d. Flame retardant, hot- and cold- weather resistant, UV resistant.
e. For use as a primary insulation for wire cable splices up to 600 VAC.
f. Meeting and complying with:
1) ASTM D 3005 Type I.
2) UL 510.
3) CSA C22.2.
g. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) 3M - Scotch Number Super 33+.
2.
General-purpose color-coding tape:
a. Minimum 7 mil vinyl tape.
b. Suitable for application on PVC and polyethylene jacketed cables.
c. For use indoors and outdoors in weather protected enclosures.
d. Available with the following colors:
1) Red.
2) Yellow.
3) Blue.
4) Brown.
5) Gray.
6) White.
7) Green.
8) Orange.
9) Violet.
e. For use as phase identification, marking, insulating, and harnessing.
f. Meeting and complying with:
1) UL 510.
2) CSA C22.2.
g. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) 3M - Scotch Number 35.
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16150 (FS)
16150-4
9408A10
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Load connections:
1.
Connect loads to the circuits as indicated. Color-code all branch circuits as
specified in Section 16123.
C.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16150 (FS)
16150-5
9408A10
SECTION 16151
MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE CONNECTIONS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Wire connecting devices.
2.
Terminations.
3.
Splices.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16151 - General Requirements for Electrical Work.
c. Section 16124 - Medium Voltage Cables.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16151 (FS)
16151-1
9408A10
1.05
1.06
1.07
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Catalog cut sheets.
2.
Installation instructions.
3.
Medium voltage systems:
a. Documentation demonstrating compliance with the required tests.
b. Characteristics and installation procedures for all splices, terminators, and
junction modules.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Drawings showing the installation of junction modules, splices, and
terminators.
D.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16151 (FS)
16151-2
9408A10
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers for each type of technology are specified with the equipment in this
Section.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
Tape:
1.
Fire and electric arc proofing tape:
a. Minimum 30-mil, flexible, elastomer tape that expands in fire to form an
insulating firewall between flame and cable.
b. Bind in place with glass cloth electrical tape.
c. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) 3M - Scotch Number 77.
2.
Glass cloth electrical tape:
a. Thermosetting, 7.4-mil silicone adhesive that performs at Class H
temperatures 180 degrees Celsius (356 degrees Fahrenheit):
b. Use for the following applications:
1) To secure non-PSA insulations such as glass in high-temperature
areas.
2) Splice wire rated at 150 degrees Celsius, 180 degrees Celsius,
200 degrees Celsius.
3) For binding fire and electric arc proofing tape.
c. Meeting and complying with:
1) MIL-I-19166C.
2) UL recognized component listing for 200 degrees Celsius (Guide
OANZ2, File E17385).
3) CSA accepted component 180 degrees Celsius file LR93411.
d. Manufactured by one of the following or equal:
1) 3M - Scotch Number 69.
3.
Self-fusing silicone rubber tape:
a. High-temperature, 12-mil, track resistant, insulating tape.
b. Composed of fully cured inorganic silicone rubber.
c. Use as a protective overwrap for terminating medium voltage cables.
d. Manufacture: One of the following or equal:
1) 3M - Scotch Number 70.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16151 (FS)
16151-3
9408A10
c.
2.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16151 (FS)
16151-4
9408A10
k.
l.
3.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16151 (FS)
16151-5
9408A10
4.
b) AC 1 minute: 34 kV.
c) DC 15 minutes: 53 kV.
3) Minimum corona extinction level:
a) Eleven kV RMS.
4) Continuous current rating:
a) 200 A RMS.
5) Momentary rating:
a) 10,000 A RMS, symmetrical at 0.17 seconds.
b) 3,500 A RMS, symmetrical at 3.0 seconds.
o. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) Elastimold.
2) 3M.
3) Cooper.
Cap all unused taps with an insulating cap approved for the application:
a. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) Elastimold.
2) 3M.
3) Cooper.
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
3.04
3.05
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16151 (FS)
16151-6
9408A10
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16151 (FS)
16151-7
9408A10
SECTION 16210
UTILITY COORDINATION
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Coordination with the utility companies to provide service.
2.
Contractors responsibilities for connecting to utilities and providing utility
service to the facilities.
3.
Descriptions of utility services required.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16210 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
1.04
GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Utility contacts:
1.
Electric utility: Ponca City Utility Authority (PCUA).
a. Phone Number: 580-767-0405.
b. 516 E. Grand, Ponca City, OK 74601.
c. Contacts:
1) Phil Johnston (General Manager Electric Utilities)
a) Email: johnspa@poncacityok.gov
2) Steve Sullivan (Assistant Director/Operations Engineer)
a) Email: sullisr@poncacityok.gov
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Electrical service:
1.
Provide all Work and materials and bear all costs for providing temporary
construction power and the permanent electrical service, including but not
limited to:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16210 (FS)
16210-1
9408A10
a.
b.
c.
2.
B.
1.05
1.06
General:
1.
Coordinate and obtain inspections and final installation approval from the
serving utilities and other authorities having jurisdiction.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Certification:
1.
Submit certification that the intended installation has been coordinated with the
utility companies.
2.
Include a narrative description of the utilitys requirements and points of
connection, names and telephone numbers for contacts at the utilities.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
SCHEDULING
A.
General:
1.
Refer to requirements in Section 01140.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16210 (FS)
16210-2
9408A10
B.
Electrical systems:
1.
Before bidding, the electrical contractor shall contact the utilities to determine
the Work and materials that will be required from the Contractor, and all fees
and permits that will be required, so that all utility systems furnished by the
Contractor will be included in the bid.
2.
Coordinate Work with Engineer to minimize downtime of existing operating
equipment and electrical distribution systems and to preclude unsafe
operation:
a. Notify Owner 7 days before power interruptions.
b. Coordinate downtime with Owner and local electric utility.
3.
Before commencing Work, coordinate electric service entrance requirements
with local electric utility to assure that the installation will be complete as
specified in these Contract Documents:
a. Ensure power transformer size, electrical characteristics, and location are
consistent with the design and service voltage provided by the electric
utility coordinated with other trades.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16210 (FS)
16210-3
9408A10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
Furnish materials in accordance with the applicable requirements of the utilities and
as specified in these Specifications.
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16210 (FS)
16210-4
9408A10
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16210 (FS)
16210-5
9408A10
SECTION 16224
MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTORS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
3-phase, form-wound, squirrel cage induction motors 4,160 volts, 500
horsepower and larger.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 11312D - Vertical Turbine Pumps.
c. Section 16224 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
d. Section 16267- Medium Voltage Variable Frequency Drives.
e. Section 16295 - Protective Relays.
f. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
DEFINITIONS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-1
9408A10
1.04
1.05
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
C.
Equipment and motor suppliers shall coordinate starting requirements for constant
speed equipment with existing starters:
1.
Provide minimum starting voltage and ramp time criteria.
2.
Coordinate equipment acceleration requirements under all operating
conditions with motor and starter thermal capabilities and available starter
settings.
D.
E.
Design requirements:
1.
New motors for Pump Nos. 1, 2, and 3 will be fed from existing RVAT starters.
2.
New motors for Pump Nos. 4 and 5 will be driven by a variable frequency drive
or with existing RVAT bypass starter, and will operate existing pumps. Ensure
motor compatibility with existing pump. Refer to Section 11312D for pump
information.
F.
Motor protections:
1.
Motor to include 4 RTDs per phase for motor temperature protection. Design
intent is that there be 2 RTDs per phase for each motor starter. Each motor
has the capability to be powered from a new VFD or an existing RVAT starter.
To facilitate motor protection, 2 RTDs from each motor phase are to be routed
to each starter. Therefore the motor must contain 12 motor temperature RTDs.
This same philosophy applies to motor differential protection CTs. Provide 2
CTs per phase for differential protection. Additional requirements are included
later in this Section.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Descriptive bulletins for motor and accessories.
2.
Complete bill of material identifying all accessories.
3.
Machine tag and loop number as identified in the Contract Documents.
4.
Data verifying conformance with API 541:
a. Include data sheets from API 541 Appendix A:
1) Purchaser data completely filled out by pump manufacturer,
reflecting specific project requirements, including all requirements
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-2
9408A10
Shop drawings:
1.
Dimensional outline, detail, and cross sectional drawings.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-3
9408A10
a.
2.
3.
1.06
D.
Certification that the selected motor meets the compatibility requirement specified
herein.
E.
Test reports:
1.
Factory test procedure.
2.
Submit certified factory test reports for all tests specified.
3.
Provide final machine characteristic data determined from the tests.
F.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
C.
Certify that the motor, when installed and driven by the actual variable frequency
drive furnished:
1.
Is capable of satisfactory performance under all specified conditions with the
actual pumps furnished.
2.
Meets the requirements of the latest edition of NEMA MG-1 Part 31.
3.
Is matched to the actual variable frequency drive being furnished.
4.
Will not experience premature bearing failure due to induced voltages or
currents caused by the high frequency output of the drive.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-4
9408A10
1.07
1.08
B.
Energize space heaters upon receipt of the motor at the jobsite using construction
power source, and keep heaters energized from this source until motors are ready
for service, and heater power is available from the starter or drive.
PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A.
B.
Environmental requirements:
1.
The equipment shall be de-rated in accordance with the manufacturers
guidelines for the project altitude and ambient temperature as specified in
Section 16224.
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
PART 2
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-5
9408A10
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
General:
1.
3 phase induction motors.
2.
Voltage: 4,000 volts, designed to operate on system with nominal 4,160 volts.
3.
Motors driving identical machines shall be identical.
4.
All motors shall be inverter duty rated:
a. Compatible with the variable frequency drives furnished.
b. Inverter duty rated and labeled.
c. In conformance with NEMA MG-1 Part 31.
d. Winding insulation in conformance with NEMA MG-1 Part 31.40.4.2.
e. Capable of running continuously at minimum pump speed, with no harmful
effects or overheating.
f. Provide shaft grounding brushes to prevent bearing damage from induced
shaft voltage.
g. Provide additional features as required to prevent premature failure of any
motor component due to operation with the variable frequency drives
being furnished.
5.
Efficiency and power factor:
a. The guaranteed motor efficiency at rated voltage and frequency shall not
be less than 95.2 percent at full load, 95.0 percent at 3/4 load, and
94.8 percent at 1/2 load.
b. The guaranteed power factor at rated voltage and frequency shall not be
less than 84 percent at full load, 80 percent at 3/4 load, and 72 percent at
1/2 load.
c. Coordinate power factor correction capacitors requirement with starter
supplier. Minimum corrected full-load power factor is 95 percent.
d. Determine efficiencies in accordance with IEEE 112, Method F.
6.
Horsepower as indicated on the Drawings and equipment schedules:
a. Horsepower ratings indicated on the Drawings are based on vendors
estimates. Provide motors sized for the load of the actual equipment
furnished without operating in the service factor.
1) If the size of the motor required to drive the actual equipment
furnished is larger than the size indicated on the Drawings, make
structural, mechanical, and electrical changes that are necessitated
by the increase, including but not limited to:
a) Motor starter or VFD rating.
b) Electrical distribution equipment size and ratings.
c) Electrical service and transformer sizes.
d) Conductor and conduit sizes for service, feeder, and motor
branch circuit.
7.
Service factor:
a. 1.15 service factor when operating on a constant speed starter.
b. 1.0 service factor when operating on a variable frequency drive.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-6
9408A10
8.
Torque:
a. Provide motors that develop sufficient torque to accelerate the actual load
to full speed at voltage 10 percent less than motor nameplate rating.
b. When started using reduced voltage starters:
1) Provide motors that develop sufficient torque to accelerate the actual
load to full speed at the starting ramp and current limit of the starter.
9.
Enclosures:
a. As specified in the individual equipment specifications.
b. Designed specifically for outdoor installations in areas with wind-blown
dust.
c. Provide with filters for inlet air passages:
1) Filters must remove 90 percent of particulates 10 microns and larger.
2) Easily replaceable while motor is operating.
10. Hardware:
a. Type 316 stainless steel.
11. Conduit boxes:
a. Cast iron or stamped steel.
b. Provide gaskets at the following interfaces:
1) Frames and conduit boxes.
2) Conduit boxes and box covers.
3) Size as required to accommodate conductor and conduit quantities
and sizes indicated on the Drawings and specified in the conduit
schedule.
c. Main power conduit box:
1) Provide NEMA 2-hole pads mounted on standoff insulators for
terminating medium-voltage power cables.
2) Provide space for medium-voltage terminations including stress
cones, and adequate space to allow connections without bending
incoming cables beyond cable manufacturer's minimum bending
radius recommendations.
3) Suitable for bottom conduit entry as indicated on the Drawings.
4) Provide a grounding bus inside the conduit box for motor frame
grounding.
d. Accessory terminal boxes:
1) Provide a separate conduit box for motor winding heater
connections.
2) Provide a separate conduit box for RTD connections.
3) Provide a separate conduit box with short-circuiting terminal blocks
for current transformer connections:
a) Current transformer terminals may be located in the main power
conduit box provided that suitable barriers are installed to isolate
the terminals from medium-voltage connections, the conduit
entry for CT leads into the isolated terminal section, and that the
terminals are accessible without removing the main power
conduit box cover.
12. Motor bearings:
a. Antifriction.
b. Bearings and lubrication suitable for ambient temperature and
temperature rise.
c. Suitable for intended application and have ABMA L-10 rating life of
60,000 hours or more.
d. Provide water cooling if required to meet the L-10 life rating:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-7
9408A10
1)
2)
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
B.
Stator:
1.
Stator core:
a. Built up from high grade, non-aging laminated silicon steel.
b. Insulate each lamination to minimize eddy current losses.
2.
Stator windings:
a. Form-wound copper coils.
b. All coils of the same size and shape.
c. Strand insulation: Polyester glass fiber or equal high temperature
insulating film.
d. Turn-to-turn insulation:
1) Designed to prevent insulation damage from voltage surges.
2) For variable frequency drive applications, design for surges as
identified in NEMA MG1 part 31, paragraph 31.40.4.2.
e. Coil insulation: Suitable for voltage class of the motor, tightly applied to
prevent all voids.
f. Insulation class: F.
g. Design temperature rise consistent with Class B insulation when
delivering full motor service factor at an ambient temperature of
40 degrees Celsius.
h. Crimp and silver solder all coil and lead connections.
i.
Fully insulate and brace end turns, including all coil and lead connections.
Provide surge ring and bracing suitable for maximum fault current as
determined by the short-circuit and coordination study.
3.
Entire stator vacuum pressure impregnated with nonhygroscopic polyester or
epoxy resin, and heat cured.
4.
Motor leads:
a. Insulated leads with non-wicking, non-hydroscopic material. Class F
insulation.
5.
Noise:
a. Maximum operating noise level of 85 dB measured as per IEEE 85.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-8
9408A10
C.
Rotor:
1.
Shaft:
a. Constructed of forged or rolled steel, machined and finished.
b. Sufficient strength to withstand all stresses resulting from normal
operation at any speed up to 125 percent of synchronous speed.
c. Connections to match driven equipment.
2.
Rotor core:
a. Built up from high grade, non-aging laminated silicon steel.
b. Insulate each lamination to minimize eddy current losses.
3.
Rotor bars:
a. Copper or copper alloy.
b. Size and shape as required to provide starting and running characteristics
compatible with the driven load and starting method.
c. Secured to the rotor slots to minimize movement or vibration.
d. Attach bars to end rings by induction or torch brazing.
4.
Statically and dynamically balance rotor before assembly into the motor.
5.
Provide anti-reverse ratchet.
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Surge arresters:
1.
Furnish metal oxide surge arresters in the main power conduit box.
2.
Install low-impedance ground connection between stator core and ground bus
in main power conduit box.
a. No. 4/0 AWG minimum.
B.
Nameplates:
1.
Provide all motors with a permanent, stainless steel nameplate indelibly
stamped or engraved with:
a. NEMA standard motor data.
b. Bearing description and lubrication instructions.
C.
Space heaters:
1.
Provide belted or cartridge space heaters mounted within the motor enclosure
sized to heat the motor winding to approximately 5 degrees Celsius above
ambient temperature.
2.
Space heater rating shall be 120 volts, single-phase, unless otherwise
specified.
3.
Power leads for heaters wired into a separate conduit box.
4.
Installed within motor enclosure adjacent to core iron.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-9
9408A10
c.
d.
E.
Vibration detectors:
1.
As indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Vibration switches:
a. Furnish three switches, one installed to respond to vibration along the X
axis, the other to vibration along the Y axis, and the third to vibration along
the Z axis.
b. 20-second time delay on motor start, as determined from motor running
input.
c. Two form C output relays:
1) Each rated for 120 VAC, 5 amperes.
2) Manual reset.
3) One shutdown contact adjustable from 0.1 to 1.5 inches per second.
4) One alarm contact adjustable from 10 to 90 percent of the shutdown
setting.
5) Time delay for each output, independently adjustable from 2 to 15
seconds.
d. Metrix 440, or equal.
e.
3.
Vibration transducers:
a. Remote-mounted accelerometer in outdoor weather-protected housing,
Class I, Div 2.
b. Same manufacturer as vibration switch. Metrix SA6200A with 7295
housing or equal.
c. Securely threaded directly into motor frame near the top of the motor.
d. Connect each transducer to its switch with moisture-resistant cable with
stainless steel armor and jacket, as recommended by the transducer
manufacturer. Length as required to connect transducer to remotemounted switch. Metrix 9344-111, or equal
4.
Vibration Monitor:
a. Convert accelerometer input to vibration velocity.
b. Power supply: 120 VAC.
5.
Provide dedicated junction box(es) and PCS conduit system to serve as
protection for vibration monitor sensor(s) to vibration monitor. Make every
effort to limit exposure, and minimize lengths to vibration sensors and
associated cables. Protect equipment in conduit as much as possible:
a. Acceptance of the vibration monitoring conduit and protection system is at
the sole discretion of the ENGINEER.
1) Replace all items that do not meet the requirements as specified.
F.
Current transformers:
1.
Furnish current transformers as specified in Section 16295 in the main power
conduit box for motor differential protection as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Connect to short-circuiting terminal blocks in the current transformer accessory
conduit box.
3.
Six current transformers, two per each phase.
a. One set of CTs will be connected to the new VFD starter while the other
set of CTs will be connected to the existing RVAT starter.
4.
Core balance, compatible with motor protection relay furnished.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-10
9408A10
5.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
Factory tests:
1.
The test may be observed by the ENGINEER and OWNER.
2.
Submit test procedure a minimum of six weeks before factory tests.
3.
Perform tests on all motors in accordance with API 541 and IEEE 112.
Perform tests required by these standards for all motors, and the following
tests as described in API 541:
a. Surge comparison test.
b. Component balance.
c. Bearing dimensional and alignment checks.
d. DC high-potential test to establish reference values for field tests.
e. Air filter differential pressure test.
f. Temperature rise at service factor load:
1) In accordance with actual loading method as defined in IEEE 112.
4.
Perform API 541 complete tests on one motor for each application to
determine the following:
a. Efficiency and power factor at 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of
full load and at full service factor load:
1) In accordance with Method F as defined in IEEE 112.
b. Locked rotor power factor.
c. Full load current and slip.
d. Locked rotor and breakdown torque.
e. Speed-torque curve.
f. Noise levels.
B.
Test one or more motors with complete equipment system as required by Section
11312D.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-11
9408A10
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-12
9408A10
__________________
NUMBER
OF
MOTOR
NAME
DRIVEN
EQUIPMENT
____________________
____________________________________________
____________
_
MODEL/SERIES
___________
___
MODEL
NO.
___________
__
FRAME
ENCLOSURE
NEMA DESIGN
HP
SERVICE FACTOR
RPM
INSULATION CLASS
VOLTS
AMBIENT TEMP
PHASE
NO LOAD AMPS
HERTZ
100 PERCENT
LOAD
INRUSH CODE
LETTER
75 PERCENT
50 PERCENT
LOAD
LOAD
_____
_____
_____
_____
_____
_____
________________________
VOLTS
THERMAL PROTECTION - STATOR WINDINGS
RTD:
_______________________
WATTS
TYPE
________________________
# OF WIRES
___________
NOMINAL RESISTANCE
NOMINAL TEMP
COEFFICIENT
TYPE
QUANTITY
# OF WIRES
NOMINAL RESISTANCE
NOMINAL TEMP
COEFFICIENT
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
INVERTER DUTY* (YES/NO)
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-13
9408A10
END OF SECTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16224 (FS)
16224-14
9408A10
SECTION 16232
SINGLE DIESEL FUELED ENGINE GENERATOR ABOVE 200 KW
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Packaged automatic "standby" diesel engine generator system including:
a. Diesel engine.
b. Generator.
c. Supporting and mounting skid.
d. Engine liquid cooling system.
e. Exhaust system.
f. Control system.
g. Engine starting batteries and battery charger.
h. Weatherproof acoustical housing.
i.
All other equipment required for a complete and operable power
generation system.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01410 - Regulatory Requirements.
c. Section 01756 - Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up.
d. Section 09960 - High-Performance Coatings.
e. Section 15082- Piping Insulation.
f. Section 16232 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
g. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
h. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
i.
Section 17101 - Specific Control Strategies.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-1
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.03
1.04
A 181 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for General Purpose
Piping.
A 240 - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless
Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General
Applications.
A 536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings.
D 2310 - Standard Classification for Machine-Made Fiberglass (Glass-FiberReinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe.
C.
D.
E.
F.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
Standby rated duty: Continuous operation for the duration of any power outage
of a utility power source.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Provide a complete automatic diesel engine driven generator system, with all
necessary components and accessories to make a complete and operating standby
power supply.
1.
Coordinate the generator control system with the transfer equipment specified
in the Electrical Specifications and as indicated on the Drawings.
B.
Provide such minor details of electrical, plumbing, or mechanical work not specified
or indicated on the Drawings, which are necessary for the successful operation of
the diesel engine-driven generator required by these Specifications.
C.
Auxiliary power:
1.
Design provides (1) 208V 3-phase 60A power feed for auxiliary loads such as
the battery system and jacket water heater. Provide an internal power
distribution panel to distribute power from the single 208V 3-phase feed
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-2
9408A10
provided. Contractor to ensure that an adequate breaker is provided in LP2033 to facilitate generator requirements.
1.05
D.
Installation details:
1.
Installation location as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Orient exhaust to face south, away from neighboring properties to the north
and west.
3.
Fueling location to be located near the north end for easy access from the
road.
E.
Description of operation:
1.
There are two load scenarios for the generator. The generator must be sized
to accommodate either scenario. Refer to one-lines and panelboard schedules
indicated in the Drawings for load values.
2.
Scenario 1 step sequence:
a. Step 1: Non-controllable loads.
b. Step 2: PMP-1010 - 200HP motor on RVAT starter
c. Step 3: PMP-1020 - 200HP motor on RVAT starter
d. Step 4: PMP-1030 - 200HP motor on RVAT starter
3.
Scenario 2 step sequence:
a. Step 1: Non-controllable loads.
b. Step 2: PMP-1040 - 1000HP motor on VFD
1) The generator will not be required to start when a 1000HP pump is
operating in bypass condition on RVAT start. The 1000HP pump may
only run on generator power when driven by VFD.
F.
Controls coordination:
1.
Coordinate with Instrumentation and Controls Subcontractor as specified in
Section 17101 and with the switchgear supplier as specified in Section 16341
and Section 16433..
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
General:
a. Manufacturer of:
1) Engine.
2) Generator.
3) Governor.
4) Voltage regulator.
5) Generator control panel.
6) Radiator.
7) Battery charger.
8) Batteries.
9) Silencer.
10) Enclosure.
11) Fuel storage tank.
b. Wet weight of engine generator system:
1) List weight of fuel separately.
c. Dimensions of engine generator system:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-3
9408A10
2.
3.
4.
1) Length.
2) Width.
3) Height.
d. Type and grade of fuel recommended.
e. Fuel oil consumption at:
1) 50 percent load.
2) 75 percent load.
3) 100 percent load.
f. Type and grade lubricating oil recommended.
g. Amount of lubricating oil required per oil change.
h. Normal lubricating oil consumption.
i.
Recommended lubricating oil change periods:
1) By hours run.
2) By time.
j.
Heat rejection by engine generator to the room area.
k. Time interval from start-up contact closure until full load capabilities are
available.
Engine:
a. Number of cylinders, bore, stroke, and piston speed.
b. Displacement in cubic inches.
c. Compression ratio.
d. Engine RPM at 60 hertz.
e. Combustion air required.
f. Cooling air required.
g. Size of exhaust outlet.
h. Gauges.
i.
Jacket water heater:
1) Rating.
2) Voltage and phase requirements.
Emissions:
a. Certification of EPA compliance.
b. Other exhaust emissions as required by the local air quality management
district issuing the permit for the engine generator system.
c. Reported at rated speed and load as measured by SAE J177 and J215 or
ISO 8178 recommended practices.
Generator (alternator):
a. Rated output:
1) kW standby.
2) power factor.
3) Voltage.
4) Current.
b. Number of poles.
c. Number of leads and wires per lead.
d. Pitch.
e. Stator and field ratings including temperature rise at full and overload
conditions.
f. Insulation system:
1) Insulation class.
2) Stator rise.
3) Rotor rise.
4) Heat dissipated (kW).
5) Air flow (m3/min).
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-4
9408A10
g.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-5
9408A10
a.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
C.
Battery charger:
1) Dimensions:
a) Length.
b) Width.
c) Height.
d) Weight.
2) Input power requirements.
b. Batteries:
1) Number.
2) Dimensions:
a) Length.
b) Width.
c) Height.
d) Weight.
3) Amount of electrolyte.
4) Enclosure or rack.
Silencer:
a. Grade.
b. Dimensions:
1) Length.
2) Width.
3) Height.
4) Weight.
Free field mechanical noise level at 23 feet. Provide overall decibels (dBA)
rating referenced at 20 Pa.
Exhaust sound level in dBA at 5 feet from discharge end of silencer.
Recommended spare parts and special tools lists, specifying quantity of each
item.
Weatherproof acoustical housing:
a. Dimensions:
1) Length.
2) Width.
3) Height.
4) Weight.
b. Materials.
c. Acoustic rating.
d. Door locations and access requirements.
e. Finish.
Shop drawings:
1.
Provide detailed dimensional and to-scale layout drawings including:
a. A single drawing incorporating all equipment furnished:
1) Submittals that consist solely of individual drawings for each
component and require that these sheets be compiled by the
Engineer, in order to view the entire piece of equipment, are not
acceptable.
b. Conduit stub-out locations.
2.
Detailed electrical wiring diagrams of the engine and generator including:
a. Engine interconnection terminal box.
b. Generator interconnection terminal box.
c. Fuel system.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-6
9408A10
d.
3.
4.
D.
All interfaces between the engine driven generator skid and the transfer
equipment.
e. All wire numbers and terminal block identifications:
1) Wire numbers are to correspond to the wire number on the
equipment.
2) All wires are to be numbered.
f. Complete interior and exterior control panel layout:
1) Scaled.
2) With device descriptions.
3) With nameplates.
Piping connection and instrumentation diagrams.
Mounting and installation drawings:
a. Detailing mounting requirements for the Project Site seismic requirements
as specified in Section 16232.
b. Prepared and sealed by a registered structural professional engineer in
the state where the Project is being constructed.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-7
9408A10
c.
d.
e.
f.
1.06
(3) Generator.
(4) Engine generator control panel.
Material safety data sheets:
1) Complete MSDS forms for all substances.
2) Located in O&M manual.
3) Include separate manual labeled MSDS with additional copies of all
MSDS forms.
Warranty Data
Maintenance Contract information.
E.
Test reports:
1.
Furnish complete test reports as specified in this Section.
F.
Certificates:
1.
Certification of the emissions performance of the generator set engine by the
engine manufacturer.
2.
Certification that a torsional analysis between the engine and generator has
been completed.
3.
Seismic certification, as required.
4.
Upon completion of installation, manufacturer must issue a certification of
compliance with the Contract Documents.
G.
Calculations:
1.
Complete loading calculations to support the recommended size of the enginegenerator based upon actual facility loads and specified maximum allowable
voltage drop.
2.
Supply documentation identifying the maximum static pressure acceptable for
the radiator fan. It is the manufacturers responsibility to then provide
calculations as part of the layout drawings, to ensure that the transition
ductwork at the discharge of the radiator does not exceed the maximum static
pressure acceptable for the radiator fan.
3.
Submit exhaust system silencer noise attenuation curves.
4.
Structural support system, mounting, and seismic calculations to be signed
and stamped by a licensed structural professional engineer, registered in the
state where the Project is located:
a. Vibration isolator selection calculations.
b. Vibration isolator anchoring calculations.
c. Exhaust silencer structural support calculations on indoor applications.
5.
Submit factory certification of the radiator ambient capability.
6.
Submit exhaust system pressure loss calculations:
a. Include piping, fittings, silencer, and rain cap in loss calculations on indoor
applications.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Manufacturer qualifications:
1.
The manufacturer of the engine, generator, and all major items of auxiliary
equipment must be in current production of such equipment.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-8
9408A10
2.
3.
C.
1.07
1.08
A.
B.
Furnish the generator skid with removable lifting and jacking angles, eye bolts, etc.,
attached to the structural base to facilitate unloading and move-in operations.
C.
Provisions on skid for the use of "Multiton" type rollers for moving the generator skid
into position and then removal of the "Multiton" rollers and then for setting the
engine generator skid in place.
D.
SEQUENCING
A.
1.10
Regulatory requirements:
1.
In accordance with NFPA-110 Type 10 (ten second) transfer requirements.
2.
Fuel tanks:
a. UL listed.
b. Base tank shall be tested under pressure per the manufacturers
recommendation to check for leaks.
c. Comply with the following, if applicable:
1) NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids.
2) NFPA 37 Standard for Installation and Use of Stationary
Combustible and Gas Turbines.
3) NFPA 110 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.
3.
Regulations of the Fire Prevention Bureau of the fire department having
jurisdiction.
4.
Fire Code as specified in Section 01410.
5.
Other applicable state and local codes.
6.
EPA approved.
7.
Requirements of local Air Quality Management District or Air Pollution Control
District.
8.
Comply with the Specifications that may be in excess of, and not contrary to,
the regulations.
A.
1.09
A factory authorized parts and service facility located within 100 miles of the
Project Site.
Manufacturer is responsible for furnishing, testing, installation supervising,
testing, and guaranteeing the system.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-9
9408A10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
B.
1.13
1.14
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
B.
Special tools: Furnish a set of specialty tools necessary for routine maintenance of
the equipment.
1.
Special tools are those that only the manufacturer provides, for special
purposes, or to reach otherwise inaccessible parts.
C.
Maintenance Contract:
1.
Refer to Section 01770 for maintenance contract time period.
2.
Provide at a minimum the following services:
a. Provide monthly inspections and maintenance services, including but not
limited to:
1) Engine generator exercising (coordinate with Owner prior to all work).
2) Oil changes, air filter changes, etc.:
a) Dispose of waste oil, filters, etc.
b) Provide oil type recommended by engine manufacturer.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-10
9408A10
3)
4)
3.
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
Exhaust system:
1.
One of the following or equal:
a. Silencer:
1) GTE Industries.
2) Harco Manufacturing.
3) Silex Innovations.
b. Corrugated, flexible engine connector:
1) DME.
2) GTE Industries.
3) Engine-generator manufacturer's equivalent.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-11
9408A10
c.
d.
e.
Expansion joint:
1) DME Inc.
2) GTE Industries.
Exhaust pipe insulation:
1) As specified in Section 15082.
Expansion joint insulation:
1) Pittsburgh-Corning/JPS Composite Materials Corp., Temp-Mat.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-12
9408A10
2.
3.
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
B.
Engine:
1.
Full compression ignition, 4-cycle, turbocharged, and aftercooled meeting the
required emissions rating.
2.
The rated net horsepower of the engine with all accessories, including radiator
fan, must not be less than that required to produce the minimum specified
generator capacity at site altitude and maximum ambient temperature.
3.
Equipped and designed as follows:
a. Spin-on type replaceable lube oil filters.
b. Spin-on type replaceable fuel filters.
c. Heat treated forged steel crankshaft:
1) Dynamically balanced.
d. Forged steel connecting rods.
e. Crankshaft driven gear type lubricating pump.
f. Electric fuel shut-off valve.
g. Engine air cleaner: Dry type replaceable filter.
h. 12- or 24-VDC positive engagement solenoid shift-starting motor:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-13
9408A10
1)
i.
j.
k.
C.
Governor:
1.
Isochronous type to maintain engine speed:
a. Within 0.5 percent for steady state conditions.
b. Within 5 percent for a no load to full load step with recovery to within 2
seconds of step load application.
c. Suitable for use on diesel engines.
d. Electronic governor control of fuel.
e. Suitable for automatic, unattended starts.
f. Speed sensing failure circuit to signal actuator to close if speed pick-up
signal is lost.
g. With speed pick-up sensor.
h. With capabilities of local speed settings.
i.
Adjustable acceleration rate control from 0 to 8 seconds.
j.
Personnel guards over all exposed moving parts.
k. Equipped with a continuous duty shutdown system for normal remote
stopping.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-14
9408A10
5.
6.
7.
E.
Alternator (generator):
1.
Brushless synchronous alternator.
2.
Re-connectable 12 lead if available.
3.
Self-ventilated.
4.
Full amortisseur windings.
5.
2/3 pitch windings, skewed for smooth voltage waveform.
6.
With permanent magnet generator pilot exciter.
7.
Drip-proof enclosure.
8.
Protected against corrosion.
9.
Single bearing design.
a. Alternators over 2,000 kW may be two bearing design.
10. Insulation:
a. Insulated for continuous operation at 40 degrees Celsius ambient
temperature.
b. Class F (105 degrees Celsius rise by resistance) for medium voltage.
c. Vacuum impregnated with epoxy varnish to be fungus resistant per MIL
I-24092.
d. Multiple dipped and baked with a non-hygroscopic varnish with a final dip
of epoxy.
11. Terminate alternator power leads using compression lugs on an insulator and
bus bar system within the alternator junction box:
a. These terminations must not require any taping to complete the
connection.
b. Provide a ground terminal inside the junction box to terminate the ground
cables between the alternator to the automatic transfer equipment ground
bus:
1) Minimum size of the equipment-grounding conductor: 12-1/2 percent
of the size of the phase conductors.
12. 120 VAC integral alternator winding heaters.
13. Maximum balanced telephone interference factor not to exceed 50.
14. Designed to supply power to the non-linear loads as specified and as indicated
on the Drawings:
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-15
9408A10
6.
7.
8.
Include manual control to adjust voltage drop, voltage level, and voltage gain.
With 3-phase sensing.
Sealed from the environment and isolated from the load to prevent tracking
when connected to SCR loads.
9.
Include loss of sensing shutdown to protect the generator against uncontrolled
voltage output when the sensing circuit to the regulator is opened.
10. Shut down regulator when the sensing circuit to the regulator does not have
continuity.
11. Include over-excitation shutdown to protect the generator against thermal
damage caused by prolonged field forcing.
G.
Exhaust system:
1.
General:
a. Provide a complete exhaust system following as indicated on the
Drawings and as specified.
b. Back pressure:
1) Provide components such that the maximum back-pressure in the
exhaust system including piping and silencer is less than the
maximum allowable back-pressure published by the engine
manufacturer, measured at the exhaust manifold header:
a) Reduce back-pressure when recommended by the engine
manufacturer.
c. Provide each exhaust manifold header with a plugged, tapped connection
for the attachment of a test manometer.
2.
Exhaust silencer:
a. Heavy-duty industrial type fabricated of welded steel with ported tubes
and snubbing chambers, and a rating meeting the specified sound
attenuation.
b. Mounting: As specified in this section.
c. End connections: Steel flanges with Class 150-pound drilling pattern.
d. Shell:
1) Sufficiently heavy and reinforced to eliminate excessive vibration,
stress, or deflection and to support all operating loads with the
silencer at elevated temperatures and insulated as specified.
2) Loads include insulation weight and connecting piping.
e. Drain: Provide threaded, plugged condensate drain.
f. Sound attenuation: Attain the following minimum sound attenuation at the
listed octave band center frequencies with the engine at full load:
Frequency (Hz)
63
Attenuation (dB)
39
42
g.
h.
i.
H.
42
40
1,000
2,000
38
38
4,000 8,000
38
38
Supports: Provide shell lug supports suitable for supporting and mounting
the silencer as indicated on the Drawings; support design to account for
elevated temperatures under insulated shell.
Insulate as specified for engine exhaust piping in Section 15082.
Pressure drop not to exceed manufacturers recommendation at
maximum engine rating.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-16
9408A10
a.
I.
Furnish a skid mounted closed type radiator system for the engine driven
generator:
b. Sized and selected by engine manufacturer to cool the engine and turbo
charge aftercooler under ambient conditions.
c. Provide all necessary coolant specifically suitable for the location and
conditions of service throughout the year:
d. Ship both the engine and the radiator with the coolant installed.
Generator control panel:
1.
Microprocessor-based control system that is designed to provide automatic
starting, monitoring, protection and control functions for the generator set.
2.
Mounted on the generator set:
a. Provide vibration isolation:
1) Prototype tested to verify the durability of all components in the
system under the vibration conditions encountered.
3.
Control system features and functions:
a. Control switches:
1) Mode selector switch:
a) Provide a rotary switch or control panel keypads with status
indicators.
b) The mode select switch initiates the following control modes:
c) RUN or Manual position:
(1) Generator set starts, and accelerates to rated speed and
voltage.
d) OFF or STOP position:
(1) Generator set immediately stops, bypassing all time delays.
e) AUTO position:
(1) Generator set accepts a signal from a remote device to
start and accelerate to rated speed and voltage.
2) EMERGENCY STOP switch:
a) Red mushroom-head pushbutton.
b) Activating the emergency stop switch causes the engine to
immediately stop, and be locked out from automatic restarting.
3) RESET switch:
a) Clears all faults and allow restarting the engine generator after it
has shut down for any fault condition.
4) PANEL LAMP switch or automatic display panel illumination.
b. AC output metering: Provide the control system with metering including
the following features and functions:
1) Provide digital metering:
a) 1.0 percent accuracy.
2) Voltmeter:
a) RMS voltage.
b) Line-to-line.
c) Line-to-neutral.
3) Ammeter:
a) RMS current.
4) Frequency.
5) Power Factor.
6) Kilowatts (kW):
a) kW-hours.
b) Output kW.
7) Kilovars (kVars):
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-17
9408A10
c.
d.
e.
a) kVar-hours.
b) Output kVar.
Generator alarm and status display:
1) Provide high-intensity LED alarm and status indication lamps.
Functions indicated include:
a) Red alarm-indicating lamps.
b) Red common shutdown lamp.
c) Green lamp to indicate the engine generator is running at rated
frequency and voltage based on actual sensed voltage and
frequency on the output terminals of the generator set.
d) Flashing red lamp to indicate that the control is not in automatic
state.
e) Amber common warning indication lamp.
2) Display the following alarm and shutdown conditions on an
alphanumeric digital display panel:
a) Low oil pressure (alarm).
b) Low oil pressure (shutdown).
c) Oil pressure sender failure (alarm or indication).
d) Low coolant temperature (alarm).
e) High coolant temperature (alarm).
f) High coolant temperature (shutdown).
g) High oil temperature (warning).
h) Engine temperature sender failure (alarm or indication).
i)
Low coolant level (alarm or shutdown selectable).
j)
Fail to crank (shutdown).
k) Fail to start/overcrank (shutdown).
l)
Overspeed (shutdown).
m) Low DC battery voltage (alarm).
n) High DC battery voltage (alarm).
o) High AC voltage (shutdown).
p) Low AC voltage (shutdown).
q) Under frequency (programmable for alarm or shutdown).
r) Overcurrent (programmed for warning or shutdown).
s) Short circuit circuit breaker function (trip).
t) Emergency stop (shutdown).
Engine status monitoring:
1) Display the following status conditions on an alphanumeric digital
display panel:
a) Engine oil pressure (pounds per square inch or kilopascal).
b) Engine coolant temperature (degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius).
c) Engine oil temperature (degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius).
d) Engine speed (revolutions per minute).
e) Number of start attempts.
f) Battery voltage (DC volts).
Data logging and display provision:
1) Log the last 10 warning or shutdown indications on the engine
generator.
2) Monitor the total load on the generator:
a) Maintain data logs of total operating hours at specific load levels
ranging from 0 to 110 percent of rated load, in 10 percent
increments.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-18
9408A10
b)
4.
J.
Battery system:
1.
Installed on the engine-driven generator skid.
2.
Provide extra flexible minimum 4/0 welding cable to make the connection
between the battery and the engine:
a. Proper compression lugs and tooling must be used to terminate these
cables.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-19
9408A10
3.
4.
K.
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Fuel system:
1.
Base mounted fuel tank:
a. Unit mounted base tank with the capacity to hold 48 hours minimum of
fuel with the engine generator set operating at full load.
b. UL 142 listed tank with secondary containment rupture basin.
c. Construction:
1) Reinforced steel channel system.
2) Minimum thickness of 7-gauge for channels.
3) Minimum 12-gauge for tank construction.
d. Provide tank baffle to separate hot fuel return from cooler supply fuel.
e. Connections:
1) 1.25-inch minimum vents:
a) Pipe vent outside any room or enclosure containing the
generator set, using Schedule 40 black steel pipe.
2) Two-inch minimum fill connection.
3) Two-inch minimum main fuel storage level gauge.
4) 1.25-inch minimum low fuel level alarm with level switch connected to
control panel.
5) 0.5-inch minimum fuel supply with dip tube.
6) 0.5-inch minimum fuel return with dip tube.
f. Rupture basin level switch and alarm.
g. Finish:
1) Interior: Treated to inhibit corrosion until fuel is added.
2) Exterior: Epoxy coating with urethane top coat.
h. Ancillary equipment:
1) Provide the following base tank accessories as required by NFPA 30
for project application:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-20
9408A10
a)
b)
i.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-21
9408A10
b.
Wiring:
1.
All external wiring connections to and from the engine and alternator shall be
made via two engine mounted junction boxes:
a. One box shall be used for all control and DC power connections.
b. The other box shall be used for the alternator output connections:
1) The alternator output breaker may be used for these connections.
2.
Enclose wiring in an NEC approved and recognized conduit system selected
and sized by the engine generator manufacturer:
a. Suitable for the temperatures, vibrations, and conditions on the enginedriven generator skid.
3.
Control wiring shall terminate on terminal blocks in the control junction box:
a. All connections shall be made to terminal blocks:
1) 600 volt rated.
2) Wires terminated on box with compression type ring type lugs,
installed with proper tooling.
3) Terminal blocks shall be numbered.
4) All wiring in terminal box both internal and field connections shall be
routed in plastic wire duct.
4.
Terminate alternator output connection wires using solderless compression
type lugs when connecting to bus bar:
a. Lug manufacturers termination methods and tools must be used.
5.
Splices are not allowed:
a. All connections are to be made at the terminal blocks in the control
junction boxes.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-22
9408A10
1.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
B.
Test each engine generator under varying loads with all machine safety guards and
exhaust system in place.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-23
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
PART 3
Run the unit for 2 hours at 100 percent load with the following recordings
made hourly:
a. Frequency.
b. Voltage.
c. Amperage.
d. Kilowatts.
e. Room temperature as measured at the generator end of the unit.
f. Radiator air inlet temperature.
g. Coolant temperature.
h. Oil pressure.
Record the following items:
a. Time required for the engine/generator to start and reach rated voltage
and frequency in seconds.
b. Maximum block load capabilities of the unit.
c. Point at which overtemperature shutdown occurs.
d. Point at which overspeed shutdown occurs.
e. Point at which low oil pressure shutdown occurs:
f. Point at which overcrank shutdown occurs.
g. Point at which overspeed shutdown occurs.
h. Low water temperature alarm.
i.
Low fuel level alarm.
j.
Fuel leak alarm.
k. Overvoltage alarm and shutdown.
l.
Undervoltage alarm and shutdown.
m. Under frequency alarm and shutdown.
n. Low battery voltage alarm.
Furnish a certified copy of the test results to the Owner:
a. These test results must record any minor adjustments made during the
test.
b. If major changes, as determined by the Engineer, are made, the 2-hour
test must be repeated.
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General:
1.
Install the equipment as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Perform all Work in accordance with manufacturers instructions and shop
drawings.
3.
Before start-up, furnish written certification that the entire installation and all
connections, both mechanical and electrical, have been inspected and are
proper and consistent with the Drawings and Specifications.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-24
9408A10
1.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
B.
C.
D.
Certify that fuel, lubricating oil, and antifreeze conform with the manufacturer's
recommendations under the environmental conditions present.
E.
Check accessories that normally function while the equipment is in standby mode
for proper operation, before cranking the engine:
1.
These accessories include but are not limited to:
a. Engine heaters.
b. Fuel heaters, when used.
c. Battery charger.
d. Generator strip heaters, when used.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-25
9408A10
G.
3.08
Automatic start-up:
1.
By means of simulated power outage test the following:
a. Set all timers for proper system coordination.
b. Remote automatic starting.
c. Transfer of load.
d. Automatic shutdown.
2.
Continuously monitor the following parameters during this test:
a. Engine temperature.
b. Oil pressure.
c. Battery charge level.
d. Generator voltage.
e. Generator amperes.
f. Frequency.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
3.10
B.
C.
Generating system:
1.
Full-load test the generating system at the site in the presence of the Engineer
for a period of 2 hours, with the manufacturer providing the necessary resistive
load banks to test at 1.0 power factor:
a. Permanently installed load banks supplied as part of the project may be
utilized to provide part of the full load.
2.
Before acceptance of the installation, subject equipment to process system
load tests, with available motor load, but not to exceed the generator's
nameplate rating, for a period of 2 hours.
3.
Correct defects that become evident during testing.
4.
Measure flows, pressures and temperatures of fuel, coolant, exhaust gas, and
radiator air at inlets and outlets to system components.
5.
Measure radiator performance at full load including airflow, air inlet
temperature and air outlet temperature.
6.
Provide test report.
D.
E.
Test all control functions in conjunction with the engine generator start-up:
1.
These tests must include all normal starting and stopping functions as outlined
in these Specifications.
F.
Training:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-26
9408A10
1.
2.
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16232 (FS)
16232-27
9408A10
SECTION 16240
BATTERY SYSTEMS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Nickel-cadmium battery systems.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01610 - Project Design Criteria.
c. Section 16240 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
d. Section 16445 - Panelboards.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16240 (FS)
16240-1
9408A10
2.
3.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
1.05
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Design requirements:
1.
Battery systems to provide DC power to equipment under normal and
emergency conditions as specified in the Contract Documents or indicated on
the Drawings.
2.
Switchgear and valve battery systems:
a. Voltage: 48 VDC.
b. Battery type: Nickel-cadmium.
B.
Performance requirements:
1.
Size battery system to meet the functional requirements of the equipment in
accordance with IEEE 1115 using the following factors:
a. Design margin: 1.15.
b. Aging factor: 1.25.
c. Temperature correction factor:
1) Select the temperature correction factor from the IEEE table based
on the temperature range specified in Section 01610.
2.
Size the switchgear battery system to meet the following criteria for the actual
equipment provided:
a. Operate all continuous loads for a period of 4 hours:
1) 8 digital multi-function relays.
2) 2 digital motor protection relays.
3) 2 valve actuator standby load.
b. After a period of 4 hours:
1) Operate all main, tie, and generator breakers through two complete
cycles of close, trip, and spring charge.
2) Operate 1 valve actuator through 4 complete open-close cycles.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Complete bill of material including quantity, description, manufacturer, and part
number.
2.
Battery cells:
a. Manufacturer.
b. Type.
c. Amp-hour rating.
d. Volts per cell/volts per string.
e. Hydrogen off-gassing rate per amp of charging current.
f. Volume of electrolyte.
3.
Battery charger:
a. Input power requirements.
b. Output voltage.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16240 (FS)
16240-2
9408A10
Shop drawings:
1.
Plan, elevation, and section drawings for:
a. Battery cells.
b. Racks.
c. Spill containment.
2.
Point-to-point wiring diagrams including all components of the battery system,
with each component and terminal number labeled.
D.
E.
Installation instructions:
1.
Complete written instructions detailing the complete installation of the battery
system assembly, setting into place, and wiring connections.
2.
Provide anchorage instructions and requirements for the battery racks based
on the seismic conditions of the site as specified in Section 01610.
F.
G.
Test reports:
1.
Provide a report indicating that each unit shipped has been factory tested to
verify initial system capacity and performance of all electrical connections.
H.
Certification letter:
1.
Provide a certificate indicating that the battery rack(s) supplied comply with the
seismic requirements of IEEE 693 under the criteria specified in
Section 01610.
I.
Calculations:
1.
Complete calculations used to size the battery system in accordance with
IEEE 1115.
a. Use manufacturers load data for the actual equipment provided, including
the actual demand for protective relays, lights, etc. and the trip, close, and
spring charge currents for the circuit breakers provided:
1) Provide a table showing the load for each piece of equipment used in
the calculations (including trip, close, and spring charge actions for
circuit breakers).
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16240 (FS)
16240-3
9408A10
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
B.
B.
Environmental requirements:
1.
The equipment shall be de-rated in accordance with the manufacturers
guidelines for the project altitude and ambient temperature as specified in
Section 16240.
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
B.
Provide 20-year pro-rata warranty on the battery units. An individual unit shall be
considered defective if its capacity degrades to less than 80 percent of its published
capacity within 20 years of acceptance.
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Nickel-cadmium batteries:
1.
Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
a. Alcad.
b. HBL Power Systems.
c. SENS.
B.
Battery chargers:
1.
One of the following or equal:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16240 (FS)
16240-4
9408A10
a.
b.
c.
EnerSys.
SAFT.
SENS.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
2.07
Nickel-cadmium batteries:
1.
Plates:
a. Sealed pocket plates.
b. Welded connections to plates.
c. Plastic grid plate separators.
2.
Jar and cover:
a. Constructed of flame-retardant, translucent material, marked on the sides
to indicate electrolyte levels.
b. Safety venting cap:
1) Flame arresting type.
ACCESSORIES
A.
Battery racks:
1.
Designed and certified to conform to IEEE 693.
2.
Welded steel support frames and rails.
3.
Provisions for attachment of a grounding lug.
4.
Flame-retardant spacers between each unit.
5.
Seismic anchoring hardware.
B.
Battery charger:
1.
Designed to float and equalize the batteries per manufacturers requirements
and recommendations.
2.
Sized to recharge the batteries from a fully discharged state to a fully charged
state in a period of 8 hours, while operating all continuous DC loads.
3.
Input voltage as indicated on the Drawings.
4.
AC input circuit breaker.
5.
DC output circuit breaker.
6.
DC output ammeter and voltmeter.
7.
Voltage surge suppressors.
8.
Contacts rated 5 A at 120 VAC for remote monitoring of the following signals:
a. Low battery voltage.
b. Battery charger fail.
9.
Enclosure rating as specified in Section 16240 for the area of installation.
C.
Signage:
1.
Provide warning signs meeting the requirements of OSHA 1926.441 at all
entrances to spaces containing batteries or battery chargers.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16240 (FS)
16240-5
9408A10
D.
DC panelboard:
a. Provide a DC panelboard as specified in Section 16445 with circuits as
indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Breaker sizes shown on the drawings are approximate. Size circuit breakers
based on the DC load of the actual equipment provided.
2.08
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
A.
2.11
PART 3
Factory test each unit shipped to verify initial system capacity and performance of
all electrical connections.
1.
Lot testing or testing of a typical unit is not acceptable.
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16240 (FS)
16240-6
9408A10
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16240 (FS)
16240-7
9408A10
SECTION 16267
MEDIUM VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Engineered integrated medium voltage variable frequency drive (VFD) system
for control of medium voltage motor as specified herein.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01230 Bid Alternates.
b. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
c. Section 16050 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
d. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
e. Section 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wires and Cables.
f. Section 16224 - Medium Voltage Motors.
g. Section 16295 - Protective Relays.
h. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
i.
Section 16332 - Medium Voltage Fuses.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-1
9408A10
1.03
1.04
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
Design requirements:
1.
Each VFD system shall consist of all components required to meet the
performance, protection, safety, testing and certification criteria of this Section.
These components include, but are not limited to:
a. Input fuses/disconnect and isolation contactor.
b. Phase-shifting transformer.
c. VFD converter/direct current-link/inverter.
d. Protective devices.
e. Cooling System.
2.
The VFD system:
a. Is a fully integrated package.
b. Includes all material necessary to interconnect VFD system elements,
even if shipped separately.
3.
Any modifications to a standard product necessary to meet this Section shall
be made only by the VFD manufacturer.
4.
Each VFD shall be completely factory pre-wired, assembled and then tested
as a complete package by the VFD manufacturer to ensure a properly
coordinated, fully integrated drive system.
5.
Motor compatibility:
a. The VFD shall be capable of operating the motor as specified in Section
16224, or any standard squirrel cage induction AC motor of equivalent
rating (horsepower, amperage, and RPM) over the specified speed range.
b. The VFD must provide motor overload protection under all operating
conditions.
c. It is the responsibility of the VFD manufacturer to ensure that the drive will
not damage insulation or reduce motor life expectancy due to high carrier
frequency, reflected wave, dv/dt or other drive electrical characteristics:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-2
9408A10
1)
d.
e.
f.
g.
C.
Performance:
1.
Operating envelope:
a. Speed and torque requirements:
1) Provide a variable torque VFD as required by the driven load.
2) The VFD shall be capable of producing a variable alternating
voltage/frequency output to provide continuous operation over the
operating speed range.
3) The VFD must be capable of sustained operation at 10 percent
speed to facilitate checkout and maintenance of the driven
equipment.
4) As a commissioning and troubleshooting feature, the VFD power
circuit shall be capable of operating without a motor connected to the
VFD output.
b. Current requirements:
1) Provide 100 percent of rated output current on a continuous basis.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-3
9408A10
2)
2.
3.
Efficiency (%)
c.
d.
Power ( Load )
x 100
Power ( Supply )
Power:
1) Load power is the total 3-phase power measured at the output
terminals of the drive system, including output filters.
2) Supply power is the total power measured at the input terminals of
the VFD including input filters, line reactors, phase shifting
transformer, harmonic distortion attenuation equipment, and auxiliary
equipment (e.g., controls, fans) for complete system operation.
If the motor power factor is poor (less than 0.85 at rated load), causing
the VFD to provide higher than normal reactive current to the machine,
the required total VFD system efficiency requirement may be reduced by
0.5 percent.
D.
E.
F.
Sound level:
1.
Maximum allowable audible noise from the VFD system shall be 80 dBA at a
distance of 1 meter (3.3 feet) at any speed or load condition.
2.
VFD systems with audible noise in excess of this limit shall be provided with
sufficient noise abatement treatment to reduce the sound pressure level below
80 dBA.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-4
9408A10
1.05
G.
H.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer of VFD.
2.
Manufacturer of all components of the VFD.
3.
Dimensions:
a. Height.
b. Width.
c. Depth.
4.
Weight.
5.
Nameplate schedule.
6.
Bill of material.
7.
Description of operation:
a. Metering system.
b. Protective relaying.
c. Cooling system.
8.
Ratings:
a. Voltage.
b. Phase.
c. Input current.
d. Output current.
e. Interrupting rating (circuit breakers and fuses):
1) Furnish manufacturers time current curves, consistent with power
systems study software:
a) Refer to Section 16305, and coordinate actual curves with
power study provider.
f. Momentary current rating.
g. Cooling system data, including, but not limited to: cfm values, redundancy
criteria, fan horsepower data, fan motor starter and breaker data, etc.:
1) Provide all heat dissipation data necessary to design all auxiliary
HVAC systems.
2) Confirm temperature limits are maintained as specified herein.
9.
Catalog cut sheets for major components.
10. Surge protection data.
11. Design data:
a. Efficiency and power factor values.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-5
9408A10
b.
Certification that the drive is sized for the full nameplate motor
horsepower and current (at motor RPM) of the driven load at the installed
altitude.
c. Certification that based upon the VFD design, cable length to motor, and
motor dielectric insulation level that the VFD will not damage motor due to
harmonic distortion, carrier frequency, reflected wave, dv/dt, or other VFD
produced characteristics.
d. Certification that based upon the VFD design:
1) There is no output harmonic resonance in the operating speed range.
2) There are no electrically induced pulsating torques to the output shaft
of the mechanical system.
e. Certification that all electronic circuits and printed circuit boards are
conformally coated.
12. List of recommended spare parts.
13. Name of dealers repair facility and parts stocking agreement with the factory:
a. Agreement shall outline in detail the manufacturers parts stocking
requirements and the method by which the manufacturers representative
verifies that the stock is at an acceptable level.
b. Agreement should also outline the method by which the manufacturers
representative determines that the service personnel meet factory
standards.
14. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F submit the following as specified in Section 16050:
a. Manufacturers statement of seismic qualification with substantiating test
data.
b. Manufacturers special seismic certification with substantiating test data.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Complete plan and elevation drawings including bus layout of each VFD
showing:
a. All dimensions.
b. Interfaces with all other equipment.
c. Panel, sub-panel and component layout indexed to the bill of material:
a) Front panel.
b) Sub-panels.
c) Interior panels.
d. Conduit connections/windows.
e. Required clearance around equipment.
f. Shipping splits.
2.
Assembly drawings, cross-section as a minimum, for each VFD with major
dimensions indicated.
3.
Block diagram showing the basic control and protection systems identifying the
protection, control, trip and alarm functions, the reference signals and
commands and the auxiliary devices:
a. Include cooling system functions and control interfaces.
4.
Complete schematic, wiring and interconnection diagrams showing
connections to both internal and external devices:
a. Wiring diagrams shall include terminal number and wire numbers.
b. Internal schematics, elementary diagrams, and wiring diagrams of each
unit or compartment, including wiring identification and terminals.
5.
Complete interface and connection diagrams for relaying system.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-6
9408A10
6.
Complete 1-line and 3-line diagrams including, but not limited to: fuses, circuit
breakers, contactors, instrument transformers, meters, relays, timers, control
devices, and other equipment comprising the complete system:
a. Indicate all device electrical ratings (voltage, current, time ratings,
impedances, tolerances, etc.).
D.
Installation instructions:
1.
Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and
setting into place.
2.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category A
or B:
a. Provide manufacturers installation instructions and anchoring details for
connecting equipment to supports and structures.
3.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F:
a. Provide project-specific installation instructions and anchoring details
based on support conditions and requirements to resist seismic and wind
loads as specified in Section 16050.
b. Submit anchoring drawings with supporting calculations.
c. Drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a professional engineer
registered in the state where the Project is being constructed.
E.
Calculations:
1.
Torsional analysis:
a. If a torsional analysis is required, as defined by the output waveform
section of this Section, the price of the torsional analysis shall be included
in the base price of the VFD system.
b. The total rotating system shall be analyzed to determine its natural
resonant frequencies. Stresses are to be calculated for elements of the
rotating system, utilizing torsional excitation data from the drive and driven
system, taking into account potential fault conditions, and appropriate
amplification and damping factors of the rotating system.
c. Provide a written report that details the procedures used and the
assumptions that were considered. The results of the analysis must be
presented in both detailed and summary form. Specific data presented
shall include the following:
1) A diagram of the frequencies of the torque pulsations and the
mechanical resonant frequencies showing their coincident points.
2) A plot of total shaft stress versus operating speed for the most highly
stressed areas of the rotating system.
3) A diagram of the rotating system model and mode shapes for
resonance(s) of interest.
4) Tables summarizing total calculated stresses for each element of the
rotating system at operating speeds where interference(s) exist
between torsional excitations and torsional resonance.
5) Details of the rotating system used in the analysis, including the
specified or a recommended alternate coupling.
6) Recommendations for any modifications to the proposed system, if
indicated by the analysis to be advisable, which cost shall be borne
by the VFD system manufacturer.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-7
9408A10
2.
3.
F.
Test reports.
1.
Provide the following certified test reports for each actual VFD being furnished:
a. Efficiency at 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent speed.
b. Power factor at 0 percent, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and
100 percent speed.
c. Certified subassembly test results.
d. Certified system level test results.
e. Certification that the actual measured harmonic distortion for both voltage
and current is within the specification limits at the installed site.
f. Certification that the actual measured voltage at the motor terminations is
less than 90 percent of the motor insulation dielectric withstand level.
G.
Record documents:
1.
Certified Record Drawings of all equipment with information listed above.
H.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-8
9408A10
a.
4.
1.06
Certify that the actual recorded shock and vibration values did not exceed
maximum shock and vibration tolerances.
Certification that the actual measured harmonic distortion for both voltage and
current is within the specification limits at the installed site.
I.
J.
Warranties:
1.
Submit proof of performance guaranty as specified herein.
2.
Manufacturers service and repair support during and after warranty.
K.
Certificates:
1.
Certify that the VFD system proposed has been in production for a minimum of
3 years.
2.
Certification letter:
a. Provide a letter from the VFD manufacturer that lists each paragraph,
subparagraph, etc. of this Section and states compliance/non-compliance
with said paragraph:
1) If non-compliance is indicated, provide an explanation for the
deviation and alternative method to address the non-compliance.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-9
9408A10
1.07
B.
Qualifications:
1.
Any third party certification, safety, or protection requirements shall be applied
to the VFD system as a whole. Certification or protection of system elements
or individual components by themselves is not acceptable.
2.
VFDs shall be manufactured, assembled, tested, and provided with UL
listing/label.
3.
VFDs shall be manufactured by the VFD manufacturer at its own facility, which
shall have a quality assurance program that is certified in accordance with
ISO 9001.
C.
D.
Certificates:
1.
It is the intent of this document to specify dependable and reliable equipment
offering the best performance available from currently proven technology. All
equipment furnished under this Contract must therefore have documentation
showing proof of actual operation for a minimum of 3 years:
a. New components or design topologies that have less than 3 years of
actual operating experience will not be acceptable.
E.
Manufacturer shall have supplied at least 3 systems of similar nature and size,
which have been installed within a 500-mile radius of the Project location.
F.
The manufacturer shall have established an authorized dealer having parts and
service facility within a 200-mile radius of the Project:
1.
Pre-qualified service personnel shall be available on a 24-hour-a-day basis.
The personnel must be completely familiar with the items supplied so as to
return the equipment to service in the shortest possible time.
2.
The authorized dealer must have no less than 100 percent of recommended
spare parts, as identified in the product data submittal in its stock at all times:
a. A personal inspection of the facility may be made by the Owner to
substantiate claims of available replacement parts.
B.
Ship VFDs to the job site on a dedicated air ride vehicle that will allow the
Contractor to utilize on site off loading equipment:
1.
VFDs shall be delivered to the site pre-assembled and wired:
a. Cabling for connection across shipping splits shall be neatly coiled and
identified.
b. Exposed sections of equipment shall be fully protected from damage
during shipment.
c. All necessary hardware for reconnecting shipping splits shall be provided.
2.
Furnish temporary equipment heaters within the VFD to prevent condensation
from forming.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-10
9408A10
3.
1.08
1.09
1.10
Ship each VFD with 2 tamperproof GPS-based accelerometers that record the
location, time, shock, and vibration experienced by the VFD during shipping
and handling:
a. Values in excess of the manufacturers submitted maximum values shall
require that the equipment is deemed unacceptable, and new equipment
shall be furnished in its place.
SEQUENCING
A.
Conduct the initial fault current study as specified in Section 16305 and submit
results for Engineers review.
B.
C.
Following approved submittal, conduct internal factory test to ensure that all
systems and equipment are functional and submit certified test results for
Engineers review.
D.
Conduct factory acceptance test. The factory acceptance test shall be witnessed by
Owner and/or Owners representative at the Owners discretion.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Conduct field acceptance tests including harmonic testing and submit results for
Engineers review.
J.
Submit manufacturers certification that all equipment has been properly installed
and is fully functional for Engineers review.
K.
L.
SCHEDULING
A.
B.
Schedule the witnessed factory acceptance test 30 days before the test.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-11
9408A10
1.
D.
1.11
1.12
WARRANTY
A.
B.
Performance guaranty:
1.
Perform factory test of each unit prior to shipping to confirm all following
performance requirements have been met as listed below:
a. VFDs that fail to meet the specified requirements shall be repaired or
replaced at the Owners discretion.
2.
Guaranty that the harmonics at the PCC, as defined herein, are at or below the
levels specified.
3.
Guaranty that the power factor at the input to the VFD meets the levels as
specified herein:
a. For each VFD that fails to meet the minimum specified input power factor,
the Owner shall be reimbursed for the difference between the specified
power factor and measured power factor at the rate of $0.05 per kilowatt
hour, for operation at 24 hours per day, 365 days per year, for 10 years.
4.
Guaranty that the measured reflected voltage at the motor is below the motor
insulation dielectric withstand level as specified herein.
5.
Guaranty that the efficiency of VFD as measured at the manufacturers facility
at 100% load is at or greater than the levels specified:
a. For each VFD that fails to meet the specified efficiency, the Owner shall
be reimbursed for the difference between the specified efficiency and
measured efficiency at the rate of $0.05 per kilowatt hour, for operation at
24 hours per day, 365 days per year, for 10 years.
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
B.
The VFD manufacturer shall be responsible for start-up of the VFDs in the presence
of the equipment suppliers, Contractor, Engineer and Owner.
C.
1.13
1.14
COMMISSIONING
A.
After start-up and training has been completed, the VFDs shall be commissioned by
the VFD manufacturer:
1.
The VFDs shall operate the driven load without failure under normal operating
conditions for a period of 30 days.
2.
Any failures shall be repaired by the VFD manufacturer. Following repair, a
new 30-day period shall start.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-12
9408A10
3.
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
Maintenance service: Manufacturer shall describe the field service system available
to support the VFD system. As a minimum describe:
1.
Type of technical support available (e.g., system engineering and technician).
2.
Location of field service personnel.
3.
Field service daily rates in dollars per hour and dollars per day.
4.
Guaranteed response times to service requests.
5.
The VFD manufacturer shall provide maintenance service throughout the
warranty period at no additional cost to the Owner:
a. Maximum response time to a maintenance call shall not exceed 24 hours.
B.
Spare parts:
1.
Furnish the following spare parts:
a. Three of each type of power and control fuse.
b. One complete power module or four of each type of power semiconductor
(SCR, GTO, IGBT, IGCT, power diode, etc.) used in the converter/rectifier
or inverter.
c. Eight of each type or size of DC link capacitor if not included in complete
power module listed above.
d. Two of each type or size of input and output filter capacitor.
e. Five of each type of panel lamp.
f. One keypad.
g. One fiber optic connector of each type.
h. One set of replacement air filters.
i.
For VFDs with belt driven blowers, one set of belts.
j.
One of each control printed circuit board, 2 of each type gate firing
boards, include all diagnostic system printed circuit boards.
2.
All parts supplied with the equipment shall be properly labeled for ease of
identification and to permit the shortest possible time to repair:
a. Any parts that come from a sub-supplier shall be labeled with that
manufacturers name and part number.
3.
Manufacturer shall state closest point where spare parts are stocked and
where service can be obtained:
a. Minimum response time for trouble calls shall be 2 hours.
b. A qualified service technician shall be on site within 24 hours of a qualified
request.
4.
Manufacturer shall warrant that all parts shall be available for a minimum of
10 years.
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-13
9408A10
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
General:
1.
Sinusoidal pulse width modulated, (PWM), voltage source type drive with input
harmonic cancellation by:
a. An 24 pulse or greater phase-shifting isolation transformer
2.
Microprocessor based controls.
3.
VFDs that have an active input section for either harmonic or voltage control
are not acceptable.
B.
Ratings:
1.
Voltage:
a. Input voltage as indicated on the Drawings plus or minus 10 percent, 3phase 60 hertz.
2.
Current:
a. Sized per the continuous current rating of the VFD.
3.
Short-circuit and withstand rating:
a. Minimum 50 kA RMS symmetrical.
C.
Operational features:
1.
Protective features:
a. Provide protective features even if not specifically listed to ensure
protection of the drive for all operating conditions.
b. Relay protection:
1) Provide all potential transformers, current transformers, and a digital
motor protection relay with protective features as indicated on the
Drawings:
a) Refer to Section 16295.
2) The motor protection relay functions in addition to the VFD protective
features, and some functions are duplicated between the relay and
the drive protective features:
a) Coordinate all relay functions with the drive parameters to
ensure that the relay functions do not interfere with the drive
operation, while performing the best achievable protection.
c. Motor overload protection.
d. Instantaneous overcurrent.
e. Instantaneous overvoltage.
f. Undervoltage.
g. Power unit overtemperature.
h. Phase loss.
i.
VFD output short circuit.
j.
VFD output ground fault.
k. Blown fuse.
l.
Motor overtemperature protection:
1) Winding temperature RTDs:
a) as indicated on the Drawings and as specified.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-14
9408A10
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-15
9408A10
8.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-16
9408A10
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
Enclosure Sections:
1.
NEMA Type 1 gasketed.
2.
Microprocessor and control logic boards and their power supplies shall be
housed in a sealed, non-ventilated NEMA Type 1 gasketed section, safely
accessible without exposure to high voltages and without drive shutdown.
3.
Provide filtered cooling air inlets for fan-cooled equipment:
a. Inlet air filters shall be 100 percent washable.
b. Constructed of a progressively structured, corrosion-free media.
c. For cleaning purposes, filters shall be front replaceable while the VFD is in
operation without exposing maintenance personnel to any of the power
components.
4.
Cabinets and doors shall be fabricated in accordance with NEMA standards
for enclosures including considerations for door width and height, weight, and
spans to be supported using NEMA recommended gauge steel, for sturdy
construction and dimensional integrity to assure long-term fit and function.
5.
Interlocks:
a. Interlocking shall be fully coordinated to prevent access to all high voltage
compartments, including transformer, filters, or any switchgear that is part
of the supply, when line power is applied to the VFD system.
b. Interlocks must be mechanical to provide positive lock-out:
1) Electrical interlock switches alone are not acceptable.
6.
Design enclosures to avoid harmonic and inductive heating effects:
a. The enclosures shall be designed to shield any outside equipment from
interference, enclosing and shielding the complete system to eliminate
any radio frequency interference.
7.
All low voltage wiring shall be fully isolated from medium voltage
compartments by metal barriers.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-17
9408A10
C.
Bus:
1.
Power bus:
a. High-conductivity copper and tin-plated.
b. Sized for the VFD continuous current rating.
c. Suitably braced per the short circuit rating as specified herein.
d. All connections shall be bolted or continuously welded.
2.
Ground bus:
a. High-conductivity copper and tin-plated.
b. All connections shall be bolted or continuously welded.
c. Provide stainless steel grounding pads for each power cubicle.
d. Include ground cable connectors or lugs, sized to match ground cables as
indicated on the Drawings
D.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-18
9408A10
h.
i.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Keypad:
1.
Furnished with a keypad for programming and control.
2.
Password security to protect drive parameters.
3.
Mounted on the door of the VFD.
4.
Back-lit LCD with a minimum of 2 lines of a minimum of 16 characters each.
5.
Programming and display features language: English.
6.
Parameters:
a. Stored in nonvolatile memory and settable in the field through the keypad.
7.
Capable of displaying the following parameters:
a. Speed (percent).
b. Output current (Amperes).
c. Output frequency (Hertz).
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-19
9408A10
8.
9.
2.07
d. Input voltage.
e. Input current (Amperes).
f. Output voltage.
g. Total 3-phase kilowatt.
h. Kilowatt hour meter.
i.
Elapsed run time meter.
j.
Revolutions per minute.
k. Direct current bus voltage.
In addition to all keys required for programming, the keypad shall have the
following:
a. Automatic/Manual selector.
b. Start pushbutton.
c. Stop pushbutton.
d. Jog pushbutton.
e. Speed increment.
f. Speed decrement.
g. RUN indicator.
h. PROGRAM indicator.
i.
FAULT indicator.
Diagnostics:
a. Include features as specified herein.
J.
K.
Hardwired I/O:
1.
Provide all hardwired I/O as indicated on the Drawings.
L.
Software Interfaced:
1.
Graphical tool suite to interface with the VFD.
2.
Capable of displaying and editing all VFD system parameters.
3.
Include fault diagnostics, and fault log download.
4.
Include trending.
5.
All parameters displayed on the PC tool shall be synchronized with the same
parameters as shown on the standard keypad display.
6.
Provide all connection cables to interface with computer.
M.
Control power:
1.
Furnish voltage transformers to derive control power mounted and wired inside
the drive enclosure. All control power shall be provided internally.
2.
Include primary and secondary fusing.
3.
Size the transformer to supply power to all VFD controls and options as well as
any external devices indicated on the Drawings including the motor winding
heater.
ACCESSORIES
A.
Surge Protection:
1. Metal oxide varistor arresters.
a. High voltage dead front design for elbow connection.
b. Distribution class.
c. Voltage ratings consistent with the system voltage.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-20
9408A10
B.
Conformal coating:
1.
Provide conformal coating material applied to electronic circuitry and printed
circuit boards to act as protection against moisture, dust, temperature
extremes, and chemicals such as H2S and chlorine.
C.
2.08
2.09
FABRICATION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-21
9408A10
a.
4.
5.
6.
2.10
FINISHES
A.
2.11
All low voltage components, circuits, and wiring shall be separated with
physical barriers from any sources of medium voltage.
Marking/labeling:
a. Machine printed sleeve type wire marker tags or other acceptable means
of permanent identification shall be applied to all power and control wiring.
b. Individual nameplates shall be provided for all major components of the
VFD system:
1) Refer to Section 16075.
Mean time to repair (MTTR):
a. The VFD design must demonstrate an actual mean time to repair of less
than 30 minutes, in the event of any power switching component failure.
VFD system wiring:
a. All Power, control, and protection wiring shall be located internally within
the VFD system enclosure.
b. Power wiring shall be isolated by voltage class.
c. Control and protection wiring shall be isolated from power wiring.
Factory testing:
1.
General:
a. All VFDs furnished under this Section shall be tested and inspected as
specified below. Testing of VFDs based on sampling plans is not allowed.
b. The testing procedures specified are the minimum acceptable
requirements. The manufacturer may perform additional tests at its
discretion.
2.
Failure of any component during testing requires repair or replacement of the
faulted component and a complete retest.
3.
Testing sequence:
a. Submit a detailed test procedure for the VFD factory test:
1) A minimum of 8 weeks in advance of the proposed testing date.
2) No tests shall be performed until the test procedure is reviewed and
accepted by the Engineer.
4.
Subassembly tests:
a. Preliminary inspection:
1) Verify that all components are correct.
2) Verify that all connections are properly torqued.
b. Printed circuit boards shall be visually inspected and functionally tested:
1) All boards must be tested individually before assembly.
2) Each board shall be load and temperature cycled from no load to full
load and from ambient to plus 60 degrees Celsius during a 48-hour
burn-in test.
3) Any boards that exhibit drift during the test must be replaced with
boards that have successfully completed the burn-in without drift.
4) Apply control power to microprocessors, printed circuit boards,
diagnostic boards, and similar devices.
5) Test software for proper operation, sequencing, logic, and
diagnostics.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-22
9408A10
5.
6.
B.
The system shall not be shipped unless specified performance criteria are met.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-23
9408A10
1.
PART 3
In the event the equipment must be re-tested, comply with all of the testing
requirements and treat the re-test the same as the initial test:
a. Bear all costs associated with this test including but not limited to travel,
lodging, meals, travel time, time to witness tests, etc. A minimum of
8 hours per day per individual for 2 individuals shall be included.
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
C.
General:
1.
Furnish all cables, conduit, lugs, bolts, expansion anchors, sealants, and other
accessories needed to complete installation of the VFD.
2.
Provide labor and materials to set and install all equipment in place.
3.
Assemble and install the VFD in the locations and with the layouts indicated on
the Drawings.
4.
Perform Work in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and shop
drawings.
5.
Furnish components and equipment as required to complete the installation.
6.
Replace any hardware lost or damaged during the installation or handling to
provide a complete installation.
7.
Provide openings in top or bottom of the VFD enclosure for conduit only; no
additional openings will be allowed:
a. Improperly cut holes will require that the entire panel be replaced:
1) No hole closers or patches will be allowed.
8.
Bundle wires together and terminate in each unit:
a. Tie with nylon wire ties. As specified in Section 16123.
b. Label all wires at each end with wire numbers shown on the approved
Control Drawings.
c. All connections to and from the VFD enclosure must be made via terminal
blocks.
d. Isolate control and protection wiring from all power wiring.
9.
If one or more VFD system power components must utilize external cabling or
connections to complete the VFD system, this cabling and connecting must be
entirely supplied by the Contractor, as approved by the Engineer, at no
additional cost to the Owner.
10. All external power conductors, bus or cable, shall be insulated.
11. Provide all necessary hardware for reconnecting shipping splits.
3.04
3.05
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-24
9408A10
3.06
3.07
3.08
A.
B.
ADJUSTING
A.
B.
Provide the services of a VFD manufacturer factory technician to make all drive
parameter and protective device settings:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-25
9408A10
1.
2.
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
B.
C.
Training:
1.
Provide instruction of the Owners operation and maintenance staff on the
operation and maintenance of the VFD.
2.
The training school shall include classroom discussion on the theory of
operation of the equipment, as well as maintenance and service methods for
the purchased equipment.
3.
Topics covered shall include:
a. Safety.
b. Hardware layout and functions.
c. Power and control wiring, diagnostic indicators.
d. Keypad/display interface.
e. Software mapping.
f. Programming.
g. Setup.
h. Configuration.
i.
Operational indicators, faults, diagnostic tools, troubleshooting and
preventative maintenance.
4.
Hands-on training shall be provided on equipment of the same design as that
provided.
5.
Documentation shall be provided which shall include actual manuals for the
equipment and drawings and schematics of the equipment supplied.
6.
Separate classes shall be held for the operations staff and maintenance staff:
a. Operations staff training shall consist of 2 identical training sessions, each
consisting of 1 session per day for 2 days, with each session lasting 4
hours for a total class time of 16 hours:
1) The sessions shall be scheduled with the Owner to ensure all
operators have the opportunity to attend.
b. Maintenance staff training shall consist of 1 session per day for 2 days
with each session lasting for 8 hours, for a total class time of 16 hours.
c. Instruction shall occur at the Owners facility and shall utilize the actual
VFDs installed at the site.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-26
9408A10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16267 (FS)
16267-27
9408A10
SECTION 16272
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Enclosed dry-type transformers:
a. Rated 1 to 1,000 kilovolt-amperes, single and 3-phase.
b. Primary voltage 600 volts and below.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16272 Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16272 (FS)
16272-1
9408A10
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Catalog cut sheets.
2.
Nameplate data.
3.
Dimensions:
a. Height.
b. Width.
c. Depth.
4.
Inrush current.
5.
Insulation system and temperature constraints.
6.
Number and rating of taps.
7.
Sound levels.
8.
Connection diagrams:
a. Primary.
b. Secondary.
9.
BIL rating.
10. Required clearances.
11. Percent impedance.
12. Efficiency.
13. Certification of full capacity capability at the Project elevation and ambient
conditions.
14. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F submit the following as specified in Section 16272:
a. Manufacturers statement of seismic qualification with substantiating test
data.
b. Manufacturers special seismic certification with substantiating test data.
C.
Installation instructions:
1.
Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and
setting into place.
2.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category A
or B:
a. Provide manufacturers installation instructions and anchoring details for
connecting equipment to supports and structures.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16272 (FS)
16272-2
9408A10
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
Cores:
1.
Non-aging, grain-oriented silicon steel.
2.
Magnetic flux densities below the saturation point.
B.
Windings:
1.
High-grade magnet wire.
2.
Impregnated assembly with non-hydroscopic, thermo-setting varnish:
a. Cured to reduce hot-spots and seal out moisture.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16272 (FS)
16272-3
9408A10
3.
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
General:
1.
10 kilovolts BIL for 600-volt class windings.
2.
Sound levels, in accordance with ANSI 389 test conditions, not to exceed:
Kilovolt-Amperes Range
Audible Sound Level (db)
3.
4.
5.
1-9
40
10-50
45
51-150
50
151-300
55
301-500
60
501-700
62
701-1000
64
Taps:
a. 15 kilovolt-amperes and less:
1) Two 5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage.
b. 25 kilovolt-amperes and larger:
1) Four 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage.
2) Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above rated voltage.
c. Operated by a tap changer handle or tap jumpers accessible through a
panel.
Terminals:
a. UL listed for either copper or aluminum conductors.
b. Rated for 75 degrees Celsius.
c. Provide double lugs on primary terminals where indicated on the
Drawings.
Daily overload capacities, at rated voltage and without reduction in life, in
accordance with ANSI C57.96.
B.
C.
Enclosures:
1.
Heavy gauge steel:
a. Outdoor: Moisture and water resistant with rodent screens over all
openings and in a weather-protected enclosure, NEMA Type 3R.
b. Indoor: NEMA Type 2.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16272 (FS)
16272-4
9408A10
2.
3.
Louvers to limit coil temperature rise to the value stated above, and case
temperature rise to 50 degrees Celsius.
Built-in vibration dampeners to isolate the core and coils from the enclosure:
a. Neoprene vibration pads and sleeves.
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Nameplates:
1.
Non-corrosive metal or UL listed non-metallic:
a. Stamped, engraved or printed with the following information:
1) Phases.
2) Frequency.
3) Kilovolt-ampere rating.
4) Voltage ratings.
5) Temperature rise.
6) Impedance.
7) Insulation class.
8) BIL rating.
9) Connection diagram.
10) Weight.
11) Manufacturer.
12) The identification transformer.
13) Classes of cooling.
14) Tap voltage(s).
15) Vector diagram.
2.08
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
A.
2.11
PART 3
3.01
Factory tests:
1.
Applied voltage test to each winding and from each winding to the core:
a. 600-volt class winding 4.5 kilovolt.
2.
Induced voltage test at 2 times normal voltage and 400 hertz for 1,080 cycles.
3.
Voltage ratio and polarity.
4.
Sound level, performed in a test room with ambient sound level not exceeding
24 db.
5.
Perform all tests in accordance with UL 1561.
EXECUTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16272 (FS)
16272-5
9408A10
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
C.
General:
1.
Floor, wall, platform, motor control center, packaged power supply, or roof
mounted, as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Locate where not in direct contact with building structure.
3.
Install on double-deflection mounts selected for maximum isolation
manufactured by Korfund or equal.
4.
Make any necessary connections to the enclosure with liquidtight flexible
conduit having neoprene gaskets and insulated ground bushings.
5.
Ground the enclosure:
a. To an equipment ground conductor in the conduit.
b. To the facility grounding electrode system.
6.
Floor mounted transformers:
a. Install transformers with adequate space from walls or other enclosures
for proper ventilation in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
Set the transformer taps as required to obtain nominal output voltage on the
secondary terminals.
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16272 (FS)
16272-6
9408A10
END OF SECTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16272 (FS)
16272-7
9408A10
SECTION 16273
LIQUID FILLED PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Medium voltage outdoor liquid-filled pad mounted transformers.
A.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16273 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
d. Section 16950 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.
REFERENCES
A.
General:
1.
As specified in Section 16273.
B.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-1
9408A10
9.
C57.98 - Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests.
10. C57.106 - Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in
Equipment.
1.03
E.
F.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Complete installation instructions.
2.
Complete storage and handling instructions.
3.
Kilovolt-ampere rating, including derating calculations.
4.
Primary/secondary connections.
5.
Primary voltage and available taps.
6.
Secondary voltage.
7.
BIL rating.
8.
Temperature rise.
9.
Lightning arrester data.
10. %Z, %X, %R, X/R.
11. Efficiency.
12. Gross weight.
13. Torque values for all bolted connections for secondary cable connections.
14. Manufacturers suggested hi-potential test procedures and test levels for fieldtesting:
a. Initial field test.
b. Subsequent maintenance tests.
15. Certification from the manufacturer stating the transformer design complies
with ANSI C57.
16. Type of oil.
17. Gallons of oil.
18. Weight of oil.
19. Complete MSDS sheets.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-2
9408A10
1.06
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Complete detailed, dimensioned drawings showing the equipment being
furnished, with all pertinent information, including the following:
a. Dimensions and locations of conduit entrance windows.
2.
Complete nameplate schedule, except impedance.
D.
Installation instructions:
1.
Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and
setting into place.
2.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category A
or B:
a. Provide manufacturers installation instructions and anchoring details for
connecting equipment to supports and structures.
3.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F:
a. Provide project-specific installation instructions and anchoring details
based on support conditions and requirements to resist seismic and wind
loads as specified in Section 16273.
b. Submit anchoring drawings with supporting calculations.
c. Drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a professional engineer
registered in the state where the Project is being constructed.
E.
F.
Test reports:
1.
Certified copies of test reports from factory tests.
G.
Record documents.
H.
Calculations:
1.
Detailed calculations or details of the actual physical testing performed on the
transformers to prove the transformers are suitable for the seismic
requirements at the Project Site.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-3
9408A10
B.
1.07
1.08
B.
Ship transformers to the job site on a dedicated air ride vehicle that will allow the
Contractor to utilize onsite off-loading equipment:
1.
Each transformer shall be shipped with a global positioning system (GPS) unit
to record the shipping route.
2.
Provide monitoring of the acceleration the transformer experiences during
shipment:
a. The GPS unit can record the acceleration.
b. Utilize a G-force gauge that indicates that the acceleration has exceeded
allowed values.
3.
Transformers that experience vertical accelerations greater than 3 G or
horizontal accelerations greater than 5 G shall not be accepted.
C.
1.09
Manufacturer qualifications:
1.
Manufacturer shall be in the business of regularly manufacturing the specified
transformers for minimum 10 years with satisfactory performance record.
SEQUENCING
A.
Make all necessary field measurements to verify the equipment will fit in the
allocated space in full compliance with the minimum clearances required by the
NEC and local codes.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Set taps.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-4
9408A10
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
B.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
Windings:
1.
Primary and secondary windings shall be high conductivity copper.
B.
Insulating fluid:
1.
Envirotemp FR3.
2.
Insulating fluid shall meet or exceed the requirements of the appropriate ANSI
and ASTM fluid standards.
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
B.
Ratings:
1.
3-phase, 60 Hertz.
2.
Self-cooled.
3.
65-degree Celsius rise.
4.
Primary voltage as indicated on the Drawings.
5.
Primary connection as indicated on the Drawings.
6.
Secondary voltage as indicated on the Drawings.
7.
Secondary connection as indicated on the Drawings.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-5
9408A10
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
B.
Tank:
1.
Conforming to the enclosure integrity requirements of ANSI C57.12.28.
2.
Equipped with extra-heavy duty, welded-in-place lifting lugs and jacking pads.
a. Provide adequate cross-bracing of the base to allow skidding or rolling in
any direction.
3.
Capable of withstanding a pressure of 7 pounds per square inch gauge without
permanent distortion, and 15 pounds per square inch gauge without rupturing.
4.
Provide a pressure relief valve as a means to relieve pressure in excess of
pressure resulting from normal operation:
a. Cracking pressure: 10 pounds per square inch gauge within 2 psig.
b. Resealing pressure: 6 pounds per square inch gauge minimum.
c. Zero leakage from reseal pressure to 8 pounds per square inch gauge.
d. Flow at 15 pounds per square inch gauge: 35 scfm minimum.
C.
Terminal compartments:
1.
Conforming to the enclosure integrity requirements of ANSI C57.12.28.
2.
Full-height, air filled primary and secondary terminal compartments with
hinged doors shall be located side-by-side separated by a steel barrier, with
the primary compartment on the left, complete with tamper resistant hardware.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-6
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-7
9408A10
c.
d.
D.
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Lightning arresters:
1.
High voltage dead front design for elbow connection.
2.
Metal oxide varistor arresters.
3.
Distribution class arresters.
4.
Rating as indicated on the Drawings and/or consistent with the distribution
voltage.
B.
C.
Dial-type thermometer:
1.
Direct stem mounted in a closed well so that the thermometer can be removed
without breaking the tank seal:
a. The well shall be threaded into a fitting that is welded to the transformer
tank wall.
2.
The thermometer shall have a slave hand which is moved by the indicating
hand to indicate maximum oil temperature. The slave hand shall be externally
resettable.
D.
Sampling device:
1.
Allow for sampling of the transformer insulating fluid.
2.
Threaded into a fitting that is welded to the transformer tank wall.
E.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-8
9408A10
G.
H.
Nameplates:
1.
Provide nameplate as specified in Section 16075 and the following:
a. Provide complete nameplates identifying equipment, caution, voltage, etc.
b. Provide complete nameplates for both inside and outside of the
transformer terminal compartments.
c. Provide diagrammatic nameplate.
I.
J.
K.
Jacking facilities at each corner of base for jacking the complete transformer.
L.
2.08
2.09
FABRICATION
A.
2.10
Tanks:
1.
Construction: Sealed tank construction with welded cover. Permanently locate
an inorganic gasket between the cover and the tank flange during the welding
of the transformer cover to prevent the entrance of weld spatter into the tank.
2.
Large handhole with bolted cover and protected with a weather cover.
3.
4 lifting hooks.
4.
Jacking pads.
5.
Fluid sample valve.
6.
Designed for 7 pounds per square inch gauge without permanent distortion;
12 pounds per square inch gauge when silicone oil insulating fluid is specified.
FINISHES
A.
B.
Procedure:
1.
Clean with an alkaline cleaning agent to remove grease and oil.
2.
Chemically bond iron phosphate coating to metal surface to assure coating
adhesion and retard corrosion.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-9
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
2.11
B.
Verification of performance:
1.
Submit manufacturer's certified test results before shipping the transformer.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
C.
General:
1.
Furnish concrete pad and all lugs, bolts, anchors, sealants, and other
accessories needed to complete the installation of the transformer.
2.
Assemble and install the transformer in the location and layout indicated on
the Drawings.
3.
Perform Work in accordance with manufacturers instructions and shop
drawings.
4.
Raise the tank above the pad to protect the bottom finish during installation
and to minimize corrosion due to moisture accumulation.
5.
Furnish components and equipment as required to complete the installation.
6.
Replace any hardware lost or damaged during installation or handling.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-10
9408A10
7.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
A.
B.
C.
Any and all other Work required to make the transformer ready for testing and
energization.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
Set the transformer taps as required to obtain nominal output voltage on the
secondary terminals.
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16273 (FS)
16273-11
9408A10
SECTION 16285
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
High-energy surge protective devices.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This list
of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16285 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16950 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
Underwriters Laboratory:
1.
1449, 3rd Edition, Standard for Surge Protective Devices.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
SPD: Surge protective device.
2.
SAD: Silicon avalanche diode.
3.
MOV: Metal oxide varistor.
4.
MCOV: Maximum continuous operating voltage.
5.
In: Nominal discharge current.
6.
VPR: Voltage protection rating.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16285 (FS)
16285-1
9408A10
7.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
1.06
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Furnish complete product data confirming detailed compliance or exception
statements to all provisions of this Section.
2.
Manufacturers catalog cut sheets indicating:
a. Manufacturer and model numbers.
b. Ratings of each SPD including but not limited to:
1) Short circuit current rating.
2) Nominal discharge current.
3) Maximum continuous operating voltage.
4) Voltage protection rating.
5) System voltage.
6) System frequency.
7) Surge current capacity.
3.
Submit independent test data from a nationally recognized testing laboratory
verifying the following:
a. Overcurrent protection.
b. UL 1449.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Provide electrical and mechanical drawings by the manufacturer that detail:
a. Unit dimensions.
b. Weights.
c. Components.
d. Field connection locations.
e. Mounting provisions.
f. Connection details.
g. Wiring diagram.
D.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Provide SPD units that are designed, manufactured, tested and installed in
compliance with the following codes and standards:
1.
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE C62.41, C62.45, C62.62).
2.
Federal Information Processing Standards Publication 94 (FIBS PUB 94).
3.
National Electrical Manufacturer Association.
4.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 20, 75 and 780).
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16285 (FS)
16285-2
9408A10
5.
6.
7.
1.07
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
Coordinate with and provide SPD equipment to the electrical equipment manufacturer
before final assembly and factory testing.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
1.12
A.
B.
Extended warranty:
1.
Furnish a manufacturers full 5-year parts and labor warranty from date of
shipment against any part failure when installed in compliance with
manufacturer's written instructions, UL listing requirements, and any applicable
national, state, or local electrical codes.
2.
Warranty shall include:
a. Direct, factory trained employees must be available within 48 hours for
assessment of the problem.
b. A 24-hour toll-free 800-number for warranty support.
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16285 (FS)
16285-3
9408A10
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
Provide Type 1 or Type 2 SPD units as required for the locations indicated on the
Drawings.
B.
Electrical requirements:
1.
SPD ratings are to be consistent with the nominal system operating voltage,
phase, and configuration as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
MCOV:
a. For the SPD and all components in the suppression path (including all
MOVs, SADs, and selenium cells): Greater than 115 percent of the nominal
system operating voltage.
3.
Operating frequency:
a. 47 to 63 hertz.
4.
SCCR:
a. 65 kAIC minimum, but not less than the equipment it is connected to as
indicated on the Drawings.
b. The SCCR shall be marked on the SPD in accordance with UL 1449 and
the NEC.
5.
Nominal discharge current In:
a. 20 kA.
6.
Maximum VPR:
7.
Modes
240/120
208Y/120
480Y/277
900
900
1,500
L-L
1,200
1,200
2000
C.
Protection modes:
1.
Provide SPD protection modes as follows:
a. Line to Neutral (L-N) where applicable.
b. Line to Ground (L-G).
c. Neutral to Ground (N-G), where applicable.
D.
Environmental requirements:
1.
Storage temperature:
a. -40 degrees to +50 degrees Celsius.
2.
Operating temperature:
a. -0 degrees to +60 Celsius.
3.
Relative humidity:
a. 5 percent to 95 percent.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16285 (FS)
16285-4
9408A10
4.
5.
E.
Audible noise:
a. Less than 45 dBa at 5 feet (1.5 m).
Operating altitude:
a. Zero to 12,000 feet above sea level.
Provide surge protective devices that are suitable for application in IEEE C62.41
Category A, B and C3 environments, as tested to IEEE C62.45.
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
2.07
A.
Enclosure:
1.
Located in electrical equipment as indicated on the Drawings.
B.
Internal connections:
1.
Provide low impedance copper plates for intra-unit connections:
a. Attach surge modules using bolted connections to the plates for low
impedance connections.
2.
Size all connections, conductors, and terminals for the specified surge current
capacity.
C.
D.
Overcurrent protection:
1.
Individually fuse all components, including suppression, filtering, and monitoring
components:
a. Rated to allow maximum specified nominal discharge current capacity.
b. Overcurrent protection that limits specified surge currents is not acceptable.
E.
Connections:
1.
Provide terminals to accommodate wire sizes up to #2 AWG.
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16285 (FS)
16285-5
9408A10
3.
Locate both switches and the audible alarm on the units front cover.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
B.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Follow the manufacturer's recommended installation practices and comply with all
applicable codes.
C.
Special techniques:
1.
Install the SPD with as short and straight conductors including ground conductor
as practically possible:
a. Twist the input conductors together to reduce input conductor inductance.
2.
Do not subject SPD to insulation resistance testing.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16285 (FS)
16285-6
9408A10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16285 (FS)
16285-7
9408A10
SECTION 16295
PROTECTIVE RELAYS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Protective relays.
2.
Current transformers.
3.
Potential transformers.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01756 - Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up.
c. Section 16295 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
d. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
e. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-1
9408A10
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer of relay.
2.
Relay ANSI device functions.
3.
Power requirements.
4.
Communications provisions.
5.
Controls.
6.
Mounting.
7.
Nameplate schedule.
8.
Bill of material.
9.
Description of operation.
10. Manufacturers time current curves for protective devices, printed on
11-inch by 17-inch log-log paper.
11. List of recommended spare parts.
12. Name, address, telephone number, and cell phone number of relay
manufacturers authorized local field service technician.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Provide fully dimensioned and to scale equipment layout drawings which
include:
a. Equipment furnished: Plan, front and side views.
2.
Complete electrical wiring diagrams:
a. Indicate wire numbers.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-2
9408A10
1.06
1.07
E.
Test reports:
1.
Switchgear manufacturer to furnish a certified report after the shop tests.
2.
Switchgear manufacturer's start-up representative to furnish a written report
after the start-up:
a. Report must state that the installation is complete and satisfactory, or list
items requiring additional attention and a proposal for the actions.
3.
If items require attention after the initial start-up, a final report is required
stating that the installation is complete and satisfactory.
F.
Calculations:
1.
Direct current power and current requirements needed to operate the
protective relays and associated equipment.
2.
Current transformer sizing calculations to substantiate that the current
transformers will not saturate under a maximum fault current event.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Distribution relays:
1.
One of the following or equal:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-3
9408A10
a.
b.
B.
Schweitzer.
Multilin.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
Distribution relays:
1.
General:
a. Furnish relays complete with devices and associated circuitry necessary
to perform the required functions as specified or indicated on the
Drawings.
b. Manufacturers of relays and controls are listed to describe system
operating requirements:
c. Furnish material not specifically listed or shown but necessary to perform
required functions.
d. Mounting:
1) Mount relays on hinged panels secured to the metal-clad unit:
a) Enclose cases with dull black finish, semi-flush mounting.
e. Provide nameplates as specified in Section 16075.
2.
Lockout relay:
a. Where indicated on the Drawings provide an ANSI function 86 lockout
relay.
b. Operating voltage: 48 VDC.
c. Trip control.
d. Block close control.
e. Green LED for ready indication.
f. Red LED for tripped indication.
g. Black RESET target.
h. Orange TRIP target.
i.
Manual reset.
j.
Electroswitch Series 24 or equal.
3.
Solid state digital relays:
a. General:
1) Multifunction, microprocessor based with monitoring and
communications capabilities.
2) Continuous self-diagnostics.
3) Fault recording:
a) The relay shall monitor and record fault data.
b) Fault events shall be stored in event reports.
c) Event reports saved to non-volatile memory.
4) Communications:
a) Ethernet:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-4
9408A10
b.
c.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-5
9408A10
2)
d.
e.
B.
Manufacturers:
a) Schweitzer SEL-351S.
b) Multilin 350.
High impedance bus relay:
1) Provide the following functions as a minimum:
a) Differential current - 87.
2) Manufacturers:
a) Schweitzer SEL-587Z.
b) Multilin MIB.
Generator breaker protection relays:
1) Provide the following functions as a minimum:
a) Undervoltage - 27.
b) Overfrequency/underfrequency - 81O/U.
c) Phase overcurrent - 51P.
d) Ground overcurrent - 50/51G.
e) Differential 87.
f) Power monitoring including the following functions at a
minimum:
(1) Voltage Phase
(2) Voltage LL
(3) Amps
(4) KW
(5) KVA
(6) Frequency
2) Manufacturers:
a) Multilin 489.
b) Schweitzer SEL-300G.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-6
9408A10
5.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-7
9408A10
1)
6.
7.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-8
9408A10
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Current transformers:
1.
Ring type current transformers:
a. Suitable for service within low or medium voltage switchgear as indicated
on the Drawings.
b. Designed to have a mechanical and thermal rating to withstand shortcircuit current, stresses, and heating effects equal to the rating of the
circuit breaker of the application.
2.
Current ratio: As indicated on the Drawings, for use as a guideline:
a. It is the switchgear manufacturers responsibility to size the current
transformers to ensure that they will not saturate under the maximum
available fault current at the installed location based upon the fault current
study as preformed as specified in Section 16305.
3.
Rated in accordance with ANSI Standard C57.13 with accuracy of the current
transformers suitable for relay accuracy class and rated for 200 percent
burden for the required connected devices.
4.
Identify polarity with standard marking or symbols.
5.
Capable of carrying rated primary current continuously without damage.
6.
Install secondary wiring from current transformers in a suitable wiring trough,
or conduit to proper short-circuiting type terminal blocks for connection to
relays, instruments, and other devices.
7.
Located behind the breaker compartment mechanical safety shutter and shall
be front accessible once the safety shutter is removed.
B.
Potential transformers:
1.
Indoor dry type, single-phase, 60 hertz, with a minimum thermal capacity of
not less than 400 volt-amperes at 55 degrees Celsius rise above 40 degrees
Celsius ambient.
2.
Accuracy classification in accordance with ANSI Standard C57.13, suitable for
relay accuracy class, and 200 percent burden, for the required connected
devices, with the secondary voltage 120 volts.
3.
Insulation levels as required for the switchgear system voltage but not less
then:
a. 600 VAC, 10 kV BIL for 480 VAC systems.
b. 5.6 kilovolts, 60 kilovolts BIL for 2300 and 4160 VAC systems.
c. 15.5 kilovolts, 110 kilovolts BIL for 12.47 kilovolts and 13.2 kilovolts
systems.
4.
Identify polarity with standard markings or symbols.
5.
Connect secondaries to potential buses as required.
6.
Protect medium voltage potential transformers on the primary side with
medium voltage current-limiting fuses.
7.
Protect low voltage potential transformers on the primary side and secondary
side with current-limiting fuses.
8.
Mount medium voltage potential transformers in a separate compartment on a
drawout device which, when in the FULLY WITHDRAWN position, disconnects
both primary and secondary terminals of the transformer and grounds the
primary potential fuses.
C.
Control wiring:
1.
As specified in the switchgear specifications.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-9
9408A10
D.
Miscellaneous:
1.
Provide terminal blocks, wireways, wiring, device mounting brackets, and other
miscellaneous items.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
Adjust trip settings in accordance with the protective device coordination study as
accepted by the Engineer and in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations.
CLEANING
A.
3.10
B.
C.
Training:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-10
9408A10
1.
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16295 (FS)
16295-11
9408A10
SECTION 16305
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STUDIES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Short circuit fault analysis study.
2.
Protective device coordination study.
3. Arc-flash hazard study.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16305 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-1
9408A10
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-2
9408A10
c.
7.
8.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-3
9408A10
1)
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Provide settings for all frequency relays based upon actual Utility and
generator tolerances and specifications.
d. Negative sequence.
e. Reverse power.
f. Machine protection functions:
1) Provide settings for all motor and generator protective relays based
on the manufacturers recommended protection requirements.
Provide log-log form time-current curves (TCCs) graphically indicating the
coordination proposed for the system:
a. Include with each TCC a complete title and one-line diagram with legend
identifying the specific portion of the system covered by the particular
TCC:
1) Typical time-current curves for identical portions of the system, such
as motor circuits, are acceptable as allowed by the Engineer.
b. Include a detailed description of each protective device identifying its type,
function, manufacturer, and time-current characteristics:
1) These details can be included on the TCC.
c. Include a detailed description of each protective device tap, time dial,
pickup, instantaneous, and time delay settings:
1) These details can be included in the TCC.
TCCs shall include all equipment in the power distribution system where
required to demonstrate coordination. Include Utility relay and fuse
characteristics, medium voltage equipment protective relay and fuse
characteristics, low-voltage equipment circuit breaker trip device
characteristics, transformer characteristics, motor and generator
characteristics, and characteristics of other system load protective devices:
a. Include all devices down to the largest branch circuit and largest feeder
circuit breaker in each motor control center, main breaker in branch
panelboards and fused disconnect switches.
b. Provide ground fault TCCs with all adjustable settings for ground fault
protective devices.
c. Include manufacturing tolerances and damage bands in plotted fuse and
circuit breaker characteristics.
d. On the TCCs show transformer full load currents, transformer magnetizing
inrush, ANSI transformer withstand parameters and transformer damage
curves.
e. Cable damage curves.
f. Terminate device characteristic curves at a point reflecting the maximum
symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which the device is exposed
based on the short-circuit fault analysis study.
g. Coordinate time interval medium-voltage relay characteristics with
upstream and downstream device to avoid nuisance tripping.
Site generation: When site generation (including cogeneration, standby, and
emergency generators) is part of the electrical system, include phase and
ground coordination of the generator protective devices:
a. Show the generator decrement curve and damage curve along with the
operating characteristic of the protective devices.
Suggest modifications or additions to equipment rating or settings in a
tabulated form.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-4
9408A10
1.
2.
3.
4.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-5
9408A10
a.
4.
F.
1.05
By virtue of the fact that this is a professional study the Owner reserves the right to
modify the requirements of the study to comply with its operational requirements.
The protective device coordination study and the arc-flash study shall be modified
based on the results of the meetings with the Owner.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-6
9408A10
2)
e.
f.
1.06
D.
Certification:
1.
Submit written certification, sealed, and signed by the professional engineer
conducting the study, equipment supplier, and electrical subcontractor stating
that the data used in the study is correct.
E.
Submit the credentials of the individual(s) performing the study and the individual in
responsible charge of the study.
F.
The Engineer will review all studies and reports. After review, the Engineer will
make recommendations and/or require changes to be made to the short-circuit
analysis, protective device coordination or arc-flash studies. These changes shall
be provided as part of the scope of work.
G.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-7
9408A10
2.
3.
C.
The study shall be performed by the equipment manufacturer of the medium voltage
switchgear SWGR-2020.
1.07
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
Submit the initial short-circuit analysis study before submittal of any electrical
equipment.
B.
C.
Submit the preliminary short-circuit analysis protective device coordination and arc
flash studies.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Owners training.
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-8
9408A10
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-9
9408A10
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
After review and acceptance of the arc-flash hazard study by the Engineer, install all
arc-flash hazard labels:
1.
Install labels at all locations required by NFPA, ANSI, or IEEE standards.
2.
At a minimum install labels in the following locations:
a. The front of each main or incoming service compartment.
b. The front of each medium voltage circuit breaker door.
c. The front of each accessible auxiliary or conductor compartment.
d. Each accessible rear or side vertical section.
e. Each motor control center compartment.
f. Each panelboard covered by the study.
g. Each control panel, individual starter or VFD or other equipment covered
by the scope of the study.
3.
Install labels prior to equipment energization.
4.
Install labels on existing equipment as well as new equipment.
C.
After review and acceptance of the arc-flash hazard study and coordination study by
the Engineer, adjust protective device settings per final study prior to equipment
energization.
1.
Devices which require power for configuration may be set during energization,
but before any subfed loads are energized.
2.
Ensure that settings for upstream equipment are set prior to energizing
downstream devices.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
B.
The individual performing the arc-flash hazard study shall direct the installation of
the arc-flash hazard labels:
1.
Remove and replace any improperly applied labels.
2.
Repair the equipment finish damaged by removal of any label.
3.
Install labels to within 1/64 inch of level or plumb across the entire dimension
of the label.
3.08
3.09
3.10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-10
9408A10
B.
Training:
1.
Provide a minimum of 2 training sessions for the Owners electrical
maintenance personnel:
a. Each session shall be a minimum of 4 hours.
2.
The training shall cover at a minimum:
a. Hazards associated with arc-flash.
b. Causes of arc-flash.
c. Explanation of the arc-flash labels installed on the Owners electrical
equipment.
d. Proper use of personal protective equipment.
e. PPE requirements for maintenance work.
3.
The individual in charge of the arc-flash study or qualified representative shall
conduct the training sessions.
3.11
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16305 (FS)
16305-11
9408A10
SECTION 16332
MEDIUM VOLTAGE FUSES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Medium voltage fuses.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one
is as binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the
Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities
performing or furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this
Section. This list of related sections is provided for convenience only
and is not intended to excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the
Contractor to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16332 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16332 (FS)
16332-1
9408A10
1.03
1.04
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
Provide complete fuse assemblies that are accurate and of the correct
capacity for:
1.
Rated voltages as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Proper interrupting rating to quickly and safely interrupt maximum
available fault currents and prevent extensive damage to associated
equipment.
3.
Rated continuous current.
4.
Proper overcurrent protection.
5.
Protection against thermal damage.
6.
Ambient temperatures and altitudes as specified in Section 16332.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Catalog cut sheets.
2.
Complete fuse schedule:
a. Indicate manufacturer, rating, and location where each fuse is to
be installed.
3.
Catalog cut sheets for applicable accessories included, but not limited
to:
a. Mountings.
b. Fittings.
c. Disconnecting switches and blades.
d. Refill units.
e. Insulating assemblies, holders, and connectors.
4.
Melting and clearing time-current characteristics for each fuse current
rating and type:
a. Fuse characteristics shall match curves within a maximum total
tolerance of 10 percent in terms of current.
b. Minimum melting curves.
c. Maximum clearing type curves.
5.
Preloading adjustment factors.
6.
Ambient temperature adjustment factors.
7.
Documentation that fuses are sufficient for available fault conditions at
installed locations per fault coordination study as specified in
Section 16305.
8.
Current-limiting fuses:
a. Peak let-through curves for each fuse current rating and type:
1) Fuse characteristics shall match curves within a maximum
total tolerance of 10 percent in terms of current.
b. Peak arc voltage data.
9.
Installation requirements.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16332 (FS)
16332-2
9408A10
10. Verification that supplied fuses are consistent for feasible coordination
with corresponding fuses, breakers, and other protection devices.
11. Manufacturers certifications:
a. Provide test results that show the medium voltage fuse design that
has been tested in accordance with ANSI and NEMA standards.
C.
1.06
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
Conduct the initial fault current study as specified in Section 16305 and
submit results for Engineers review.
B.
After successful review of the initial fault current study, submit complete
equipment submittal.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16332 (FS)
16332-3
9408A10
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
PART 2
2.01
Spare fuses:
1.
Minimum 6 of each type and size installed under any section of these
Specifications.
2.
For fuse units with replaceable fuse units, provide 2 spare fuse holder
assemblies and 6 spare replaceable elements for each type and size
installed under any section of these Specifications.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
Provide durable, readily visible label inside each fuse enclosure, clearly
indicating the correct type, size, and rating for replacement fuses.
2.
Label all fuse units, refill units, or fuse links in accordance with IEEE
C37.46.
3.
Explosion-proof.
4.
Include all necessary accessories and mounting:
a. Disconnect-type fuse mountings shall not be used as loadbreaking devices.
5.
Permanently accurate to match time-current characteristic curves.
6.
Non-aging and non-damageable fuse element construction:
a. It shall be unnecessary to replace un-blown companion fuses
following a fuse operation.
7.
Equipped with a blown-fuse indicator to provide visible evidence of fuse
operation while installed in the fuse mounting.
8.
To assure selective coordination of protective devices:
a. Provide fuses for new facilities by the same manufacturer.
b. Provide fuses for renovations of the same manufacturer as
existing fuses.
c. Verify that supplied fuses are consistent for feasible coordination
with corresponding fuses, breakers, and other protection devices:
1) Submit coordination data to Engineer.
9.
Ratings:
a. The interrupting rating shall equal or exceed the maximum
available short circuit current at the installed location based upon
the fault current study specified in Section 16305.
b. Frequency: 60 hertz.
c. Voltage: Equal to or greater than the nominal voltage indicated on
the Drawings.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16332 (FS)
16332-4
9408A10
B.
Fuses:
1.
Fuses for potential transformers, control power transformers, power
transformers, and feeder circuits:
a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
1) General Electric Company, Type EJ-1.
2) Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type CLE.
b. Ratings:
1) In accordance with manufacturers recommendations or as
indicated on the Drawings.
c. Supports:
1) Non-disconnect type unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings.
2.
Fuses for motor starter duty:
a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
1) General Electric Company, Type EJ-2.
2) Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type CLS.
b. Characteristics:
1) Ensuring positive interruption of faults to limit the magnitude
of short circuit currents and electro-mechanical stresses to
values within allowable design of component apparatus of
motor control assembly.
2) Control surge voltage, produced during limited short circuits,
to maximum twice-nominal voltage rating.
3) Protect power transformers, control transformers, potential
transformers, feeder circuits, and motor starter equipment.
4) Withstand frequent severe heating and cooling cycles without
fatigue failure.
5) Characteristic curves used for coordination adjusted to allow
for the effects of starting inrush current, loading, and
manufacturing tolerances.
6) Blown fuse, easily identified by positive action indicator.
7) Prevent flame or gas discharge when operated without
discharge filters, fireboxes, special vents, or reinforcing.
8) Mounted on draw out assemblies.
3.
Fuses for power factor correction capacitors:
a. Ratings:
1) In accordance with manufacturers recommendations or as
indicated on the Drawings.
b. Adequately protect systems from failed capacitor units.
c. Prevent damage to adjacent capacitors and associated equipment.
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16332 (FS)
16332-5
9408A10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine the Contract Documents to verify that Project conditions are within
usual service conditions, in accordance with IEEE C37.40.
1.
Notify the Engineer of any installation conditions that may be shown at
variance with these conditions and the manufacturers
recommendations.
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
Securely lock, latch, or hold fast in the closed position all fuses as
recommended by manufacturer.
E.
F.
Completely install, connect, and test for insulation integrity all equipment that
requires fuses before installation of fuses.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16332 (FS)
16332-6
9408A10
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16332 (FS)
16332-7
9408A10
SECTION 16341
5 KILOVOLT MEDIUM VOLTAGE METAL CLAD SWITCHGEAR
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Metal-clad, 5 kilovolt class switchgear assembly with vacuum interrupter power
circuit breakers.
2.
Switchgear remote control panel.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01756 - Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up.
c. Section 16341 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
d. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
e. Section 16240 - Battery Systems.
f. Section 16295 - Protective Relays.
g. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
h. Section 16433 - Switchgear Remote Control Panel (With Automatic
Controls).
i.
Section 17101 - Specific Control Strategies.
j.
Section 17710 - Control Systems - Panels, Enclosures, and Panel
Components.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-1
9408A10
6.
7.
8.
9.
C.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
C37.20.6 - IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV Rated Ground and Test Devices Used
in Enclosures.
C37.90 -IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with
Electric Power Apparatus.
C57.13 IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers.
C62.11 - IEEE Standard for Metal Oxide Surge Arresters of AC Power Circuits
(> 1 kV).
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
General:
1.
Metal-clad, 5 kilovolt switchgear designed and manufactured in accordance
with the reference standards listed in this Section.
2.
Switchgear and major components to be products of a single manufacturer
including, but not limited to:
a. Circuit breakers.
b. Related equipment specified in the Contract Documents or indicated on
the Drawings.
3.
In addition to the specified basic equipment common to switchgear sections,
equip the various individual sections with instruments, protective relays and
control devices as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified below.
4.
Arrange the equipped sections side by side to form continuous switchgear
lineups as indicated on the Drawings.
5.
Provide Switchgear Remote Control Panel VCP-2020.
B.
Description of sections:
1.
Incoming line compartment:
a. Hinged door with catch and lockable handle, bolted closed.
b. Service entrance cables to enter the incoming line compartment, in a
manner as indicated on the Drawings.
c. Incoming line termination pads suitable for the size and number of
conductors indicated on the Drawings and/or conduit schedule.
d. Lightning arresters.
2.
Breaker compartment:
a. Main, generator, or feeder breaker as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Protective relays and other protective devices and interlocks as indicated
on the Drawings.
c. Multi-function solid state meters as indicated on the Drawings.
d. Current transformers: Quantity and ratios as indicated on the Drawings.
3.
Future breaker/space compartments:
a. As indicated on the Drawings:
1) Furnish with hardware necessary to accommodate installation of
future circuit breakers, instruments, relays, and controls.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-2
9408A10
2)
4.
C.
1.05
Wire relay and circuit breaker control power to the compartment and
terminate on terminal strips.
Transformer compartment:
a. Potential transformers: Fused, with quantities, ratio, and configuration as
indicated on the Drawings.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer of switchgear.
2.
Manufacturers of all components and accessories.
3.
Weight of each circuit breaker of different frame sizes.
4.
Dimensions:
a. Height.
b. Length.
c. Width.
d. Weight.
5.
Nameplate schedule.
6.
Bill of material.
7.
Description of operation:
a. Metering system.
b. Protective relaying.
8.
Ratings:
a. Voltage.
b. Phase.
c. Current.
d. Interrupting rating (circuit breakers and fuses).
e. Momentary current rating.
9.
List of recommended spare parts.
10. Name of dealers repair facility and parts stocking agreement with the factory:
a. Agreement shall outline in detail the manufacturer's parts stocking
requirements and the method by which the manufacturer's representative
verifies that the stock is at an acceptable level.
b. Agreement shall outline the method by which the manufacturer
determines that the service personnel meet factory standards.
11. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F submit the following as specified in Section 16341:
a. Manufacturers statement of seismic qualification with substantiating test
data.
b. Manufacturers special seismic certification with substantiating test data.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Layout drawings:
a. Provide fully dimensioned, to scale, equipment layout drawings which
include:
1) Equipment furnished: Plan, front and side views.
2) Shipping splits.
3) Bus layout.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-3
9408A10
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D.
Installation instructions:
1.
Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and
setting into place.
2.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category A
or B:
a. Provide manufacturers installation instructions and anchoring details for
connecting equipment to supports and structures.
E.
F.
Test reports:
1.
Furnish a manufacturers certified report after the factory tests.
2.
Furnish a manufacturers written report after the start-up:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-4
9408A10
a.
b.
1.06
1.07
1.08
Report must state that the installation is complete and satisfactory, or list
items requiring additional attention and a proposal for the corrective
actions.
If items require attention after the initial start-up, furnish a final report
stating that the installation is complete and satisfactory.
G.
Calculations:
1.
DC power and current requirements needed to operate the 5-kilovolt metalclad switchgear circuit breakers and protective relays.
2.
Detailed calculations or details of the actual physical testing performed on the
switchgear to prove the switchgear is suitable for the seismic requirements at
the project site.
H.
Training documents:
1.
Submit all training documentation to be used during the Owners training
sessions as specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
The switchgear shall be UL labeled and listed Suitable for Service Entrance.
C.
Manufacturer shall have supplied at least 4 systems of similar nature and size,
which have been installed within a 500-mile radius of the Project location.
D.
The manufacturer shall have established an authorized dealer having parts and
service facility within a 200-mile radius of the Project:
1.
Pre-qualified service personnel available on a 24-hour-a-day basis. The
personnel must be completely familiar with the items supplied so as to return
the equipment to service in the shortest possible time.
2.
The authorized dealer must have no less than 80 percent of switchgear parts
and 100 percent of recommended spare parts, as identified in the product data
submittal in its stock at all times:
a. A personal inspection of the facility may be made by the Owner to
substantiate claims of available replacement parts.
E.
B.
Ship the switchgear and associated equipment to the Project Site on a dedicated air
ride vehicle that will allow the Contractor to utilize onsite off-loading equipment:
1.
Furnish temporary equipment heaters within the switchgear to prevent
condensation from forming.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-5
9408A10
1.09
1.10
1.11
SEQUENCING
A.
Conduct the initial fault current study as specified in Section 16305 and submit
results for Engineers review.
B.
After successful review of the initial fault current study, submit complete equipment
submittal as specified in the Submittals article of this Section for Engineers review.
C.
Conduct internal factory test to ensure that systems and equipment are functional
and submit certified test results for Engineers review.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Conduct field acceptance test and submit results for Engineers review.
J.
Submit manufacturers certification that the equipment has been properly installed
and is fully functional for Engineers review.
K.
L.
SCHEDULING
A.
B.
Schedule the witnessed factory acceptance test 30 days before the test.
C.
D.
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-6
9408A10
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
Switchgear:
1.
Provide medium-voltage 5-kilovolt class metal-clad switchgear as specified in
the Contract Documents and indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Provide complete and functional lineups of switchgear with associated
controls.
3.
Provide devices or accessories not specified in this Section but necessary for
the proper installation and operation of the equipment.
B.
Voltage ratings:
1.
As indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Basic impulse insulation level: Minimum 60 kilovolts.
C.
Main bus:
1.
High conductivity, tin-plated copper:
a. Flat bar with rounded edges.
b. Suitably braced and supported on high dielectric strength insulators.
2.
Continuous current carrying capacity as indicated on the Drawings.
3.
Insulate each bus with fluidized bed epoxy flame retardant and track resistant
insulation.
4.
Mount insulated bus on flame retardant, track resistant supports and brace to
withstand magnetic stresses developed by fault currents equal to the close
and latch rating of the circuit breakers.
5.
Bus connections:
a. Plated.
b. Bolted with Belleville spring washers.
c. Install insulated boot over joint.
6.
Document temperature rise of the bus and connections by design tests.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-7
9408A10
D.
Ground bus:
1.
Tin-plated copper bar, 1/4 inch by 2 inches minimum, extended through each
section:
a. Firmly secure to each vertical section.
b. Provide termination lugs for termination of copper ground cable at each
end of the bus.
2.
Ground each section directly to ground bus.
E.
Stationary structure:
1.
Utilize unit type construction in formation of housing in order to provide a rigid,
self-supporting and self-contained enclosure for each circuit breaker unit and
other units comprising switchgear:
a. Fabricate each stationary structure of heavy, formed, smooth, and level
steel sheets and structural members, bolted or welded to form a rigid
assembly with hinged steel panel suitable for mounting of instruments,
meters, relays, and control devices.
b. Provide bolted, hinged front and rear cubicle doors with locks.
2.
Dead front construction with rear access via lockable, hinged doors.
3.
Sections shall be approximately 95 inches high, 36 inches wide, front and rear
aligned:
a. Maximum dimensions as indicated on the Drawings.
4.
Isolate circuit breaker units, bus, instrument and control transformers, and
outgoing cables within separate compartments formed by sheet steel barriers:
a. Mount heavy close-fitting bus supports at bus openings between units:
1) The supports shall form a barrier to isolate each unit from adjacent
units.
b. Provide each compartment with a separate cover for individual servicing
without exposing the circuit in adjacent compartment.
5.
Provide automatic shutters to isolate the circuit breaker compartment from the
bus when the circuit breaker unit is moved to the TEST or WITHDRAWN
position.
6.
NEMA type:
a. NEMA Type 1 gasketed:
1) Switchgear sections shall have an open bottom in the rear for cable
terminations.
7.
Front access to devices accessible through a formed, bolted, hinged
removable cover:
a. Captive knurled type knob screws are to hold covers in place.
8.
Provide switchgear with lifting channels having provisions for attachment of
crane slings to facilitate lifting and handling each shipping-assembly unit:
a. Remove lifting channels after equipment is installed.
F.
Cable compartment:
1.
Support circuit breaker disconnecting contacts by means of flame-retardant,
track-resistant polyester glass or porcelain supports.
2.
Provide cable terminals:
a. NEMA 4-hole pads suitable for connection and termination of 5 kilovolt
shielded cables.
3.
Design switchgear so that high voltage, low voltage, control and
instrumentation cables can enter the switchgear from either the top or bottom.
4.
Provide cable supports with provisions for stress relief cones and cable bends.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-8
9408A10
G.
2.06
Removable element:
1.
Provide a racking screw and moving block for breaker insertion and
withdrawal:
a. The racking screw shall be capable of holding the breaker in the
CONNECTED position.
2.
Utilize master jigs to determine accurately the correct stud locations of the
removable and the stationary elements.
3.
Provide means for mechanically locking the removable element in any
position:
a. Lock shall not interfere with the operation of the breaker and its
mechanism.
4.
Provide a ground shoe to ground the breaker in all positions.
5.
Provide breaker CONNECTED position indication.
6.
Provide interlock on each circuit breaker unit to prevent circuit breaker from
being removed from CONNECTED position and from being placed in
CONNECTED position while breaker is closed:
a. If the circuit breaker is closed, the interlock shall trip the breaker before it
can be placed into or removed from the CONNECTED position.
7.
Accurately align stud and socket primary disconnecting devices:
a. Furnish tin-to-tin pressure contacts to prevent harmful temperature rise
due to oxidation, together with nonmagnetic corrosion-resisting springs to
provide high-pressure line contacts.
b. Mount stationary contact in a 1-piece glass, polyester, or porcelain shell to
provide ample insulation from the framework.
c. Mount movable contact on the circuit breaker stud to ensure direct
contact.
8.
Provide secondary disconnecting devices for bringing control leads to circuit
breaker operating mechanism and auxiliary switches on removable element:
a. Spring mount self-aligning receptacles on stationary framework.
b. Mount the plugs on the removable element.
c. Contacts in the receptacles shall be recessed to ensure against accidental
short-circuit of control or secondary wiring.
9.
Mechanism-operated compartment switch:
a. Provide up to 12 normally closed and up to 15 normally open contacts.
b. Switches shall be activated by breaker mechanism.
10. Truck operated cell switch:
a. Provide normally closed switch contacts to indicate the breaker is in the
CONNECTED position.
COMPONENTS
A.
Circuit breakers:
1.
Power circuit breaker unit including:
a. One set of primary disconnecting devices with automatic shutters.
b. One set of secondary disconnecting devices.
2.
Oilless, vacuum Type 3 pole:
a. Horizontal draw-out type capable of being withdrawn on rails.
b. Electrically and mechanically trip-free with anti-pumping features.
3.
Ratings: In accordance with IEEE C37.06, with the following minimum ratings,
for indoor breaker with K equal to 1:
a. Voltage:
1) Operating voltage: As indicated on the Drawings.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-9
9408A10
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
C.
D.
Control wiring:
1.
Switchgear wire:
a. Type SIS, single-conductor, stranded copper, rated 600 volts.
b. Provide flexible stranding for swinging panels.
c. Minimum wire size:
1) Number 14 for control circuits.
2) Number 12 for potential and current transformer circuits.
2.
Route outgoing control wires to master terminal blocks with suitable numbering
strips numbered in agreement with the manufacturer's detailed wiring
diagrams:
a. Terminate control wiring in molded, screw-type terminal blocks.
b. Provide a minimum of 10 percent spare terminal blocks for each unit.
c. Compression type terminal blocks are not acceptable.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-10
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.07
E.
Lightning arresters:
1.
Heavy-duty distribution class MOV type surge arresters, 5-kilovolt class, for
installation on the specified nominal voltage system.
2.
Provide brackets, wiring, and other hardware as necessary for cubicle
mounting.
3.
Designed and manufactured in accordance with the latest edition of IEEE
C62.11.
F.
Miscellaneous:
1.
Furnish wiring, potential bus, necessary fuses, and terminal blocks within each
unit.
2.
Requirements for items mounted on panels:
a. Semi-flush mounting for 1/8 inch panels unless otherwise noted.
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
Nameplates:
1.
Provide nameplates to identify:
a. Switchgear units:
1) Label front and rear doors of each cubicle.
b. Door mounted components.
c. Interior mounted devices.
2.
As specified in Section 16075.
3.
Engraved with the circuit number and circuit name as indicated on the
Drawings.
C.
Warning signs:
1.
Voltage:
a. Provide a minimum of 2 warning signs on the front of the switchgear
lineup and 2 on the back.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-11
9408A10
b.
2.
D.
Portable lifting device for removing the breaker from the breaker cell.
E.
One transfer truck (turning dolly) for removing and transporting circuit breakers.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Mimic bus:
1.
Laminated plastic material fastened to the front surface of the switchgear
reflecting bus routing and power devices.
K.
L.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-12
9408A10
2.08
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
A.
2.11
PART 3
Factory tests:
1.
Along with all internal switchgear components specified in this section, the
factory acceptance test shall include a fully-functional test of the switchgear
remote breaker panel:
a. Provide all temporary wires, connections, etc. as needed to perform the
testing.
2.
Test the complete switchgear at the manufacturers establishment:
a. The test may be observed by the Engineer and Owner.
3.
Furnish a certified copy of the test results for review:
a. Record minor adjustments made during the test.
b. If major changes must be made, repeat the test.
4.
Completely assemble, wire and test switchgear at the factory:
a. Detailed inspections before and after assembly to assure correctness of
design and workmanship.
b. Provide groups of wires leaving the shipping-assembled equipment with
terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips.
5.
In the event the equipment must be re-tested, comply with all of the testing
requirements and treat the re-test the same as the initial test:
a. Bear all costs associated with this test including but not limited to travel,
lodging, meals, travel time, time to witness tests, etc. A minimum of
8 hours per day per individual for 1 individual shall be included.
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-13
9408A10
C.
General:
1.
Furnish cables, conduit, lugs, bolts, expansion anchors, sealants, and other
accessories needed to complete the installation of the switchgear.
2.
Assemble and install the switchgear in the location and layout indicated on the
Drawings.
3.
Make bus splice connections.
4.
Perform Work in accordance with manufacturers instructions and shop
drawings.
5.
Furnish components and equipment as required to complete the installation.
6.
Replace hardware lost or damaged during the installation or handling to
provide a complete installation.
7.
Install floor-mounted switchgear in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations and as follows::
a. Provide structural leveling channels in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations to provide proper alignment of the units.
b. Weld and/or bolt switchgear frame to leveling channels mounted to the
floor.
D.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
A.
B.
ADJUSTING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-14
9408A10
B.
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
B.
C.
Training:
1.
Provide as specified in Section 01756.
2.
Manufacturer shall instruct the Owner's personnel regarding the operation and
maintenance of items supplied:
a. Supply written handouts during the training period and these handouts
shall be suitable for future reference after the training period is completed.
b. Held at the Owners facility.
c. Video record the training session in DVD format and deliver to the Owner
within 2 weeks of the training session.
d. Supply complete training documents for attendees, as determined by the
Owner:
e. Engineer reviewed and accepted training documents are to be supplied a
minimum of 4 weeks before the training session, and to be used by the
Owner as reference documents during the training period.
f. Held in a formal classroom environment that utilizes the actual equipment
in the field:
1) Training sessions that are conducted during start-up and
commissioning will not be accepted as part of this requirement.
g. Training sessions consist of both operational and maintenance training
and consist of one 4-hour session.
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16341 (FS)
16341-15
9408A10
SECTION 16346
5-KILOVOLT MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Narrow-Design Indoor 5 kilovolt class metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear
with load interrupter switches.
a. Switches are to be provided in configuration as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Switches are to be provided to act as a manually operable maintenance
bypass switch. This function will be performed with two adjacent switches
with Kirk-key interlocks. The output should be directly bussed as any
fusing could allow for the VFD to operate against an open circuit, leading
to VFD damage.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01756 - Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up.
c. Section 16346 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
d. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
e. Section 16124 - Medium Voltage Cables.
f. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-1
9408A10
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
1.05
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Factory assembled, factory wired and factory tested dead-front completely metalenclosed switchgear. Switchgear and major components to be products of a single
manufacturer including, but not limited to
1.
Load interrupter switches.
2.
Control devices.
3.
Kirk-key interlocks.
4.
Incoming and outgoing connections.
5.
Other equipment of the number, rating and type specified or supplemented by
data indicated on the Drawings.
B.
Arrange the equipped sections side by side to form continuous switchgear lineups
as indicated on the Drawings.
1.
Available room footprint is very limited. Provide narrow-design switchgear
sections with a width dimension of 18 inches or less per section.
C.
Description of sections:
1.
Incoming line compartment:
a. Hinged door with catch and lockable handle, bolted closed.
b. Incoming line termination pads suitable for the size and number of
conductors indicated on the Drawings and/or conduit schedule.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer of switchgear.
2.
Manufacturers of all components and accessories.
3.
Weight of each switch of different frame sizes.
4.
Dimensions:
a. Height.
b. Length.
c. Width.
d. Weight.
5.
Nameplate schedule.
6.
Bill of material.
7.
Ratings:
a. Voltage.
b. Phase.
c. Current.
d. Momentary current rating.
8.
List of recommended spare parts.
9.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F submit the following as specified in Section 16346:
a. Manufacturers statement of seismic qualification with substantiating test
data.
b. Manufacturers special seismic certification with substantiating test data.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-2
9408A10
B.
Shop drawings:
1.
Plan, front, and side view drawing including overall dimensions and bus layout
of each switchgear lineup. Identify shipping splits and show conduit stub-up
area locations.
2.
Internal schematics (elementary diagrams) and wiring diagrams of each unit or
compartment, including wiring identification and terminal numbers.
3.
Internal cell-to-cell interconnection wiring diagrams, including wiring
identification and terminal numbers.
4.
Complete 1-line diagrams for each switchgear lineup and complete 3-line
diagrams for each cubicle.
a. Drawings shall indicate devices comprising the switchgear assembly
including, but not limited to, load interrupter switches, relays, control
devices, and monitoring devices.
b. Clearly indicate device electrical ratings on Drawings.
5.
Assembly drawings (cross-section as a minimum) for each cubicle with major
layout dimensions indicated.
6.
Complete bill of material list and equipment data sheets identifying appropriate
information specific to switchgear being supplied.
7.
Nameplate schedule.
C.
Installation instructions:
1.
Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and
setting into place.
2.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category A
or B:
a. Provide manufacturers installation instructions and anchoring details for
connecting equipment to supports and structures.
3.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F:
a. Provide project-specific installation instructions and anchoring details
based on support conditions and requirements to resist seismic and wind
loads as specified in Section 16346.
b. Submit anchoring drawings with supporting calculations.
c. Drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a professional engineer
registered in the state where the Project is being constructed.
D.
E.
Test reports:
1.
Furnish a manufacturers certified report after the factory tests.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-3
9408A10
2.
1.06
1.07
1.08
F.
Calculations:
1.
Detailed calculations or details of the actual physical testing performed on the
switchgear to prove the switchgear is suitable for the seismic requirements at
the project site.
G.
Training documents:
1.
Submit all training documentation to be used during the Owners training
sessions as specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
B.
Ship the switchgear and associated equipment to the Project Site on a dedicated air
ride vehicle that will allow the Contractor to utilize onsite off-loading equipment:
1.
Furnish temporary equipment heaters within the switchgear to prevent
condensation from forming.
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
Conduct fault current study as specified in Section 16305 and submit results for
Engineers review.
B.
After successful review of the initial fault current study, submit equipment submittal
for Engineers review.
C.
Conduct internal factory test to ensure that all systems and equipment are
functional and submit certified test results for Engineers review.
D.
E.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-4
9408A10
1.10
G.
H.
Conduct field acceptance test and submit results for Engineers review.
I.
Submit manufacturers certification that all equipment has been properly installed
and is fully functional for Engineers review.
J.
K.
SCHEDULING
A.
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
Switchgear:
1.
Provide metal-enclosed switchgear with the required voltage Class for the
indicated voltage.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-5
9408A10
2.
3.
B.
Voltage ratings:
1.
Design and construct load interrupter switches for use on the electrical system
indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Basic insulation level shall be consistent with the applicable system voltage.
C.
D.
Ground bus:
1.
Tin-plated copper bar, 1/4 inch by 2 inch minimum:
a. Extended through all cubicles.
b. Firmly secure to each vertical section.
c. Provide termination lugs for termination of copper ground cable at each
end of the bus.
d. Ground each section directly to ground bus.
E.
Stationary structure:
1.
Maximum width per section: 18 inches.
2.
Provide a rigid, self-supporting and self-contained for the switchgear
assembly.
a. Fabricate structure of heavy, formed, smooth and level steel sheets, at
least 11 gauge for doors and 14 gauge for all other sheets.
b. Structural members bolted or electrically welded to form a rigid assembly
with hinged steel panel suitable for mounting of instruments, meters,
relays, and control devices.
3.
Provide each switch cubical with a single, full length, flanged front door over
the switch and/or fuse assembly.
4.
Flanged door: Closing over a projecting doorframe; equipped with high
strength latches to seal the door; with 3 concealed hinges and a high impact
glass or high impact polycarbonate sheet observation window.
5.
Provide tamper-resistant padlockable door handles.
6.
Provide adequate lifting means to roll and move into the switchgear installation
position. Bolt directly to the floor.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-6
9408A10
7.
8.
2.06
Provide adequate conduit space. Coordinate conduit space with conduit layout
drawings.
Arrange the equipped sections side by side to form continuous switchgear
lineups as indicated on the Drawings.
F.
Cable compartment:
1.
Provide NEMA bolt hole pads at incoming and outgoing terminals:
a. Suitable for connection and termination of shielded cables as specified in
Section 16124.
b. Number of holes in accordance with IEEE C37.20.3 requirements.
G.
Top and bottom power cable entry with provisions for termination of cables.
COMPONENTS
A.
B.
Control wiring:
1.
Wire switchgear to satisfy the requirements of the operation specified.
2.
Switchgear wiring: NEC Type SIS, single-conductor, stranded copper, rated
600 volts. Provide flexible stranding for swinging panels.
a. Minimum wire size: Number 14 for control circuits.
3.
Route outgoing control wires to master terminal blocks with suitable numbering
strips numbered in agreement with the manufacturer's detailed wiring
diagrams and the drawings.
4.
Terminate control wiring in molded, screw-type terminal blocks acceptable to
the Engineer.
a. Provide a minimum of 10 percent spare terminal blocks for each unit.
b. Compression type terminal blocks are not acceptable.
5.
Terminate foreign circuits entering the switchgear on "pull-apart" terminal
blocks that meet the requirements of the state where the Project is located.
6.
Identify wiring as specified in 16075.
C.
Miscellaneous:
1.
Furnish wiring, bus, and terminal blocks within each unit.
2.
Requirements for items mounted on panels:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-7
9408A10
a.
2.07
2.08
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
Nameplates:
1.
Provide nameplates to identify:
a. Switchgear units:
1) Label front and rear doors of each cubicle.
b. Door mounted components.
c. Interior mounted devices.
2.
As specified in Section 16075.
3.
Engraved with the circuit number and circuit name as indicated on the
Drawings.
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
A.
2.11
Factory tests:
1.
Test the complete switchgear at the manufacturers establishment.
2.
Furnish a certified copy of the test results for review:
a. Record minor adjustments made during the test.
b. If major changes must be made, repeat the test.
3.
Completely assemble, wire and test switchgear at the factory:
a. Detailed inspections before and after assembly to assure correctness of
design and workmanship.
b. Provide groups of wires leaving the shipping-assembled equipment with
terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips.
4.
In the event the equipment must be re-tested, comply with all of the testing
requirements and treat the re-test the same as the initial test:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-8
9408A10
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
C.
General:
1.
Furnish cables, conduit, lugs, bolts, expansion anchors, sealants, and other
accessories needed to complete the installation of the switchgear.
2.
Physically assemble and install the switchgear in the location and layout
indicated on the Drawings.
3.
Make bus splice connections.
4.
Furnish components and equipment as required to complete the installation.
5.
Perform work in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and shop
drawings.
6.
Replace hardware lost or damaged during the installation or handling to
provide a complete installation.
7.
Weld and/or bolt switchgear frame to leveling channels in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations:
a. Provide structural leveling channels in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations to provide proper alignment of the units.
b. The installation shall meet the seismic requirements of the site.
D.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
B.
Manufacturers services:
1.
Provide technical assistance to the Contractor during installation, connection,
and testing.
2.
Inspect the complete installation and provide a certificate stating that the
equipment was properly installed before energizing the equipment.
C.
Submit copies of field tests in accordance with the submittal requirements specified
in Section 01330.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-9
9408A10
3.08
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
B.
C.
Training:
1.
Provide training as specified in Section 01756.
2.
Training shall be provided by manufacturers qualified engineer.
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16346 (FS)
16346-10
9408A10
SECTION 16351
MEDIUM VOLTAGE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Modifications to existing medium voltage reduced-voltage motor starters for
use with 3-phase, squirrel cage induction motors.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16351 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16351 (FS)
16351-1
9408A10
1.05
1.06
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Shop drawings:
1.
Complete, detailed, and scaled starter layout drawings indexed to the bill of
material showing:
a. Front panel.
b. Sub-panels.
c. Interior panels.
2.
Complete schematic, wiring, and interconnection drawings showing
connections to all internal and external devices:
a. Indicate wire and terminal numbers.
3.
Complete interface and connection diagrams for communications and relaying
systems.
4.
Complete 1-line and 3-line diagrams including but not limited to, main power
isolation switch, contactors, instrument transformers, power electronics, and
other equipment comprising the complete system:
a. Clearly indicate device electrical ratings on the drawings.
C.
Record documents:
1.
Certified record drawings of all equipment with information listed above.
2.
Record documents to reflect final state of starter including field verification of
existing conditions to remain in place as well as modified portions of the
starter.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
1.10
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
B.
C.
D.
SCHEDULING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16351 (FS)
16351-2
9408A10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
B.
Start up the starter in the presence of the driven equipment manufacturer, motor
manufacturer, Engineer and Owner.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
B.
Wiring:
1.
Control wire:
a. Tinned copper.
b. Stranded.
c. Isolated from medium voltage components.
d. 14 AWG minimum.
e. 600 volt insulation.
2.
Terminal strips:
a. 600 volt.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16351 (FS)
16351-3
9408A10
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16351 (FS)
16351-4
9408A10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16351 (FS)
16351-5
9408A10
SECTION 16411
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Fusible and non-fusible disconnect switches.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16411 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
d. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
e. Section 16494 - Low Voltage Fuses.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
Safety switches and disconnect switches are to be considered synonymous.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16411 (FS)
16411-1
9408A10
1.04
1.05
1.06
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
Provide disconnect switches with the number of poles, voltage, current, short circuit,
and horsepower ratings as required by the load and the power system.
C.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer.
2.
Manufacturer's specifications and description.
3.
Ratings:
a. Voltage.
b. Current.
c. Horsepower.
d. Short circuit rating.
4.
Fused or non fused.
5.
NEMA enclosure type.
6.
Dimensions:
a. Height.
b. Width.
c. Depth.
7.
Weight.
8.
Cross-referenced to the disconnect schedule indicated on the Drawings.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Manufacturer's installation instructions:
a. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product
testing agency specified under Quality Assurance, Regulatory
Requirements below.
b. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination,
preparation, installation, and operation of product.
2.
Identify motor or equipment served by each switch; indicate nameplate
inscription.
D.
Installation instructions:
1.
Provide anchorage instructions and requirement based on the seismic
requirements at the Project Site as specified in Section 16411 and
calculations:
a. Stamped by a professional engineer registered in the state where the
Project is being constructed.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Regulatory requirements:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16411 (FS)
16411-2
9408A10
1.
2.
C.
1.07
1.09
1.08
SEQUENCING
A.
Conduct the initial fault current study as specified in Section 16305 and submit
results for Engineers review.
B.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
PRODUCTS
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16411 (FS)
16411-3
9408A10
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
Switch mechanism:
1.
Quick-make, quick-break heavy-duty operating mechanisms:
a. Provisions for padlocking the switch in the Off position.
b. A minimum of 90-degree handle travel position between Off and On
positions:
1) Provide handle position indicators to identify the handle position.
c. Full cover interlock to prevent opening of the switch door in the On
position and to prevent closing the switch mechanism with the door open:
1) With an externally operated override.
B.
Switch interior:
1.
Switch blades visible when the switch is Off and the cover is open.
2.
Lugs:
a. Front accessible.
b. Removable.
c. UL listed for 60/75-degree Celsius copper conductors.
3.
Current carrying parts completely plated to resist corrosion.
4.
Removable arc suppressors to facilitate easy access to line side lugs.
5.
Furnish equipment ground kits for every switch.
C.
Ratings:
1.
UL horsepower rated for AC or DC with the rating not less than the load
served.
2.
Current:
a. 30 to 1,200 amperes.
3.
Voltage:
a. 250 volts AC, DC.
b. 600 volts (30 A to 200 A, 600 volts DC).
4.
Poles:
a. 2, 3, 4, and 6 poles.
5.
UL listed short circuit ratings:
a. 10,000 RMS symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by
Class H or K fuses (30-600 amperes).
b. 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by
Class R or J fuses (30-600 amperes employing appropriate fuse
rejection).
c. 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by
Class L fuses (800-1,200 amperes).
6.
Where not indicated on the Drawings, provide switches with the NEMA ratings
specified in Section 16411 for the installed location.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16411 (FS)
16411-4
9408A10
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
C.
General:
1.
Use Myers hubs or bolt-on hubs for all conduit penetrations on NEMA
Type 12, Type 4, and Type 4X enclosures.
2.
Provide all mounting brackets, stands, supports and hardware as required:
a. Match finish and materials for all brackets, stands, and hardware with the
switch installed.
b. Provide adequate supporting pillar(s) for disconnect switches in
accordance with the approved seismic calculations, and locate
aboveground or above decks, where there is no structural wall or surface
for box.
3.
When possible, mount switches rigidly to exposed building structure or
equipment structural members:
a. For NEMA Type 4 and Type 4X locations, maintain a minimum of 7/8 inch
air space between the enclosure and supporting surface.
b. When mounting on preformed channel, position channel vertically so that
water may freely run behind the enclosure.
4.
Provide a nameplate for each disconnect switch:
a. Provide per requirements specified in Section 16075.
b. Identify voltage, circuit, fuse size, and equipment served on the
nameplate.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16411 (FS)
16411-5
9408A10
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16411 (FS)
16411-6
9408A10
SECTION 16412
LOW VOLTAGE MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Low voltage molded case circuit breakers as indicated on the Drawings and as
specified.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16412 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Molded case thermal magnetic or motor circuit protector type circuit breakers as
indicated on the Drawings and connected to form a completed system.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16412 (FS)
16412-1
9408A10
1.05
1.06
1.07
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Catalog cut sheets.
2.
Manufacturers time-current curves for all molded case circuit breakers
furnished.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Low voltage molded case circuit breakers shall be UL listed and labeled.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16412 (FS)
16412-2
9408A10
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
Conforming to UL 489.
2.
Operating mechanism:
a. Quick-make, quick-break, non-welding silver alloy contacts.
b. Common Trip, Open and Close for multi-pole breakers such that all poles
open and close simultaneously.
c. Mechanically trip free from the handle.
d. Trip indicating handle - automatically assumes a position midway between
the manual ON and OFF positions to clearly indicate the circuit breaker
has tripped.
e. Lockable in the "OFF" position.
3.
Arc extinction:
a. In arc chutes.
4.
Voltage and current ratings:
a. Minimum ratings as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Minimum frame size 100A.
5.
Interrupting ratings:
a. Minimum ratings as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Modify as required to meet requirements of the short circuit fault analysis as specified in Section 16305.
c. Not less than the rating of the assembly (panelboard, switchboard, motor
control center, etc.)
B.
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
Terminals:
1.
Line and load terminals suitable for the conductor type, size, and number of
conductors in accordance with UL 489.
B.
Case:
1.
Molded polyester glass reinforced.
2.
Ratings clearly marked.
C.
Trip units:
1.
Provide thermal magnetic or solid-state trip units as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Thermal magnetic:
a. Instantaneous short circuit protection.
b. Inverse time delay overload.
c. Ambient or enclosure compensated by means of a bimetallic element.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16412 (FS)
16412-3
9408A10
3.
D.
Solid state:
a. With the following settings as indicated on the Drawings.
1) Adjustable long time current setting.
2) Adjustable long time delay.
3) Adjustable short time pickup.
4) Adjustable short time delay.
5) Adjustable instantaneous pickup.
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
ADJUSTING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16412 (FS)
16412-4
9408A10
B.
Adjust motor circuit protectors in accordance with NEC and the manufacturers
recommendation based on the nameplate values of the installed motor.
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16412 (FS)
16412-5
9408A10
SECTION 16433
SWITCHGEAR REMOTE CONTROL PANEL (WITH AUTOMATIC CONTROLS)
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Switchgear Remote Control Panel (VCP-2020).
2.
Medium voltage switchgear automatic transfer system.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16433 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16341 - 5 Kilovolt Medium Voltage Metal Clad Switchgear.
d. Section 17050 - Common Work Results For Process Control And
Instrumentation Systems.
e. Section 17710 - Control Systems: Panels, Enclosures, and Panel
Components.
f. Section 17720 - Control System: Programmable Logic Controllers.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-1
9408A10
2.
3.
e. 20-N-06.
f. 20-N-07.
g. 20-N-08.
h. 16232.
i.
16341.
Abstract:
a. The hardwired controls for the switchgear are on the Remote Breaker
Panel, VCP-2020 (panel provided by the switchgear manufacturer). This
control panel is located remotely from the switchgear and includes
hardwired switches and hardwired pilot lights for remote
monitoring/control of the switchgear and the generator.
b. VCP-2020 utilizes breaker status, relay, and switch inputs to control the
switchgear sequence of operation and generator start/stop. VCP-2020
outputs energize circuit breaker close and trip circuits and initiates the
generator starting command.
c. The transfer scheme controls the normal source breaker (52-1) and the
standby source breaker (52-1G) to allow power transfer from the
generator when utility power is lost or if engine exercise is desired. This
transfer is performed upon operator initiation either at VCP-2020 or at
plant SCADA. The steps in the transfer process are controlled
automatically by VCP-2020, but the system will not automatically transfer
to generator upon power loss.
d. The system functions in an opened transition mode for all operations.
e. The Switchgear supplier shall coordinate with the Generator Supplier and
the Instrumentation and Controls Subcontractor to provide a complete and
operating system.
f. VCP-2020 shall provide hardwired I/O to PCM-2031 as indicated on the
Drawings. These signals shall either be duplicated from their source using
a control relay in VCP-2020, or shall be sourced as DI/DO points from the
VCP-2020 controller.
Hardwired control:
a. Refer to P&ID Drawings/Schematics for specific I/O required from the
switchgear to Remote Breaker Panel.
b. With the SWGR/GEN TRANSFER LOCAL/REMOTE Switch (located in
the Remote Breaker Panel) in the LOCAL position, all of the switchgear
breakers are manually controlled via the hardwired switches.
c. With the SWGR/GEN TRANSFER LOCAL/REMOTE Switch in the
REMOTE position:
1) All of the Switchgear Breakers are controlled by the VCP-2020
controller.
d. With the Generator RUN/OFF/AUTO Switch (located locally at the
generator skid control panel) is in the RUN or OFF position, the generator
is controlled manually as described in Section 16232.
e. With the Generator RUN/OFF/AUTO Switch (located locally at the
generator skid control panel) is in the AUTO position, the generator is
controlled via the Remote Breaker Panel controls as follows:
1) With the SWGR/GEN TRANSFER LOCAL/REMOTE Switch
(located in the Remote Breaker Panel) in the LOCAL Position:
a) The generator is started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons
(located in the Remote Breaker Panel).
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-2
9408A10
2)
4.
5.
6.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-3
9408A10
2)
d.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-4
9408A10
5)
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Include the following in the product data submittal for the low voltage
switchgear:
a. Description of the automatic transfer system.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-5
9408A10
b.
2.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Include the following in the shop drawing submittal for the low voltage
switchgear:
a. Complete interface and connection diagrams between the medium
voltage switchgear and Switchgear Remote Control Panel VCP-2020.
b. Schematic and interconnection diagrams for the controller.
c. Refer to submittal requirements in Section 17710.
D.
Installation instructions:
1.
The written instructions must detail the complete installation of the switchgear
including rigging, moving, and setting into place.
2.
Provide anchorage instructions and requirements for the switchgear based on
the seismic requirements at the project site as indicated in Section 16433:
a. Stamped by a professional engineer registered in the State where the
Project is being constructed.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-6
9408A10
1.06
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
The automatic transfer system and all components shall be UL listed and labeled.
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers for each type of technology are specified with the equipment in this
Section.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-7
9408A10
1.
2.
3.
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
Control system:
1.
Microprocessor based controller:
a. Either a board level microprocessor controller that has been specifically
designed for the control of automatic transfer systems, or a programmable
logic controller programmed for the control of automatic transfer systems.
b. Non-volatile logic memory:
1) Controller power interruption shall not result in memory loss or
improper operation, or require any manual operations to reprogram
or restart the controller.
c. Powered from the switchgear battery system panelboard:
1) A standby UPS system will not be allowed as a power source for the
controller.
d. Provide LED indicators on all inputs and outputs.
e. Provide all hardwired I/O required for the system to function as described
previously in this Section. Coordinate with generator supplier and
Instrumentation and Controls Subcontractor.
f. Provide manufacturer standard controller for this application.
B.
Pilot lights:
1.
Panel mounted as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
As specified in Section 17710.
C.
Selector switches:
1.
As indicated on the Drawings.
D.
Control relays:
1.
As required and as specified in Section 17710.
E.
Enclosure:
1.
Gasketed NEMA 1 enclosure, in accordance with Section 17710.
F.
HMI:
1.
Manufacturer standard manufacturer and size.
G.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-8
9408A10
3.
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
B.
Along with all internal switchgear components specified in Section 16341, the
factory acceptance test shall include a fully-functional test of the Switchgear
Remote Control Panel VCP-2020:
1.
Provide all temporary wires, connections, etc. as needed to perform the
testing.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
CLEANING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-9
9408A10
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16433 (FS)
16433-10
9408A10
SECTION 16444
LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Low voltage motor control centers.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16444 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
d. Section 16123 - 600-Volt or Less Wires and Cables.
e. Section 16150 - Low Voltage Wire Connections.
f. Section 16305 - Electrical System Studies.
g. Section 16412 - Low Voltage Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
h. Section 16445 - Panelboards.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16444 (FS)
16444-1
9408A10
4.
5.
1.05
Furnish and install new breakers in existing lighting panel as indicated on the
Drawings.
Furnish and install new equipment nameplates for MCC and all MCC cubicles
to match equipment numbers indicated on the Drawings.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer of motor control center parts.
2.
Nameplate schedule.
3.
Bill of material.
4.
Ratings:
a. Voltage.
b. Phase.
c. Short circuit withstand rating.
d. Protective device interrupting rating.
5.
Catalog cut sheets:
a. Submit complete manufacturers catalog information:
1) Clearly indicate the features of the equipment including any options
necessary to meet the required functionality.
6.
Furnish circuit breaker submittals as specified in Section 16412.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Layout drawings:
a. Provide fully dimensioned and to scale layout drawings which include:
1) Dimensions:
a) Overall length.
b) Overall width.
c) Overall height.
d) Overall weight and weight of individual shipping splits.
2.
Interfaces to other equipment.
3.
Complete component and unit layout drawings.
4.
Indicate lug sizes, type, and manufacturer based on the cable size specified in
the Contract Documents and as indicated on the Drawings.
5.
Elementary schematics:
a. Provide one custom schematic diagram for each compartment:
1) Include all remote devices.
2) Show wire numbers on the schematics:
a) Provide wire numbering as specified in Section 16075.
6.
External connection diagram showing the wiring to the external controls and
devices associated with the motor control center.
7.
One-line diagrams:
a. Provide complete one-line diagrams for each motor control center,
including but not limited to: protective devices and other equipment.
b. Indicate electrical ratings of the equipment shown on the one-line
diagrams.
D.
Installation instructions:
1.
Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and
setting into place.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16444 (FS)
16444-2
9408A10
1.06
E.
F.
Record Documents:
1.
Submit MCC elevation and one-line showing complete final condition of MCC.
a. Record drawings to show all existing buckets and modified buckets in
their final state.
b. Existing conditions indicated on the Drawings are to be field verified
during construction.
2.
Elementary schematics:
a. Furnish as-built elementary schematics indicating final:
1) Wire numbers.
2) Interfaces with other equipment.
b. Provide one custom schematic diagram for each compartment:
1) Include all remote devices.
2) Show wire numbers on the schematics.
c. Layout drawings: Provide complete dimensioned component and unit
layout drawings.
3.
The Record Documents shall reflect all modifications made during the
submittal review process and during construction.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
Conduct the initial fault current study as specified in Section 16305 and submit
results for Engineers review.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16444 (FS)
16444-3
9408A10
1.10
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Submit manufacturers certification that the equipment has been properly installed
and is fully functional for Engineers review.
G.
SCHEDULING
A.
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
PRODUCTS
EXISTING PRODUCTS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16444 (FS)
16444-4
9408A10
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
2.06
A.
General:
1.
Provide wire markers at each end of every wire as specified in Section 16075.
2.
Provide devices or accessories not specified in this Section but necessary for
the proper installation and operation of the equipment.
3.
Match construction of existing MCC as closely as possible to provide a uniform
MCC after modifications.
B.
Design and construct motor control center to operate at the voltage level and
configuration indicated on the Drawings.
C.
Units:
1.
Handle:
a. Provide a flange mounted handle mechanism to operate each new
disconnect switch or circuit breaker.
b. Provide kirk-key interlocks where indicated on the Drawings:
1) Match key to corresponding kirk-key located in new panelboard.
c. Door mounted operators or operator handles are not acceptable.
d. Engaged with the disconnect device at all times as an integral part of the
unit independent of the door position.
e. Lockable in the OFF position with up to 3 padlocks.
f. Mechanically interlocked so that the door cannot be opened with the
handle in the ON position.
1) Provide a means for qualified personnel to defeat this interlock.
g. Interlocked so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the handle in
the ON position.
h. Lockable in the ON position:
1) This shall not prevent the circuit breaker from operating and opening
the contacts in the event of a fault condition.
i.
Color-coded to indicate position.
j.
Located so the center of the grip when it is in its highest position is not
more than 6 feet 7 inches above the finished floor, including the height of
any housekeeping pad or mounting channels.
2.
Where indicated on the Drawings, provide units for spaces and future
equipment:
a. Equip these units to accept a future plug-in unit without modification to the
vertical sections.
COMPONENTS
A.
Provide components contained within the motor control center as specified in:
1.
Section 16075.
2.
Section 16123.
3.
Section 16150.
4.
Section 16412.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16444 (FS)
16444-5
9408A10
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Wiring:
B.
C.
Nameplates:
1.
Provide nameplates for all MCC buckets, including existing buckets to remain
in place.
2.
Provide nameplates as specified in Section 16075:
a. Identifying the motor control center designation as indicated on the
Drawings.
3.
Furnish individual nameplates for each unit indicated on the Drawings:
a. 1 nameplate to identify the unit designation.
b. 1 nameplate to identify the load served.
c. Furnish space units with blank nameplates.
2.08
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
A.
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
C.
General:
1.
Furnish all cables, conduit, lugs, bolts, expansion anchors, sealants, and other
accessories necessary to completely install the motor control center for the
line, load, and control connections.
2.
Assemble and install the motor control center in the locations and with the
layouts as indicated on the Drawings.
3.
Perform work in accordance with manufacturers instruction and shop
drawings.
4.
Furnish all components, and equipment necessary to complete the installation.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16444 (FS)
16444-6
9408A10
5.
D.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
A.
B.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
3.11
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16444 (FS)
16444-7
9408A10
SECTION 16445
PANELBOARDS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Panelboards serving facility feeder circuits, branch circuits or other utilization
equipment at the voltage levels and configurations indicated on the Drawings.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16445 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
d. Section 16285 - Surge Protective Devices.
e. Section 16412 - Low Voltage Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
GENERAL
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer of panelboard.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16445 (FS)
16445-1
9408A10
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Bill of material.
Assembly ratings including:
a. Voltage.
b. Phase.
c. Continuous current.
d. Short circuit interrupting rating.
NEMA enclosure type.
Cable terminal sizes based upon actual feeder and sub-feeder conductors
used.
Furnish circuit breaker submittals as specified in Section 16412.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F submit the following as specified in Section 16445:
a. Manufacturers statement of seismic qualification with substantiating test
data.
b. Manufacturers special seismic certification with substantiating test data.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Drawings to contain:
a. Overall panelboard dimensions, interior panel dimensions, and wiring
gutter dimensions:
1) Height.
2) Length.
3) Width.
b. Weight.
c. Anchoring locations.
d. Breaker layout drawing with dimensions:
1) Location of the main, branches, solid neutral, and ground.
e. Conduit entry/exit locations.
1) Identify all conduit entry/exit locations and restrictions.
f. Individual panel schedules identifying breaker locations, ratings, and
nameplate designations within the panelboard, for every panelboard.
D.
Installation instructions:
1.
Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and
setting into place.
2.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category A
or B:
a. Provide manufacturers installation instructions and anchoring details for
connecting equipment to supports and structures.
3.
For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C,
D, E, or F:
a. Provide project-specific installation instructions and anchoring details
based on support conditions and requirements to resist seismic and wind
loads as specified in Section 16445.
b. Submit anchoring drawings with supporting calculations.
c. Drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a professional engineer
registered in the state where the Project is being constructed.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16445 (FS)
16445-2
9408A10
1)
2)
3)
F.
1.06
1.07
Calculations:
1.
Detailed calculations or details of the actual physical testing performed on the
panelboard to prove the panelboard is suitable for the seismic requirements at
the Project Site.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
Circuit breakers:
1.
Same manufacturer as the panelboard.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16445 (FS)
16445-3
9408A10
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
2.06
A.
B.
COMPONENTS
A.
Enclosure:
1.
B.
Bus:
1.
General:
a. Tin-plated copper
2.
Phase bus:
a. Full size and height without reduction.
b. Sized in accordance with UL standards to limit temperature rise on any
current carrying part to a maximum of 50 degrees Celsius:
1) Limit current density to less than 1,000 amps per square inch.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16445 (FS)
16445-4
9408A10
c.
3.
4.
5.
2.07
Insulate all current carrying parts from ground and phase-to-phase with a
high dielectric strength insulator.
Ground bus:
a. Copper, solidly bonded.
Neutral bus:
a. Provide where indicated on the Drawings.
b. 200 percent rated.
c. Provide lugs for each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral connection.
Provide insulation barriers over the vertical bus behind the dead front shield to
provide increased safety during field service.
C.
Lugs:
1.
UL listed for copper and aluminum wire:
a. Provide lugs rated for 75-degree Celsius terminations.
b. Provide bolted or compression main lug terminations as required for the
incoming cable size.
D.
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
Nameplates:
1.
As specified in Section 16075.
2.
Install on outside of door.
3.
Indicating:
a. Panel designation.
b. Voltage.
c. Number of phases and configuration.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16445 (FS)
16445-5
9408A10
2.08
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
2.11
A.
B.
Finish panelboards mounted in motor control centers to match the motor control
center finish and color.
PART 3
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and
anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project
site.
C.
General:
1.
Surface, mounted as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Mount rigidly to structural members with exposed surfaces plumb and level to
within 1/32 inch.
3.
Perform work in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and shop
drawings.
4.
Provide all brackets, hangers, supports, and hardware for mounting as
required.
5.
In all NEMA Type 4 and NEMA Type 4X locations, mount panelboards on
7/8-inch deep stainless steel preformed channel, with channel running
vertically from top to bottom of panelboard:
a. Use only stainless steel mounting hardware.
6.
Mount panelboard so that top operating handle is not more than 6 feet7 inches above the operating floor.
7.
Provide kirk-key interlocks where indicated on the Drawings:
a. Match key to corresponding kirk-key located in existing motor control
center.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16445 (FS)
16445-6
9408A10
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
SCHEDULES
A.
Circuiting within the panelboard shall match the panel schedules as indicated on the
Drawings.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16445 (FS)
16445-7
9408A10
SECTION 16494
LOW VOLTAGE FUSES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Fuses: 600 volt class and lower.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16494 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Catalog cut sheets.
2.
Complete fuse schedule.
3.
Manufacturer original 11-inch by 17-inch, time current curves for all fuses
furnished.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Include drawings of spare fuse cabinets.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16494 (FS)
16494-1
9408A10
1.06
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
PART 2
2.01
Spare parts:
1.
Provide 6 spare fuses for each size and type used or supplied under any
Section of the Contract Documents.
2.
Provide spare fuse cabinet(s):
a. Metal cabinet with hinged door and shelves or fuse holders.
b. Gray enamel finish.
c. Mount near equipment and label "Spare Fuses" on face of cabinet.
d. Suitable pocket inside door of each cabinet with typewritten spare fuse
inventory in clear plastic protective insert.
e. Provide as many cabinets as required to hold entire spare fuse inventory.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16494 (FS)
16494-2
9408A10
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
Provide durable, readily visible label inside each fuse enclosure, clearly
indicating the correct type, size, and ratings of replacement fuse:
a. Label shall not cover or interfere with equipment manufacturer's
instructions.
2.
Affix a label indicating recommended torque for fuse mounting bolts or studs to
the inside of fuse access doors.
3.
To ensure selective coordination of protective devices:
a. Provide fuses for new facilities by the same manufacturer.
b. Provide fuses for renovations of the same manufacturer as existing fuses.
4.
Provide fuses rated for the voltage and available short circuit current at which
they are applied.
B.
C.
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16494 (FS)
16494-3
9408A10
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General:
1.
Install fuses properly aligned, electrically and mechanically secure.
2.
Evenly torque mounting bolts and nuts to ASTM recommendations for type
and diameter of mounting bolts or studs provided.
3.
Paralleling of fuses is not permitted.
4.
Install fuses so that the fuse nameplate and rating are easily readable in the
equipment.
C.
Replace fuses, on all phases, for any fuses that opened during start-up and testing.
D.
E.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16494 (FS)
16494-4
9408A10
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Luminaires, drivers, poles, and accessories.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following Sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of Related Sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16500 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
IEEE:
1.
IEEE C62.41 IEEE Recommended Practice for Surge Voltages in LowVoltage AC Power Circuits.
C.
D.
E.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-1
9408A10
1.
1.05
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Provide luminaires, and accessories for all lighting systems, complete and operable,
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B.
Individual luminaire types are indicated on the Drawings and on the Luminaire
Schedule.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Luminaires:
a. Catalog literature for each luminaire specified, cross-referenced to the
luminaire type on the Luminaire Schedule in the Drawings.
b. Provide for each luminaire type:
1) Materials.
2) Type of diffuser.
3) Hardware.
4) Gasketing.
5) Reflector.
6) Chassis.
7) Finish and color.
8) LEDs:
a) Driver current.
b) Efficacy.
c) Initial Lumen Output at 40 degrees C ambient.
d) Correlated color temperature.
e) Lumen ambient temperature multiplier.
f) Lumen maintenance factors.
g) Color temperature.
h) LED Driver: Provide for each driver type:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-2
9408A10
2.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-3
9408A10
4)
1.06
C.
Calculations:
1.
Provide complete design calculations and installation documents for pole
mounting piers and poles mounted from structures:
a. Include in the calculations the wind and seismic requirements at the
project site.
b. Calculations and design shall be performed by and signed by a
Professional Engineer registered in the state where the project is being
constructed:
D.
Record documents:
1.
Update the Luminaire Schedule in the Drawings to reflect the acceptable
substitutions, after the substitution has been reviewed and accepted by the
Engineer.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
Mounting method.
1.09
1.10
SCHEDULING
1.11
1.12
A.
Exterior and outdoor lighting system operation shall be demonstrated during the
hours of darkness.
B.
WARRANTY
A.
B.
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-4
9408A10
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
PART 2
2.01
Furnish 1 complete spare LED light source with driver of each type provided.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Substitutions:
1.
The lighting design and luminaire selection has been based upon the
photometric data of the identified luminaire. It is the Contractors responsibility
to ensure and prove to the Engineer at time of submittal the substitutions meet
the quality and photometric requirements of the original design.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
Luminaires:
1.
General:
a. Pre-wired with leads of 18-AWG, minimum, for connection to building
circuits.
b. Provide the luminaires furnished per the Luminaire Schedule in the
Drawings:
1) The Specifications noted herein are an addition or supplement to the
Luminaire Schedule.
2.
Exterior/outdoor luminaires:
a. Luminaires in combination with their mounting pole and bracket shall be
capable of withstanding:
1) Wind levels at the project site without damage.
2) Seismic levels at the project site.
b. Corrosion-resistant hardware and hinged doors or lens retainer.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-5
9408A10
c.
A.
B.
Photo-electric cells:
1.
Photoelectric cells for control of multiple luminaires:
a. Self-contained.
b. Weatherproof.
c. Provided with time-delay features.
d. Sized to meet switching capacity of the circuit:
1) Based on ballast VA as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Photoelectric cell for control of a single luminaire:
a. Integral to the luminaire.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-6
9408A10
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
Raceway sizes per requirements in Section 16130 for conduit fill, 3/4 conduit
minimum.
D.
Apply proper conductor derating factors for multiple circuits in a single conduit.
E.
3-wire or 4-wire circuits shall not be allowed for lighting circuits. Each circuit shall
have a dedicated neutral to the panelboard.
F.
Use same materials for conduits and fittings as identified for process power and
control.
G.
H.
I.
Special techniques:
1.
Support luminaires from structural elements capable of carrying the total
weight.
2.
Install luminaires plumb and square with building and wall intersections:
a. Suspend pendant-mounted luminaries that are mounted from sloping
ceilings with ball hangers, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
b. Install luminaires in machinery rooms after machines have been installed,
so as to ensure no conflict with machinery, piping, or duct work.
3.
In all cases, coordinate luminaire locations with work of other trades to prevent
obstruction of light from the fixtures:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-7
9408A10
a.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
3.10
Aim and verify all exterior and outdoor luminaires alignment, during dark evening
hours, as directed by Owner or the Engineer.
CLEANING
A.
B.
C.
Refinish all luminaires trim, poles and support brackets, where finish has been
damaged.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-8
9408A10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
SCHEDULES
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16500 (FS)
16500-9
9408A10
SECTION 16670
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Design and installation of a complete lightning protection system protecting the
new pre-fabricated electrical building, existing pre-fabricated electrical building,
and the new generator enclosure.
2.
Materials and components for the lightning protection system.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01312 - Project Meetings.
b. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
c. Section 01610 Project Design Criteria.
d. Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures.
e. Section 16670 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
f. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding.
g. Section 16920 Pre-Fabricated Walk-In Electrical Enclosures.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
LPI: Lightning Protection Institute.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16670 (FS)
16670-1
9408A10
1.04
1.05
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Retain the services of a lightning protection contractor to design, furnish, and install
a complete lightning protection system, connected to the facility grounding system.
B.
C.
D.
The installing contractor is responsible for all costs associated with inspection of the
lightning protection system.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Provide samples and pertinent catalog data for:
a. Air terminals.
b. Conductors.
c. Connectors.
d. Accessories.
e. Include dimensions and materials of each component, and include
indication of listing in accordance with UL 96.
C.
Shop drawings:
1. Including but not limited to:
a. Layout of air terminals with the respective configuration of the zone of
protection.
b. Grounding electrodes, and bonding connections to structure and other
metal objects.
c. Type, size and locations for:
1) Terminal.
2) Electrode.
3) Conductor.
d. Conductor routing details.
e. Connection details.
f. Termination details.
g. Applicable air terminal and other calculations.
2. Details showing installation of air terminals, conductors, and connectors.
D.
Certificates:
1. Submit written confirmation of having obtained LPI certification for each
lightning protection system.
2. Photocopy of LPI Installers' Certificate(s) for installation of lightning protection
systems.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16670 (FS)
16670-2
9408A10
3.
E.
1.06
1.07
Record Documents:
1. Provide Record Documents as specified in Sections 01770 and 16670.
2. Accurately record actual locations of air terminals, grounding electrodes,
bonding connections, and routing of system conductors.
3. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Conform to the requirements of the UL and NFPA standards for lightning protection
systems:
1.
Components shall be listed in accordance with UL 96.
C.
Manufacturers qualifications:
1.
Company specializing in lightning protection equipment with minimum 5 years
documented experience and a fully certified manufacturer member of the
Lightning Protection Institute:
a. Listed in section "Lightning Conductor, Air Terminals and Fittings" of the
UL "Electrical Construction Materials Directory" for at least 5 years
previous to this Contract's bid opening date.
D.
E.
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
Pre-installation conference:
1.
Convene a pre-installation conference 1 weeks before commencing the Work
of this Section, as specified in Sections 01312 and 16670.
B.
Coordinate Work with other trades to ensure neat, correct, and unobtrusive
installation.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16670 (FS)
16670-3
9408A10
C.
Coordinate the Work of this Section with roofing and exterior and interior finish
installations. Coordinate with the pre-fabricated building manufacturer responsible
for the equipment specified in Section 16920.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
Air terminals:
1.
Material: Copper or aluminum as required for roof type.
2.
Size: 3/8-inch by 18-inch minimum extending a minimum of 12 inches above
the object to be protected.
3.
Air terminal bases:
a. Cast bronze with bolt pressure cable connections securely mounted with
stainless steel screws and bolts.
B.
Ground rods:
1.
As specified in Section 16060.
C.
D.
Conductors:
1.
Perimeters:
a. Match material of air terminals.
2.
Down conductors:
a. Copper.
May 2014
16670-4
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16670 (FS)
9408A10
b.
3.
4.
E.
F.
Miscellaneous materials:
1.
Copper of type and size recommended by the manufacturer of the lightning
protection system.
2.
Stainless steel bolts, screws, and other threaded fasteners.
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16670 (FS)
16670-5
9408A10
B.
C.
D.
Conductor installations:
1.
Install the lightning protection roof system(s) grounding and bending
conductors exposed on flat roof areas and concealed at ridge roof areas.
2.
Install main downloads completely concealed and sleeved.
3.
Install down conductors in PVC schedule 80 conduit to protect conductors.
Install conduits internal to building structures.
a. Use minimum 1-inch PVC conduits to protect lightning system conductors
from damage.
E.
F.
G.
Maintain horizontal or downward coursing of main conductor and ensure that bends
have at least an 8-inch radius and that no bend of a conductor forms an included
angle of less than 90 degrees.
H.
Install ground electrodes not less than 1 foot below grade and not less than 2 feet
from foundation walls.
I.
Interconnection of metals:
1.
Bond all metal bodies within 6 feet of the conductor to the system with
approved fittings and conductor.
2.
Connections between dissimilar metals shall be made with approved bimetallic
connections.
3.
Bond metal bodies of inductance located within 6 feet of a conductor or object
with secondary bonds.
J.
Bond all isolated metallic bodies at or below the roof subject to inductance and
within 6 feet of lightning protection system conductors.
K.
Ensure that air terminals are installed to withstand calculated wind force due to
100 miles per hour winds or as specified in Section 01610, whichever is greater with
a 1.3 gust factor without structural damage and without damage to integrity of the
lightning protection system.
3.04
3.05
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16670 (FS)
16670-6
9408A10
3.06
3.07
B.
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16670 (FS)
16670-7
9408A10
SECTION 16710
FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01782 - Operation and Maintenance Data.
c. Section 16710 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
d. Section 16123 - 600-Volt or Less Wires and Cables.
C.
Utilize a single Fire Alarm System Supplier (FASS) to design, furnish, and install all
materials, equipment, labor, and services required to achieve a fully integrated and
operational fire alarm system, in complete compliance with the NFPA Class and
Style specified.
D.
Coordinate the fire alarm system with related equipment and materials furnished
under other sections of these Specifications.
E.
Coordinate with the existing fire alarm control panel (FACP) so that the system will
operate as a single system. Connect to the existing FACP. Utilize spare conduits
provided between the new and existing electrical building to connect new and
existing FACPs.
REFERENCES
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-1
9408A10
B.
FM Global (FM).
C.
D.
E.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
1.
As specified in Section 16710.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.05
A.
B.
Provide a complete and operable fire detection and alarming system for the new
electrical building. Design and provide applicable detection devices and a central
fire alarm control panel.
1.
Interconnect fire alarm control panel with existing panel in existing building.
Provide all components required for operable interconnection.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product Data:
1.
Data sheets for system components highlighted to indicate the specific
products, features, or functions required to meet this specification including
electrical characteristics such as voltage and current ratings, connection
requirements, software and firmware versions and operational details of all
equipment.
2.
Alternate or as-equal products submitted under this contract must provide a
detailed line-by-line comparison of how the submitted product meets, exceeds,
or does not comply with this Specification.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Fire detection system block diagram.
a. Fire detection functions and control interconnections for each building as
described in this Section, and as indicated on the Drawings.
b. FACP layout, schematic, and wiring diagrams, panel displays, and LED
arrangement.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-2
9408A10
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.06
1.07
D.
E.
F.
Submit the equipment layout drawings and product data to the local authority having
jurisdiction (AHJ), for review and approval of the proposed system.
1.
Contractor is responsible for paying plan check, permit and inspection fees as
necessary.
2.
Submit AHJs approval to Engineer.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Designer qualifications:
1.
Designer of similar installations for a minimum of 5 years with a satisfactory
performance record.
C.
D.
E.
F.
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-3
9408A10
B.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
PART 2
2.01
Furnish service and maintenance of fire alarm system for 1 year from date of
Substantial Completion.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Fire alarm and smoke detection systems: One of the following or equal:
1.
Siemens.
2.
Simplex Grinnell.
3.
Honeywell, Incorporated.
4.
Notifier.
5.
ADT Security System.
6.
General Electric.
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
EQUIPMENT
A.
Provide the fire alarm system with all necessary hardware and software to perform
the following functions:
1.
Fire alarm and detection operations.
a. Provide all required network interface modules, fiber optic communication
modules, relay modules, and zone modules for interconnections as
required and specified in this Section.
2.
Monitoring of smoke detectors, and other equipment as indicated in the
Specifications or as indicated on the Drawings.
3.
Annunciation:
a. Operation of alarm and supervisory initiating devices shall be annunciated
at the FACP indicating the location and type of device.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-4
9408A10
b.
4.
5.
6.
2.06
Signal transmission:
1) Alarms from the FACP shall be routed to
a) PLC.
b) Existing FACP.
System general alarm sequence:
a. Indication of alarm condition at the FACP.
b. Identification of the device that is the source of the alarm at the FACP.
c. Operation of audible and visible notification devices throughout the
building until silenced at FACP.
Alarm silencing:
a. When the Alarm Silence button is pressed, all audible alarm signals turn
off.
System reset:
a. Provide a system reset button that returns the system to its normal state.
b. Display messages providing operator assurance of the sequential steps
as they occur.
c. The system shall verify all circuits or devices are restored before resetting
the system to avoid the potential for re-alarming the system.
d. Should an alarm condition continue, the system remains in an alarmed
state.
COMPONENTS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-5
9408A10
4.
5.
6.
B.
Software:
1.
Allows for loading and editing instructions and operating sequences as
necessary.
2.
Capable of on-site programming to accommodate system expansion and
facilitate changes in operation.
3.
Stored in a non-volatile programmable memory within the fire alarm control
unit.
4.
Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase the instructions stored in
memory.
5.
Capable of full system operation during a new configuration download.
C.
Smoke detectors:
1.
In accordance with UL 268.
2.
Provide with the following features:
a. Factory nameplate: Serial number and type identification.
b. Operating voltage: 24 VDC, nominal.
c. Plug-in arrangement: Detector and associated electronic components are
mounted in a module that connects to a fixed base with a twist-locking
plug connection.
1) Base to provide break-off plastic tab that can be removed to engage
the head/base locking mechanism.
2) No special tools required to remove head once it has been locked.
3) Removal of the detector head shall interrupt the supervisory circuit of
the fire alarm detection loop and cause a trouble signal at the control
unit.
d. LED that will flash each time it is scanned by the FACP (once every
4 seconds). In alarm condition, the detector head LED shall be on steady.
e. Magnetically actuated test switch to provide for easy alarm testing at the
detector location.
f. Type: Photoelectric smoke.
3.
Provide end-of-line resistors as required.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-6
9408A10
D.
E.
Wiring:
1.
As specified in Section 16123.
2.
Wire and cable shall be a type listed for its intended use by an approval
agency acceptable to the AHJ.
3.
SLC channel wiring shall be unshielded twisted pair.
a. Capacitance rating of less than 60 pf/ft.
b. Minimum 3 twists (turns) per foot.
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-7
9408A10
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install system components and all associated devices in accordance with applicable
NFPA Standards and manufacturers recommendations.
C.
Smoke detectors shall not be installed until after construction cleanup on all trades
is complete and final in accordance with NFPA 72.
D.
E.
F.
Wiring:
1.
System wiring:
a. Installed in accordance with the appropriate articles from NEC 70.
2.
Color coding:
a. Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building
power wiring.
b. Use 1 color code for alarm initiating device circuits wiring and a different
color code for supervisory circuits.
c. Color-code notification appliance circuits differently from alarm-initiating
circuits.
d. Paint fire alarm system conduits, junction boxes, and covers red.
e. Circuit that provides power to the FACP shall have a red marking and be
identified as FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT in accordance with NFPA 72.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
B.
C.
Field tests:
1.
Notify the Engineer and the AHJ in writing a minimum of 2 weeks before the
scheduled day for the field acceptance tests.
2.
Furnish the services of a field service engineer, and any special tools,
equipment and labor to perform the tests.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-8
9408A10
3.
4.
Each device and control function shall be individually witness tested and
recorded:
a. All acceptance tests shall be witnessed by and signed off by the Engineer,
the FASSs field engineer, the installing Subcontractor, and a
representative of the AHJ.
The approved Field Acceptance Test Binder shall form the basis of the
documentation of the system acceptance tests:
a. Furnish 2 certified copies of the tests.
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
B.
Training:
1.
Provide the services of a factory-authorized service representative to
demonstrate the system and train Owner's maintenance personnel:
a. Train Owner's maintenance personnel in the procedures and schedules
involved in operating, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining the
system. Provide a minimum of 2 hours training.
3.11
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16710 (FS)
16710-9
9408A10
SECTION 16920
PRE-FABRICATED WALK-IN ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Pre-fabricated walk-in electrical enclosures, completely engineered and
assembled.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01140 Work Restrictions.
b. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
c. Section 01410 - Regulatory Requirements.
d. Section 01610 - Project Design Criteria.
e. Section 03301 - Concrete Work.
f. Section 15732 - Air Conditioning Units.
g. Section 15812 - Metal Ductwork.
h. Section 16920 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
i.
Section 16070 - Hangers and Supports.
j.
Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
k. Section 16123 - 600 Volt or Less Wires and Cables.
l.
Section 16134 - Boxes.
m. Section 16130 - Conduits.
n. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices.
o. Section 16150 - Low Voltage Wire Connections.
p. Section 16240 - Battery Systems.
q. Section 16267 - Medium Voltage Variable Frequency Drive.
r. Section 16341 - 5 Kilovolt Medium Voltage Metal Clad Switchgear.
s. Section 16500 - Lighting.
t. Section 16670 - Lightning Protection.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-1
9408A10
3.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-2
9408A10
1.03
1.04
J.
K.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-3
9408A10
B.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Furnish submittals for all electrical equipment contained within the enclosure as
required by the section covering the equipment.
C.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer of enclosure.
2.
Manufacturer of component parts of enclosure.
3.
Weight of enclosure.
4.
Complete bill of material indicating quantity, description, and part number.
5.
Anchorage hardware.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-4
9408A10
6.
Doors, windows, and associated hardware and glazing: Full product data
showing details of construction and demonstrating compliance with the
provisions of these Specifications.
D.
Shop drawings:
1.
Layout drawings:
a. Provide fully dimensioned and to scale equipment layout drawings which
include:
1) Enclosure plan view including layout of internal equipment.
2) Enclosure elevations of front, back and both sides.
3) Enclosure base/skid plan including mounting details, cable/ductbank
entry areas and floor openings, and door swing requirements.
4) Room separation and associated entry/exit doors to match layout as
indicated on the Drawings.
5) Shipping splits for building equipment (if the unit needs to be
provided in multiple pieces for shipment, and assembled in the field):
a) Include attachment details for assembly in the field.
6) Framing plans, showing member sizes and locations and
demonstrating that members provided are arranged and have the
structural capacity to support the weight and seismic anchoring loads
of the specific equipment to be installed in the structure.
7) Viewing window framing and design characteristics.
b. Structural drawings for the enclosure shall be sealed and signed by a
qualified professional engineer, licensed in the State of Oklahoma.
c. Concurrently with submittal of enclosure manufacturers shop drawings,
submit a project data notebook containing details of equipment to be
installed in the enclosure (See paragraphs on SEQUENCING in this
section for specific information to be included.)
E.
Installation instructions:
1.
Provide written instructions detailing the complete installation of the enclosure,
including rigging, moving, setting into place, and combination of shipping splits
where applicable.
2.
Provide complete instructions and requirements for anchoring the enclosure to
meet the seismic requirements at the Project Site as specified in
Section 16920:
a. Instructions and requirements must be stamped by a professional
engineer licensed in the State of Oklahoma.
F.
Calculations:
1.
Provide complete structural calculations indicating that the enclosure,
anchorage, and structural foundation indicated on the Drawings are designed
to conform to the requirements of the building code specified in Section 01410,
the project design criteria specified in Section 01610, and the requirements of
this Section.
a. Calculations must be stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the
State of Oklahoma.
2.
Provide complete structural calculations indicating that the structural supports
for the enclosure are suitable for the seismic and wind requirements at the
project site:
a. Calculations must be stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the
State of Oklahoma..
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-5
9408A10
3.
4.
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09
Provide complete heating and cooling calculations indicating that the HVAC
system supplied will maintain the internal enclosure temperature specified in
this Section under the Project/Site Conditions as specified in Section 16920
and Section 01610.
Provide lighting as specified or indicated on drawings or complete substitution
lighting calculations as specified in Section 16500.
G.
Certifications:
1.
Submit written certification that the enclosure mounting requirements have
been fully coordinated with the enclosure foundation.
2.
Provide certification plate that states the enclosure, its internal equipment,
structural design, etc. is suitable for its intended use and shipping to site:
a. Include all information required by the State of Oklahoma.
b. Attach certification plate to structure prior to shipping.
H.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
B.
PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A.
B.
Environmental requirements:
1.
Provide enclosures that are suitable for operation under the project site
conditions specified in the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to,
material compatibility, site altitude, site seismic, ambient temperature, and
humidity conditions.
SEQUENCING
A.
Do not install conduit or ductbanks that will enter the enclosure from below until final
approval of the enclosure submittal.
B.
Early in the construction phase, prior to initial submittals for the associated
components, the Contractor shall arrange for a meeting with the Engineer, electrical
subcontractor, instrumentation subcontractor, prefabricated enclosure supplier, VFD
manufacturer, switchgear manufacturer, lightning protection supplier/installer, and
HVAC subcontractor to confirm penetrations, placement and loading of equipment
into the building, timing of submittal data, etc.:
1.
Refer to Section 01312.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-6
9408A10
C.
At the conclusion of this meeting, the following items will be determined and
coordinated by the Contractor (as accepted by Engineer):
1.
Preliminary dimensions of all major equipment listed.
2.
Expected underground penetrations and locations.
3.
Confirmation of equipment locations within the building:
a. The location of equipment shall match the layout as indicated on the
electrical drawings, with minor adjustments required to update
dimensional data, adjustments to the incoming conduit windows so that
incoming ductbanks do not interfere with structural piers, etc.
4.
Confirmation of all equipment that will be either:
a. Provided by pre-fabricated manufacturer or furnished to pre-fabricated
manufacturers site, to be shipped to project site with pre-fabricated
building.
b. Provided separately and shipped to building site, to be installed by
Contractor at the project site.
5.
Agreed-upon dates for submittals development dates, equipment fabrication
release dates, and required coordination to meet scheduling constraints as
specified in Section 01140 and Special Provisions.
D.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
1.13
1.14
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-7
9408A10
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
Metal construction; self-supporting and freestanding. Free from burrs and
sharp edges.
2.
Interlocked, self-framing design, or framed design using minimum 3-inch
square ASTM A 500 structural grade steel tubing and welded connections.
B.
Base:
1.
All welded, seamless construction utilizing ASTM A 36 structural steel
members sized by structural design calculations to meet or exceed the
required static and dynamic loads.
2.
Locate structural members to coordinate with the enclosed equipment; to
properly support the equipment and to allow maximum access to equipment
floor openings for cable penetration; and to span between foundation supports
indicated on the Drawings.
3.
Provide lifting lugs capable of lifting the fully equipped electrical enclosure at
the specified lifting points with deflection not exceeding L/240.
4.
Provide 2 copper grounding pads located at diagonally opposite corners of the
structure.
a. Mechanically bond ground pads to the base steel of the enclosure.
b. Include two 3/8-inch -16 UNC threaded brass studs on each ground pad
assembly to permit connection of a NEMA Type 2-hole cable lug.
C.
Floor:
1.
Constructed of minimum 1/4-inch thick ASTM A 36 smooth steel plate securely
welded to the structural steel members of the enclosure base.
2.
Rated to withstand not less than 250 pounds per square foot distributed load,
and rated to withstand the concentrated load of any equipment installed into
the enclosure.
a. Floor framing and plate shall be of sufficient strength and stiffness to
resist applied seismic anchorage forces without failure or excessive
deformation of materials.
3.
Where bottom access is required for electrical equipment, provide floor cutouts
with gasketed removable 12-gauge galvanized steel cover plates.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-8
9408A10
D.
Walls:
1.
Constructed with an exterior wall of minimum 18-gauge steel and an interior
wall of minimum 16-gauge steel. Provide additional wall framing and support
for locations designed to support power/lighting panelboards and control
panels.
a. Wall framing and skin shall be of sufficient strength and stiffness to resist
all equipment anchorage forces, including seismic forces, without failure
or excessive deformation of materials.
2.
Where wall penetrations are required, cutouts shall be completely framed by
coverplates with neoprene gaskets.
E.
F.
Insulation:
1.
Walls and roof insulated to the R-11 level using fiberglass batt material
installed between the inner and outer steel panels.
2.
Floor insulated to the R-11 level using polyurethane foam installed on the
underside of the floor.
G.
Doors:
1.
Personnel and equipment doors:
a. Provide doors keyed identical to locks on existing prefabricated building.
b. Provide doors sized and located as indicated on the Drawings.
c. Double wall steel construction with R-15 thermal insulation.
d. Include interior panic hardware with exterior knob and cylinder lock,
interior automatic closure devices and integrated hold open devices.
e. Outwards opening with a minimum swing of 105 degrees.
f. Provide drip shields above each door.
g. Equipment doors sized to allow for all equipment to be moved in and out
of the enclosure:
1) Provide a 24-inch removable transom above each equipment door to
allow for additional clearance.
2.
Equipment rear access doors:
a. Provide equipment doors allowing rear access to equipment where
indicated on the Drawings or required to meet the working clearance
requirements of the NEC.
b. Hinged and lockable with padlock.
c. Gasketed to maintain a weatherproof seal when closed.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-9
9408A10
d.
H.
Sized to match the installed equipment, with an individual door for each
panel or switchgear section, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings..
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-10
9408A10
b.
4.
5.
Glass:
1) Insulating: Hermetically sealed units consisting of minimum 1/4-inch
thick tinted exterior light; minimum 1/4-inch thick clear interior light;
and 1/2-inch wide air space, dehydrated with blended molecular
sieve and silica gel desiccant. Fabricated with metal spacer channel
with factory-bent corners; one welded splice on one vertical side; and
polyisobutylene primary and silicone secondary seals.
c. Glazing system:
1) Compatible with aluminum, sealants and sealing materials, and
gasketing.
2) Wet/dry type in accordance with manufacturers standards.
3) Glazing rabbets: Minimum 13/16-inch deep by width required for
glass.
4) Glazing method: Inside.
5) Exterior: Silicone black bedding sealant.
6) Interior: Snap-in type, minimum 0.050 inch glazing bead with interior
gasket in accordance with AAMA 702 or ASTM C 864.
Manufactured by one of the following, or equal:
a. Kawneer Co., Visalia CA, Model 8225TL Isolock (thermally broken).
b. Hope Architectural Products, Jamestown NY Model 201T Series.
Installation:
a. Set windows in pre-fabricated structure to be plumb, square, level, free of
warp and twist, and in exact alignment.
b. Anchor frames securely to structure.
1) Separate or isolate dissimilar metals and materials with dielectrical
breaks and coatings.
2) For coated separations:
a) Apply minimum 2 coats at a thickness of note less than 5 mils
each to isolate aluminum from steel.
c. Coordinate installation and attachment of vapor barriers, flashing, and
closures to ensure weathertight installation. Seal joints using flexible,
weatherproof sealants.
d. Lead collected moisture to outside as directly as possible.
EQUIPMENT
A.
Furnish, install, and test all equipment within the enclosure in conformance with the
applicable equipment section.
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
HVAC system:
1.
HVAC equipment as indicated on the HVAC drawings, Section 15732, and the
HVAC schedules. HVAC system to consist at minimum of the following units
along with the associated controls.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-11
9408A10
2.
3.
B.
Locks:
1.
All building locks to match locks on existing building.
C.
Skirting:
1.
Provide pre-painted galvanized steel skirting around perimeter at base of new
Power/Control Building No. 2.
a. Match general configuration and color of skirting around perimeter at base
of existing Power/Control Building No. 1.
2.
Skirting shall be corrugated sheet steel, not less than 20 gage thickness and
with a zinc coating of not less than 0.30 oz of zinc per square foot of surface
coated.
3.
Provide associated flashings, corners, joints, U and J channels, and
accessories required for a complete and finished installation.
4.
Fasten skirting to structure using Type 304 stainless steel fasteners and
flashings that prevent water from being trapped between trim and skirting.
a. Allow for frost heave.
5.
Skirting/under-building ventilation.
a. Provide ventilation louvers with aluminum cloth insect screens. Screen
shall be 18 by 16 aluminum mesh cloth, secured in screen frame by
means that allow replacement and re-screening.
b. Provide not less than 1 square foot of new free ventilation area for each
150 square feet of building floor surface, or portion thereof.
c. Place louvers as high above ground as possible.
6.
Access: Provide not less than one access opening, at least 24 inches wide
and 24 inches high located as directed by Owners Project Representative.
2.08
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
A.
General:
1.
Thoroughly clean and prepare all surfaces according to SSPC-SP-1 and either
SSPC-SP-2 or SSPC-SP-3, as required to remove all oil, grease, soil, rust,
and scale before applying any coatings or paint.
B.
Base:
1.
Sandblast the entire base to completely remove to rust and scale before
painting.
2.
Coat the base with an industrial grade, high solid, high build epoxy with a
minimum dry film thickness of 4 mils.
C.
Floor:
1.
Thoroughly coat the floor with an epoxy primer with a final dry film thickness of
2-3 mils and finish with a coat of non-skid manufacturers standard gray epoxy
with a dry film thickness of 2 to 3 mils.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-12
9408A10
2.11
D.
E.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
Install enclosures so that their surfaces are plumb and level within 1/8 inch over
their entire base.
E.
Install gasket and sealing material under enclosures with floor slab cutouts for
conduit and cables to prevent entry of dust, debris, or vermin into the enclosure and
equipment contained therein.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-13
9408A10
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16920 (FS)
16920-14
9408A10
SECTION 16950
FIELD ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Responsibilities for testing the electrical installation.
2.
Routine tests during installation.
3.
Adjusting and calibration.
4.
Acceptance tests.
5.
Demonstration of electrical equipment.
6.
Commissioning and plant start-up.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16950 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding.
C.
Copyright information:
1.
Some portions of this Section are copyrighted by the InterNational Electrical
Testing Association, Inc (NETA). See NETA publication ATS for details.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-1
9408A10
6.
7.
8.
1.03
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
Shop drawings.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
Testing laboratory: The organization performing acceptance tests.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-2
9408A10
1.04
1.05
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Testing of all electrical equipment installed under this Contract in accordance with
the manufacturers requirements and as specified in this Section.
B.
Conduct all tests in the presence of the Engineer or the Engineers representative:
1.
The Engineer will witness all visual, mechanical and electrical tests and
inspections.
C.
The testing and inspections shall verify that the equipment is operational within the
tolerances required and expected by the manufacturer, and these Specifications.
The results of the tests shall determine the suitability for continued reliable
operation.
D.
Responsibilities:
1.
Contractor responsibilities:
a. Ensure that all resources are made available for testing, and that all
testing requirements are met.
2.
Electrical subcontractor responsibilities:
a. Perform routine tests during installation.
b. Demonstrate operation of electrical equipment.
c. Commission the electrical installation.
d. Provide the necessary services during testing, and provide these services
to the testing laboratory, Contractor, and other subcontractors, including
but not limited to:
1) Providing electrical power as required.
2) Operating of electrical equipment in conjunction with testing of other
equipment.
3) Activating and shutting down electrical circuits.
4) Making and recording electrical measurements.
5) Replacing blown fuses.
6) Installing temporary jumpers.
3.
Testing laboratory responsibilities:
a. Perform all acceptance tests as defined in this Section.
b. Provide all required equipment, materials, labor, and technical support
during acceptance tests.
E.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-3
9408A10
b.
1.06
5) Cable length.
6) Certification that the cable meets or exceeds the specified standard.
Furnish hard copy and electronic copy for all traces.
C.
Test report:
1.
Include the following:
a. Summary of Project.
b. Description of equipment tested.
c. Description of tests performed.
d. Test results.
e. Conclusions and recommendations.
f. Completed test forms.
g. List of test equipment used and calibration dates.
h. LAN cable test reports.
D.
E.
Division of responsibilities:
1.
Submit a list identifying who is responsible for performing each portion of the
testing.
F.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
1.07
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-4
9408A10
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
COMMISSIONING
1.15
A.
B.
C.
D.
Record the indications of all power meters every half-hour during commissioning.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-5
9408A10
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
General:
1.
Test instrument calibration:
a. Utilize a testing laboratory with a calibration program which maintains all
applicable test instrumentation within rated accuracy.
b. The accuracy shall be traceable to the NIST in an unbroken chain.
c. Calibrate instruments in accordance with the following frequency
schedule:
1) Field instruments: 6 months maximum.
2) Laboratory instruments: 12 months maximum.
3) Leased specialty equipment where the accuracy is guaranteed by the
lessor (such as Doble): 12 months maximum.
d. Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment.
e. Maintain an up-to-date instrument calibration record for each test
instrument:
1) The records shall show the date and results of each calibration or
test.
f. Maintain an up-to-date instrument calibration instruction and procedure for
each test instrument.
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
PREPARATION
A.
Do not begin testing until the following conditions have been met:
1.
All instruments required are available and in proper operating condition.
2.
All required dispensable materials such as solvents, rags, and brushes are
available.
3.
All equipment handling devices such as cranes, vehicles, chain falls and other
lifting equipment are available or scheduled.
4.
All instruction books, calibration curves, or other printed material to cover the
electrical devices are available.
5.
Data sheets to record all test results are available.
3.03
3.04
3.05
3.06
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-6
9408A10
3.07
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-7
9408A10
3.
manufacturers published data or NETA ATS tables. Apply the test voltage
for 1 minute.
d. Perform insulation-resistance tests on control wiring with respect to
ground. Applied potential shall be 500 VDC for 300-volt rated cable and
1,000 VDC for 600-volt rated cable. Apply the test voltage for 1 minute:
1) For solid state devices that cannot tolerate the applied voltage, follow
the manufacturers recommendation.
e. Perform electrical tests on instrument transformers as specified in this
Section.
f. Perform ground-resistance tests:
1) Perform point-to-point tests to determine the resistance between the
main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames,
system neutral and derived neutral points.
g. Determine the accuracy of all meters.
h. Control power transformers:
1) Perform insulation resistance tests. Perform measurements from
winding-to-winding and each winding-to-ground:
a) Test voltages shall be in accordance with NETA ATS tables or
as specified by the manufacturer.
2) Perform secondary wiring integrity test:
a) Disconnect transformer at secondary terminals and connect
secondary wiring to a rated secondary voltage source:
(1) Verify correct potential at all devices.
3) Verify correct secondary voltage by energizing primary winding with
system voltage:
a) Measure secondary voltage with the secondary wiring
disconnected.
i.
Voltage transformers:
1) Perform secondary wiring integrity test:
a) Verify correct potential at all devices.
2) Verify correct secondary voltage by energizing primary winding with
system voltage.
j.
Perform current injection tests on the entire current circuit of each
switchgear or switchboard:
1) Perform current tests by secondary injection with magnitudes such
that a minimum current of 1.0 ampere flows in the secondary circuit:
a) Verify the correct magnitude of current at each device in the
circuit.
k. Perform system function tests.
l.
Verify operation of space heaters.
m. Perform phasing check on double-ended or dual-source equipment to
ensure correct bus phasing from each source.
Test values:
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar
connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted
connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturers published
data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
c. Compare bus connection resistances to values of similar connections.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-8
9408A10
1)
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-9
9408A10
f.
2.
3.
C.
Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the
following methods:
1) Use of low resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by the
calibrated torque wrench method:
a) Refer to manufacturers instructions for proper foot-pound levels
or NETA ATS tables.
g. Verify that as-left tap connections are as specified.
Electrical tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a lowresistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation-resistance tests winding-to-winding and each windingto-ground:
1) Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturers published data.
a) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
c. Calculate dielectric absorption ration or polarization index.
d. Verify correct secondary voltage, phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral
after energization and before loading.
Test values:
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar
connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted
connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturers published
data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
c. Tap connections are left as found unless otherwise specified.
d. Minimum insulation resistance values of transformer insulation shall be in
accordance with manufacturers published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
2) Investigate insulation values less than the allowable minimum.
e. The dielectric absorption ratio or polarization index shall not be less than
1.0.
f. Turns-ratio results should not deviate more than 1/2 percent from either
the adjacent coils or calculated ratio.
g. Phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral secondary voltages shall be in
agreement with nameplate data.
Liquid-filled transformers:
1.
Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with that indicated on the Drawings
and specified in the Specifications.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect impact recorder before unloading.
d. Test dew point of tank gases if applicable.
e. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding and required clearances.
f. Verify the presence of PCB content labeling.
g. Verify removal of any shipping bracing after placement.
h. Verify the bushings are clean.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-10
9408A10
i.
2.
Verify that alarm, control and trip settings on temperature and level
indicators are as specified.
j.
Verify operation of alarm, control, and trip circuits from temperature and
level indicators, pressure relief device, gas accumulator, and fault
pressure relay, if applicable.
k. Verify that cooling fans operate correctly and that fan motors have correct
overcurrent protection.
l.
Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the
following methods:
1) Use of low resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by the
calibrated torque wrench method:
a) Refer to manufacturers instructions for proper foot-pound levels
or NETA ATS tables.
m. Verify correct liquid level in tanks and bushings.
n. Verify that positive pressure is maintained on gas-blanketed transformers.
o. Perform inspections and mechanical tests as recommended by the
manufacturer.
p. Test load tap-changer in accordance with NETA ATS requirements.
q. Verify presence of transformer surge arresters.
r. Verify de-energized tap-changer position is left as specified.
Electrical tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a lowresistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation-resistance tests winding-to-winding and each windingto-ground:
1) Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturers published data:
a) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
2) Calculate polarization index.
c. Perform turns ratio tests at all tap positions.
d. Perform insulation power-factor or dissipation-factor tests on all windings
in accordance with test equipment manufacturers published data.
e. Perform power-factor or dissipation-factor tests on each bushing equipped
with a power-factor/capacitance tap:
1) In the absence of a power-factor/capacitance tap perform hot-collar
tests.
2) Perform tests in accordance with test equipment manufacturers
published data.
f. Perform excitation-current tests in accordance with test equipment
manufacturers published data.
g. Measure the resistance of each primary winding in each no-load tap
changer position. Measure the resistance of each secondary winding in
each no-load tap changer position.
h. Remove a sample of insulating liquid in accordance with ASTM D 923 and
test per the following standards::
1) Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM D 877 or ASTM D 1816.
2) Acid neutralization number: ASTM D 974.
3) Specific gravity: ASTM D 1298.
4) Interfacial tension: ASTM D 971
5) Color: ASTM D 1500.
6) Visual condition: ASTM D 1524.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-11
9408A10
i.
3.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-12
9408A10
r.
s.
t.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-13
9408A10
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-14
9408A10
3.
F.
Test values:
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar
connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted
connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturers published
data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
c. The minimum bend radius to which insulated cables may be bent for
permanent training shall be in accordance with NETA ATS tables.
d. Insulation resistance values shall be in accordance with manufacturers
published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
2) Investigate values of insulation resistance less than the allowable
minimum.
e. Shielding shall exhibit continuity:
1) Investigate resistance values in excess of ten ohms per 1,000 feet of
cable.
f. If no evidence of distress of insulation failure is observed by the end of the
total time of voltage application during the dielectric withstand test, the
test specimen is considered to have passed the test.
g. Based on the test methodology chosen, refer to the applicable standards
or manufacturers literature for acceptable values.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-15
9408A10
2)
3.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-16
9408A10
k.
Minimum pickup voltage of the shunt trip and close coils shall conform to
the manufacturers published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
l.
Breaker open, close, trip, trip-free, antipump, and auxiliary features shall
function as designed.
m. The charging mechanism shall operate in accordance with manufacturers
published data.
G.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-17
9408A10
e.
3.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-18
9408A10
j.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-19
9408A10
d.
e.
I.
b) Determine dropout.
c) Determine time delay.
5) 51 time overcurrent:
a) Determine minimum pickup.
b) Determine time delay at 2 points on the time current curve.
6) 59 overvoltage relay:
a) Determine overvoltage pickup.
b) Determine time delay to close the contact with sudden
application of 120 percent of pickup.
7) 81 frequency relay:
a) Verify frequency setpoints.
b) Determine time delay.
c) Determine underfrequency cutoff.
8) 87 differential:
a) Determine operating unit pickup.
b) Determine the operation of each restraint unit.
c) Determine slope.
d) Determine harmonic restraint.
e) Determine instantaneous pickup.
f) Plot operating characteristics for each restraint.
Control verification:
1) Functional tests:
a) Check operation of all active digital inputs.
b) Check all output contacts or SCRs preferably by operating the
controlled device such as circuit breaker, auxiliary relay or
alarm.
c) Check all internal logic functions used in the protection scheme.
d) For pilot schemes, perform a loop-back test to check the receive
and transmit communications circuits.
e) For pilot schemes, perform satellite synchronized end-to-end
tests.
f) For pilot schemes with direct transfer trip (DTT) perform transmit
and received DTT at each terminal.
g) Upon completion of testing reset all min/max recorders,
communications statistics, fault counters, sequence of events
recorder and all event records.
2) In-service monitoring:
a) After the equipment is initially energized, measure magnitude
and phase angle of all inputs and compare to expected values.
Metering verification:
1) Verify accuracy of meter at all cardinal points.
2) Calibrate meters in accordance with manufacturers published data.
Instrument transformers:
1.
Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with that indicated on the Drawings
and specified in the Specifications.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Verify correct connection of transformers with system requirements.
d. Verify that adequate clearances exist between primary and secondary
circuit wiring.
e. Verify the unit is clean.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-20
9408A10
f.
2.
3.
Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the
following methods:
1) Use of low resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by
calibrated torque wrench method:
a) Refer to manufacturers instructions for proper foot-pound levels
or NETA ATS tables.
g. Verify that all required grounding and shorting connections provide
contact.
h. Verify correct operation of transformer withdrawal mechanism and
grounding operation.
i.
Verify correct primary and secondary fuse sizes for voltage transformers.
j.
Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on
moving and sliding surfaces.
Electrical tests - current transformers:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low
resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation resistance test of each current transformer and its
secondary wiring with respect to ground at 1,000 VDC for 1 minute:
1) For solid state devices that can not tolerate the applied voltage,
follow the manufacturers recommendation.
c. Perform a polarity test of each current transformer in accordance with
IEEE C57.13.1.
d. Perform a ratio verification test using the voltage or current method in
accordance with IEEE C57.13.1.
e. Perform an excitation test on current transformers used for relaying
applications in with accordance with IEEE C57.13.1.
f. Measure current circuit burdens at transformer terminals in accordance
with IEEE C57.13.1.
g. When applicable perform insulation resistance tests on the primary
winding with the secondary grounded:
1) Test voltages shall be in accordance with NETA ATS tables.
h. When applicable perform dielectric withstand tests on the primary winding
with the secondary grounded:
1) Test voltages shall be in accordance with NETA ATS tables.
i.
Perform power-factor or dissipation-factor tests in accordance with test
equipment manufacturers published data.
j.
Verify that current transformer secondary circuits are grounded and have
only 1 grounding point in accordance with IEEE C57.13.3:
1) That grounding point should be located as specified by the Engineer
in the Contract Documents.
Electrical tests - voltage transformers:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low
resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation resistance tests winding-to-winding and winding-toground:
1) Test voltage shall be applied for 1 minute in accordance with NETA
ATS requirements.
2) For solid state devices that can not tolerate the applied voltage,
follow the manufacturers recommendation.
c. Perform a polarity test on each voltage transformer to verify the polarity
marks on H1- X1 relationship as applicable.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-21
9408A10
d.
e.
f.
4.
J.
Grounding systems:
1.
Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Inspect ground system for compliance with that indicated on the
Drawings, specified in Specifications, and in the National Electrical Code.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the
following methods:
1) Use of low resistance ohmmeter.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-22
9408A10
2)
2.
3.
K.
Rotating machinery:
1.
Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare equipment nameplate information with that indicated on the
Drawings and specified in the Specifications.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.
d. Inspect air baffles, filter media, cooling fans, slip rings, brushes, and brush
rigging.
e. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the
following methods:
1) Use of low resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by
calibrated torque wrench method:
a) Refer to manufacturers instructions for proper foot-pound levels
or NETA ATS tables.
f. Perform special tests such as gap spacing and machine alignment if
applicable.
g. Verify correct application of appropriate lubrication and lubrication
systems.
h. Verify that resistance temperature detector (RTD) circuits conform to that
indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Electrical tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low
resistance ohmmeter.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-23
9408A10
b.
3.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-24
9408A10
f.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-25
9408A10
1)
2)
2.
3.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-26
9408A10
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
M.
Test values for input circuit breaker shall be as specified in this Section.
Insulation-resistance values for control wiring shall not be less than
2.0 megohms.
Relay calibration results shall be as specified in this Section.
Continuity of bonding conductors shall be as specified in this Section.
Control devices shall perform in accordance with system requirements.
Operational tests shall conform to system design requirements.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-27
9408A10
e.
N.
Engine generator:
1.
Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with that indicated on the Drawings
and specified in the Specifications.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.
d. Verify the unit is clean.
2.
Electrical and mechanical tests:
a. Perform insulation-resistance tests in accordance with IEEE 43:
1) Machines larger than 150 kilowatts: Test duration shall be
10 minutes. Calculate polarization index.
b. Test protective relay devices as specified in this Section.
c. Verify phase rotation, phasing, and synchronized operation as required by
the application.
d. Functionally test engine shutdown for low oil pressure, overtemperature,
overspeed, and other protection features as applicable.
e. Perform vibration test for each main bearing cap.
f. Conduct performance test in accordance with NFPA 110.
g. Verify correct functioning of governor and regulator.
3.
Test values:
a. Anchorage, alignment, and grounding should be in accordance with
manufacturers published data and system design.
b. The dielectric absorption ratio or polarization index shall be compared to
previously obtained results and should not be less than 1.0. The
recommended minimum insulation (IR1 min) test results in megohms shall
be corrected to 40 degrees Celsius and read as follows:
1) IR1 min equals kilovolt + 1 for most windings made before 1970, all
field windings, and others not described below.
a) kilovolt is the rated machine terminal-to-terminal voltage in rms
kilovolt.
2) IR1 min equals 100 megohms for most dc armature and ac windings
built after 1970 (form-wound coils).
3) IR1 min equals 5 megohms for most machines and random-wound
stator coils and form-wound coils rated below 1 kilovolt.
a) Dielectric withstand voltage and surge comparison tests shall
not be performed on machines having lower values than those
indicated above.
c. Protective relay device test results shall be as specified in this Section.
d. Phase rotation, phasing, and synchronizing shall be in accordance with
system design requirements.
e. Low oil pressure, overtemperature, overspeed, and other protection
features shall operate in accordance with manufacturers published data
and system design requirements.
f. Vibration levels shall be in accordance with manufacturers published data
and shall be compared to baseline data.
g. Performance tests shall conform to manufacturers published data and
NFPA 110.
h. Governor and regulator shall operate in accordance with manufacturers
published data and system design requirements.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-28
9408A10
O.
P.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-29
9408A10
f.
2.
3.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-30
9408A10
a)
6)
7)
Q.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-31
9408A10
1)
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
R.
Motor starters:
1.
Provide testing for existing RVAT starters for Pump Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
2.
Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare equipment nameplate information with that indicated on the
Drawings and specified in the Specifications.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Verify the unit is clean.
d. Inspect contactors:
1) Verify mechanical operation.
e. Motor-running protection:
1) Verify overload element rating is correct for its application.
2) If motor running protection is provided by fuses, verify correct fuse
rating.
f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the
following methods:
1) Use of low resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by
calibrated torque wrench method:
a) Refer to manufacturers instructions for proper foot-pound levels
or NETA ATS tables.
3) Thermographic survey.
g. Lubrication requirements:
1) Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts.
2) Verify appropriate lubrication on moving and sliding surfaces.
3.
Electrical tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low
resistance ohmmeter.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-32
9408A10
b.
4.
S.
Perform insulation resistance tests for 1 minute on each pole, phase-tophase and phase to ground with the starter closed, and across each open
pole for 1 minute:
1) Test voltage shall be in accordance with manufacturers published
data.
2) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
c. Test motor protection devices in accordance with manufacturers
published data.
d. Perform operational tests by initiating control devices.
Test values:
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar
connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted
connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturers published
data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
c. Results of the thermographic survey shall be in accordance with NETA
ATS requirements.
d. Insulation resistance values shall be in accordance with manufacturers
published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturers
published data.
2) Investigate values of insulation resistance less than the allowable
minimum.
e. Insulation resistance values of control wiring shall not be less than
2 megohms.
f. Motor protection parameters shall be in accordance with manufacturers
published data.
g. Circuit breaker test results shall as specified in this Section.
h. Control devices shall perform in accordance with system design
requirements.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-33
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
With the transfer switch in bypass condition, attempt to start the VFD both from
the VFD front panel and from the PCM and ensure that the start is prevented.
With the transfer switch in VFD condition, attempt to start the RVAT bypass
starter from the PCM and ensure that the start is prevented.
With the PCM selector for the pump in BYPASS condition, attempt to bump
start the pump from the local control panel. Ensure that the bypass RVAT
starter is energized and the VFD does not start.
With the PCM selector for the pump in LOCAL or REMOTE condition, attempt
to bump start the pump from the local control panel. Ensure that the VFD is
energized to start the pump and the bypass RVAT does not start.
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust limit switches and level switches to their operating points before testing.
B.
Set pressure switches, flow switches, and timing relays to anticipated values before
testing:
1.
Final settings shall be as dictated by operating results during testing.
CLEANING
A.
B.
After the acceptance tests have been completed, dispose of all testing
expendables, vacuum all cabinets, and sweep clean all surrounding areas.
B.
Subsystem demonstration:
1.
Subsystem, as used in this Section, means individual and groups of pumps,
conveyor systems, chemical feeders, air conditioning units, ventilation fans, air
compressors, blowers, lighting control systems and other electrically operated
or controlled equipment.
2.
Before demonstrating any subsystem:
a. Demonstrate proper operation of all alarm and status contacts.
b. Adjust and calibrate all process and control devices as accurately as
possible.
3.
Operate each subsystem in its manual mode:
a. Demonstrate compliance with all Contract requirements.
4.
After each subsystem has operated successfully in its manual mode, perform
automatic and remote operation demonstrations:
a. Verify that all features are fully operational and meet all Contract
requirements.
b. Demonstrate all operating modes and sequences, including proper start
and stop sequence of pumps, proper operation of valves and proper
speed control.
PROTECTION
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-34
9408A10
3.12
SCHEDULES
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16950 (FS)
16950-35
9408A10
SECTION 16990
CONDUIT SCHEDULE
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
PART 2
Specific definitions:
1.
Conduits:
a. ARM:
b. GRC:
c. PCS:
d. IMC:
e. EMT:
f. PVC:
g. SLT:
h. RAC:
i.
FLX:
j.
NFC:
2.
Cables:
a. DN Thick:
b. DN Thin:
c. PBPA:
d. PBDP:
e. PBDPP:
f. FFBUS:
g. RS-485
h. CAT5e:
i.
CAT6:
j.
CNET:
k. DH+:
l.
RIO:
m. DF1:
n. MODB:
o. MODB+:
p. */FO:
q. 2/C#16S:
r.
3/C#16S:
s.
*/C#Y:
t.
MFR:
Armored cable.
Galvanized rigid conduit.
PVC jacketed rigid steel conduit.
Intermediate metallic conduit.
Electrical metallic steel tubing.
Polyvinyl chloride rigid plastic conduit.
Sealtight - liquidtight flexible conduit.
Rigid aluminum conduit.
Flexible metallic conduit.
Non-metallic flexible conduit.
DeviceNet thick cable.
DeviceNet thin cable.
Profibus PA cable.
Profibus DP cable.
Profibus DP cable with 24VDC power.
Foundation Fieldbus cable.
RS-485 cable.
Category 5 enhanced Ethernet cable.
Category 6 Ethernet cable.
ControlNet cable.
Data Highway Plus cable.
Remote I/O cable.
Serial cable.
Modbus cable.
Modbus Plus cable.
Fiber optic cable (* indicates number of fibers).
2 conductor, 16 gauge, twisted shielded pair.
(*/2/C#16S * indicates number of pairs).
3 conductor, 16 gauge, twisted shielded triplet.
(*/3/C#16S * indicates number of triplets).
Multiconductor cable (* indicates number of conductors,
Y indicates conductor size and insulation).
Manufacturer or vendor furnished cable.
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
16990-1
9408A10
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
CONDUIT SCHEDULE
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
16990-2
9408A10
SECTION 16990
CONDUIT SCHEDULE
AREA 10
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Conduit requirements:
1. As defined in Section 16050 and Section 16130.
B.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
CONDUIT SCHEDULE
A.
May 2014
16990-1
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
M-10-001
02-E-01
20-E-02
5"
500:5KV
5KV-EPR
#1/0
X-10-001
C-10-005
L-10-005
02-E-01
20-E-02
02-E-01
20-E-02
02-E-01
20-E-02
5"
2"
2"
18
PULL
#14
#6
M-10-005
02-E-01
20-E-02
4"
#3/0:5KV
N-10-005
02-E-01
20-E-02
2"
CAT6
X-10-005
02-E-01
20-E-02
2"
PULL
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
5KV-EPR
4"
250:5KV
5KV-EPR
X-10-010
02-E-01
20-E-02
4"
PULL
ROPE
M-10-011
EXISTING
CONDUIT
20-E-01
M-10-015
02-E-01
20-E-02
2.5"
#4:5KV
5KV-EPR
X-10-015
02-E-01
20-E-02
2"
PULL
ROPE
P-10-016
P-10-017
X-10-020
02-E-01
20-E-02
02-E-01
20-E-02
02-E-02
20-E-02
3"
2"
4"
250:5KV
350
PULL
PULL
5KV-EPR
XHHW-2
#14
#10
#4
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#2/0
#2/0
#8
#1/0
ROPE
ROPE
PULL
ROPE
FR:
TO:
ROPE
#3/0:5KV
CAT6
GEN-2100
PCM-2031
>> GEN-2100 NETWORK
PULL
GEN-2100
CONDUIT CAP
>> SPARE
250:5KV
HH-3
SWGR-2020
>> SWGR-1901 POWER
PULL
HH-3
SWGR-2020
>> SPARE
250:5KV
SWGR-1901
HH-3
>> SWGR-1901 POWER (NEW CABLE)
#4:5KV
XFMR-2101
SWGR-2020
>> XFMR-2101
PULL
XFMR-2101
SWGR-2020
>> SPARE
350
DP-2021
XFRM-2101
>> DP-2021 POWER
PULL
DP-2021
XFRM-2101
>> SPARE
PULL
PULL
PULL
PULL
PULL
PULL
10
#14
EDR-1001
J-BOX
>> EDR-1001 CONTROL
FR:
TO:
X-10-027
02-E-02
20-E-02
2"
PULL
ROPE
FR:
TO:
X-10-028
02-E-02
20-E-02
2"
PULL
ROPE
FR:
TO:
May 2014
GEN-2100
SWGR-2020
>> GENERATOR POWER FEED
FR:
TO:
XHHW-2
GEN-2100
LP-2033
>> GEN-2100 AUX LOADS
FR:
TO:
2"
#14
#6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
02-E-02
20-E-02
10
FR:
TO:
X-10-025
1"
#14
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
FR:
TO:
H
01-E-01
8
10
GEN-2100
PCM-2031
>> GEN-2100 CONTROL
>> SPARE
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
C-10-050
HH-2
SWGR-2020
>> SPARE
FR:
TO:
PULL
PULL
PULL
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
FR:
TO:
4"
2"
HH-2
SWGR-2020
>> PRIMARY POWER FEED
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
02-E-02
20-E-02
02-E-02
20-E-02
500:5KV
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
X-10-021
X-10-026
3
FR:
TO:
ROPE
02-E-01
20-E-02
DESCRIPTION
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
M-10-010
4"
TYPE
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
16990-2
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
C-10-057
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
L-10-050
01-E-01
1"
#8
XHHW-2
#8
P-10-050
01-E-01
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#8
L-10-057
#12
EDR-1001
EDR-1001 DISCONNECT
>> EDR-1001 POWER
P-10-051
P-10-057
#12
EDR-1001 DISCONNECT
J-BOX
>> EDR-1001 POWER
C-10-057
10
#14
EDR-1003
J-BOX
>> EDR-1003 CONTROL
#8
L-10-057
P-10-056
#12
EDR-1003
EDR-1003 DISCONNECT
>> EDR-1003 POWER
#12
EDR-1003 DISCONNECT
J-BOX
>> EDR-1003 POWER
P-10-055
10
10
#14
#14
J-BOX
LCP-1200 J-BOX
>> EDR-1001 CONTROL
>> EDR-1003 CONTROL
C-10-050
C-10-055
2
2
#8
#8
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-051
01-E-01
1"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-055
01-E-01
0.75"
10
#14
XHHW-2
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-055
01-E-01
1"
#8
XHHW-2
#8
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-055
01-E-01
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-056
01-E-01
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-057
L-10-057
P-10-057
C-10-060
01-E-01
10-E-01
01-E-01
20-E-01
01-E-01
20-E-01
10-E-01
1.5"
2"
2"
1"
20
#14
#8
#12
#14
S-10-060
10-E-01
1"
2/CS-#16
L-10-070
10-E-01
0.75"
#8
S-10-070
10-E-01
0.75"
2/CS-#16
C-10-095
10-E-01
2"
2
22
#8
#14
S-10-095
X-10-095
P-10-096
May 2014
10-E-01
02-E-02
20-E-02
01-E-01
10-E-01
20-E-01
2"
2"
2"
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
2/CS-#16
PULL
#10
#14
#8
#12
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#8
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#8
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2
#10
PDSH-1006
J-BOX
>> PDSH-1006 CONTROL
C-10-095
#14
S-10-095
2/CS-#16
PDIT-1007
J-BOX
>> PDIT-1007 SIGNAL
#8
LCP-1200
J-BOX
>> LCP-1200 HEATER POWER
C-10-095
S-10-095
2/CS-#16
LCP-1200
J-BOX
>> LCP-1200 SIGNAL
10
10
2
2
#14
#14
#8
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
1
1
2/CS-#16
2/CS-#16
J-BOX
HH-1
>> PDIT-1007 SIGNAL
>> LCP-1200 SIGNAL
PULL
HH-1
PCM-2031
>> SPARE
#10
#10
#10
J-BOX
MCC-1902
>> EDR-1015 POWER
>> EDR-1025 POWER
>> EDR-1035 POWER
3
3
3
16990-3
L-10-050
L-10-055
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
C-10-095
#12
#12
FR:
TO:
P-10-057
3
3
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
J-BOX
MCC-1902 LIGHTING PANEL
>> STR-1001 HEAT TRACE POWER
>> STR-1002 HEAT TRACE POWER
P-10-050
J-BOX
MCC-1902
>> EDR-1001 POWER
>> EDR-1003 POWER
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
J-BOX
HH-1
EDR-1001 CONTROL
EDR-1003 CONTROL
LCP-1200 HEATER POWER
PDSH-1006 CONTROL
P-10-051
P-10-056
C-10-097
C-10-057
C-10-057
L-10-070
C-10-060
S-10-097
S-10-060
S-10-070
P-10-114
P-10-124
P-10-134
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
X-10-096
02-E-02
20-E-02
2"
PULL
ROPE
C-10-097
L-10-097
S-10-097
X-10-097
L-10-098
X-10-098
L-10-099
May 2014
02-E-02
20-E-02
02-E-02
20-E-02
02-E-02
20-E-02
02-E-02
20-E-02
02-E-02
20-E-02
02-E-02
20-E-02
02-E-02
20-E-02
4"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
12
180
24
12
#12
#14
#10
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
2/CS-#16
PULL
#8
PULL
#8
GROUND
SIZE
TYPE
FR:
TO:
#12
#10
#14
HH-1
PCM-2031
>> SPARE
10
10
2
2
8
4
2
2
2
6
2
8
4
2
2
2
6
2
8
4
2
2
2
6
2
2
5
10
2
2
4
6
10
4
2
5
10
2
2
4
6
10
4
#14
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
2
2
#10
#10
HH-1
LP-2011 VIA J-BOX
>> EDR-1045 DC POWER
>> EDR-1055 DC POWER
L-10-144
L-10-154
1
1
2/CS-#16
2/CS-#16
HH-1
PCM-2031
>> PDIT-1007 SIGNAL
>> LCP-1200 SIGNAL
S-10-095
S-10-095
PULL
HH-1
CONDUIT CAP
>> SPARE
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#8
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
XHHW-2
PULL
FR:
TO:
#8
16990-4
HH-1
LP-2033
PMP-1010 HEAT TRACE POWER
POLE LIGHT POWER
RECEPTACLE POWER
PMP-1020 HEAT TRACE POWER
PMP-1030 HEAT TRACE POWER
PMP-1040 HEAT TRACE POWER
PMP-1050 HEAT TRACE POWER
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
PULL
HH-1
CONDUIT CAP
>> SPARE
2
10
#8
#8
HH-1
LP-2033
>> LCP-1200 HEATER POWER
>> RECEPTACLE POWER
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
HH-1
PCM-2031
EDR-1001 CONTROL
EDR-1003 CONTROL
LCP-1200 CONTROL
PDIT-1007 POWER
EDR-1015 CONTROL
SPARE
MWH-1010 POWER
PSH-1013 CONTROL
LCP-1010 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1012 CONTROL
EDR-1025 CONTROL
SPARE
MWH-1020 POWER
PSH-1023 CONTROL
LCP-1020 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1022 CONTROL
EDR-1035 CONTROL
SPARE
MWH-1030 POWER
PSH-1033 CONTROL
LCP-1030 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1032 CONTROL
MWH-1040 POWER
PMP-1040 VIBRATION CONTROL
SPARE
PSH-1043 CONTROL
PSL-1042 CONTROL
LCP-1040 CONTROL
SPARE
EDR-1045 CONTROL
SPARE
MWH-1050 POWER
PMP-1050 VIBRATION CONTROL
SPARE
PDSH-1053 CONTROL
PSL-1052 CONTROL
LCP-1050 CONTROL
SPARE
EDR-1055 CONTROL
SPARE
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
FR:
TO:
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
1
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
XHHW-2
DESCRIPTION
C-10-095
C-10-095
C-10-095
C-10-095
C-10-114
C-10-114
C-10-114
C-10-114
C-10-114
C-10-114
C-10-114
C-10-124
C-10-124
C-10-124
C-10-124
C-10-124
C-10-124
C-10-124
C-10-134
C-10-134
C-10-134
C-10-134
C-10-134
C-10-134
C-10-134
C-10-144
C-10-144
C-10-144
C-10-144
C-10-144
C-10-144
C-10-144
C-10-144
C-10-144
C-10-154
C-10-154
C-10-154
C-10-154
C-10-154
C-10-154
C-10-154
C-10-154
C-10-154
L-10-118
L-10-118
L-10-118
L-10-128
L-10-138
L-10-148
L-10-158
C-10-095
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
L-10-110
10-E-02
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
M-10-110
S-10-110
C-10-113
P-10-113
C-10-114
P-10-114
C-10-115
C-10-116
L-10-118
01-E-01
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2.5"
01-E-01
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2"
10-E-02
1"
10-E-02
10-E-01
10-E-02
10-E-01
10-E-02
10-E-02
10-E-02
10-E-01
10-E-02
0.75"
1.5"
1"
1"
1"
1.5"
12
2
24
2
12
#6:5KV
5KV-EPR
3/CS-#16
#14
#10
#12
#14
#10
#14
#12
#14
#8
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#10
#14
#14
#10
#12
#10
#14
#12
#8
TYPE
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-119
10-E-01
2"
#8
XHHW-2
#8
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
M-10-120
S-10-120
C-10-123
May 2014
01-E-01
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2.5"
01-E-01
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2"
10-E-02
1"
12
#6:5KV
5KV-EPR
3/CS-#16
#14
XHHW-2
#10
#14
#14
8
4
#14
#14
EDR-1015
J-BOX
>> EDR-1015 CONTROL
>> SPARE
#10
EDR-1015
EDR-1015 DISCONNECT
>> EDR-1015 POWER
8
4
2
2
2
6
2
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
J-BOX
HH-1
EDR-1015 CONTROL
SPARE
MWH-1010 POWER
PSH-1013 CONTROL
LCP-1010 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1012 CONTROL
#10
EDR-1015 DISCONNECT
J-BOX
>> EDR-1015 POWER
P-10-096
#14
PSH-1013
LCP-1010
>> PSH-1013 CONTROL
C-10-116
C-10-114
2
2
2
6
2
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
LCP-1010
J-BOX
MWH-1010 POWER
PSH-1013 CONTROL
LCP-1010 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1012 CONTROL
#8
#8
#8
L-10-098
4
2
2
C-10-116
#14
PSL-1012
LCP-1010
>> PSL-1012 CONTROL
#8
#12
PMP-1020
LCP-1020
>> MWH-1020 POWER
#6:5KV
PMP-1020
EXISTING RVAT STARTER
>> PMP-1020 POWER
3/CS-#16
8
4
#14
#14
EDR-1025
J-BOX
>> EDR-1025 CONTROL
>> SPARE
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#12
3/CS-#16
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2
PMP-1010
EXISTING RVAT STARTER
>> PMP-1010 POWER
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2
#12
#6:5KV
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
0.75"
PMP-1010
LCP-1010
>> MWH-1010 POWER
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
0.75"
10-E-02
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
10-E-02
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
16990-5
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
2
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-119
L-10-120
DESCRIPTION
C-10-116
C-10-114
C-10-097
C-10-113
C-10-113
C-10-116
C-10-116
C-10-116
C-10-116
C-10-116
L-10-110
C-10-115
C-10-119
L-10-119
L-10-118
C-10-126
C-10-124
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
P-10-123
10-E-02
0.75"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
C-10-124
10-E-01
10-E-02
1.5"
2
24
#12
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#12
TYPE
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
10-E-01
10-E-02
1"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-125
10-E-02
1"
#14
XHHW-2
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-128
10-E-02
10-E-01
10-E-02
1"
1.5"
2
12
#12
#14
#8
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#12
#8
#10
EDR-1025
EDR-1025 DISCONNECT
>> EDR-1025 POWER
8
4
2
2
2
6
2
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
P-10-096
#10
EDR-1025 DISCONNECT
J-BOX
>> EDR-1025 POWER
#14
PSH-1023
LCP-1020
>> PSH-1023 CONTROL
C-10-126
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
LCP-1020
J-BOX
MWH-1020 POWER
PSH-1023 CONTROL
LCP-1020 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1022 CONTROL
C-10-124
2
2
2
6
2
L-10-098
#8
#8
C-10-126
#14
PSL-1022
LCP-1020
>> PSL-1022 CONTROL
#12
PMP-1030
LCP-1030
>> MWH-1030 POWER
C-10-136
#6:5KV
PMP-1030
EXISTING RVAT STARTER
>> PMP-1030 POWER
3/CS-#16
8
4
#14
#14
EDR-1035
J-BOX
>> EDR-1035 CONTROL
>> SPARE
#10
EDR-1035
EDR-1035 DISCONNECT
>> EDR-1035 POWER
8
4
2
2
2
6
2
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
#10
EDR-1035 DISCONNECT
J-BOX
>> EDR-1035 POWER
P-10-096
C-10-136
#14
PSH-1033
LCP-1030
>> PSH-1033 CONTROL
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
4
2
C-10-129
10-E-02
0.75"
#14
XHHW-2
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-130
10-E-02
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
M-10-130
S-10-130
C-10-133
01-E-01
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2.5"
01-E-01
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2"
10-E-02
1"
12
#6:5KV
5KV-EPR
3/CS-#16
#14
XHHW-2
#10
#14
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-133
10-E-02
0.75"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-134
10-E-01
10-E-02
1.5"
2
24
#12
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-134
C-10-135
10-E-01
10-E-02
10-E-02
1"
1"
#10
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#10
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
2
May 2014
16990-6
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
3
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-124
C-10-126
DESCRIPTION
J-BOX
HH-1
EDR-1025 CONTROL
SPARE
MWH-1020 POWER
PSH-1023 CONTROL
LCP-1020 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1022 CONTROL
J-BOX
HH-1
EDR-1035 CONTROL
SPARE
MWH-1030 POWER
PSH-1033 CONTROL
LCP-1030 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1032 CONTROL
C-10-097
C-10-123
C-10-123
C-10-126
C-10-126
C-10-126
C-10-126
C-10-126
L-10-120
C-10-125
C-10-129
C-10-134
C-10-097
C-10-133
C-10-133
C-10-136
C-10-136
C-10-136
C-10-136
C-10-136
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
C-10-136
10-E-02
1"
2
12
#12
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#12
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
2
2
2
6
2
L-10-138
C-10-139
C-10-140
L-10-140
M-10-140
10-E-01
10-E-02
10-E-02
1.5"
1"
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
2"
10-E-02
0.75"
#14
#10
#12
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#14
#10
#12
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
M-10-141
20-E-01
3"
#1/0:5KV
5KV-EPR
#6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
S-10-141
X-10-141
C-10-142
M-10-142
10-E-02
2"
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
2"
10-E-02
1"
20-E-01
20-E-02
3"
15
PULL
MFR
PULL
#14
#1/0:5KV
S-10-142
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2"
3/CS-#16
C-10-143
10-E-02
1"
14
#14
5KV-EPR
XHHW-2
#10
#12
MWH-1040
LCP1-1040
>> MWH-1040 POWER
#1:5KV
3/CS-#16
PULL
CONDUIT CAP
CONDUIT CAP
>> SPARE
FR:
TO:
#14
#10
#1/0:5KV
MFR
PULL
CONDUIT CAP
CONDUIT CAP
>> SPARE
5
10
#14
#14
LCP2-1040
LCP1-1040
>> PMP-1040 VIBRATION CONTROL
>> SPARE
MTS-1040
RVAT-1040B EXISTING STARTER
#1/0:5KV
>> VFD-1040 POWER
10
4
#14
#14
EDR-1045
J-BOX
>> EDR-1045 CONTROL
>> SPARE
#10
EDR-1045
EDR-1045 DISCONNECT
>> EDR-1045 DC POWER
#1/0:5KV
MTS-1040
VFD-1040
>> VFD-1040 POWER
FR:
TO:
#14
#6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
10-E-02
0.75"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
M-10-143
20-E-02
3"
#1/0:5KV
5KV-EPR
#6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
16990-7
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
L-10-130
C-10-135
C-10-139
C-10-146
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-143
May 2014
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
XHHW-2
#14
PSL-1032
LCP-1030
>> PSL-1032 CONTROL
C-10-136
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
CABLE
#8
#8
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-141
L-10-098
4
2
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
2"
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
#6
C-10-134
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
2"
3/CS-#16
#8
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
X-10-140
5KV-EPR
3"
#1:5KV
XHHW-2
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
S-10-140
#8
LCP-1030
J-BOX
MWH-1030 POWER
PSH-1033 CONTROL
LCP-1030 CONTROL
SPARE
PSL-1032 CONTROL
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
VFD-1040
SWGR-2020
>> VFD-1040 POWER
PMP-1040 VIBRATION BOX
LCP2-1040
>> PMP-1040 VIBRATION
C-10-146
C-10-144
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
C-10-144
10-E-01
10-E-02
1.5"
2
43
#12
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#12
L-10-144
C-10-145
C-10-146
L-10-148
10-E-01
10-E-02
10-E-02
10-E-02
10-E-01
10-E-02
1"
1"
2"
1.5"
2
29
#10
#14
#12
#14
#8
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#10
#14
#12
#8
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-150
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
2"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-150
10-E-02
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
M-10-150
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
3"
#1:5KV
5KV-EPR
#6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
2"
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
2"
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2"
20-E-01
3"
X-10-150
C-10-151
M-10-151
3/CS-#16
PULL
#10
#1/0:5KV
XHHW-2
5KV-EPR
10-E-02
2"
MFR
CABLE
X-10-151
02-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-03
2"
PULL
ROPE
10-E-02
1"
15
#14
XHHW-2
#14
PDSH-1043
LCP1-1040
>> PDSH-1043 CONTROL
C-10-146
#10
#6
#14
#14
#8
#8
L-10-098
4
2
C-10-146
#14
PSL-1042
LCP1-1040
>> PSL-1042 CONTROL
#10
#12
MWH-1050
LCP1-1050
>> MWH-1050 POWER
#1:5KV
3/CS-#16
PULL
CONDUIT CAP
CONDUIT CAP
>> SPARE
#10
#1/0:5KV
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
16990-8
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
C-10-156
VFD-1050
SWGR-2020
>> VFD-1050 POWER
PMP-1050 VIBRATION BOX
LCP2-1050
>> PMP-1050 VIBRATION
MFR
PULL
CONDUIT CAP
CONDUIT CAP
>> SPARE
#14
#14
LCP2-1050
LCP1-1050
>> PMP-1050 VIBRATION CONTROL
>> SPARE
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-140
C-10-142
C-10-142
C-10-145
C-10-149
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
5
10
May 2014
C-10-144
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
FR:
TO:
LCP1-1040
J-BOX
MWH-1040 POWER
PMP-1040 VIBRATION CONTROL
SPARE
PSH-1043 CONTROL
PSL-1042 CONTROL
LCP-1040 CONTROL
SPARE
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
FR:
TO:
C-10-146
C-10-146
C-10-146
C-10-146
C-10-146
C-10-146
C-10-146
C-10-143
C-10-143
2
5
10
2
2
4
6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
S-10-151
C-10-152
#14
#10
EDR-1045 DISCONNECT
HH-1
>> EDR-1045 DC POWER
L-10-097
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
0.75"
S-10-150
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
10-E-02
C-10-097
2
5
10
2
2
4
6
10
4
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-149
J-BOX
HH-1
MWH-1040 POWER
PMP-1040 VIBRATION CONTROL
SPARE
PSH-1043 CONTROL
PSL-1042 CONTROL
LCP-1040 CONTROL
SPARE
EDR-1045 CONTROL
SPARE
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
C-10-156
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
M-10-152
20-E-01
20-E-02
3"
#1/0:5KV
5KV-EPR
#6
S-10-152
C-10-153
L-10-153
10-E-01
10-E-02
20-E-01
2"
10-E-02
1"
10-E-02
0.75"
14
3/CS-#16
#14
#10
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#14
#14
#10
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#1/0:5KV
5KV-EPR
#6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-154
10-E-01
10-E-02
1.5"
2
43
#12
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-155
C-10-156
L-10-158
C-10-159
N-10-205
C-10-210
X-10-210
C-10-211
X-10-211
May 2014
10-E-02
10-E-02
10-E-01
10-E-02
10-E-02
1"
1.5"
1.5"
0.75"
02-E-01
20-E-01
20-E-02
2"
20-E-01
1.5"
02-E-01
20-E-01
20-E-02
2"
20-E-01
1.5"
02-E-01
20-E-01
20-E-02
2"
2
29
28
28
#10
#14
#12
#14
#8
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
CAT6
#14
PULL
#14
PULL
XHHW-2
#10
#14
#12
#8
#14
#14
#14
10
4
#14
#14
EDR-1055
J-BOX
>> EDR-1055 CONTROL
>> SPARE
#10
EDR-1055
EDR-1055 DISCONNECT
>> EDR-1055 DC POWER
#1/0:5KV
MTS-1050
VFD-1050
>> VFD-1050 POWER
2
5
10
2
2
4
6
10
4
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
#10
EDR-1055 DISCONNECT
HH-1
>> EDR-1055 DC POWER
L-10-097
#14
PDSH-1053
LCP1-1050
>> PDSH-1053 CONTROL
C-10-156
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
#8
#8
L-10-098
4
2
#14
PSL-1052
LCP1-1050
>> PSL-1052 CONTROL
C-10-156
CAT6
PCM-2030
PCM-2031
>> PCM-2030 NETWORK
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
23
5
#14
#14
PULL
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
23
5
#14
#14
PULL
FR:
TO:
16990-9
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
C-10-154
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
LCP1-1050
J-BOX
MWH-1050 POWER
PMP-1050 VIBRATION CONTROL
SPARE
PDSH-1053 CONTROL
PSL-1052 CONTROL
LCP-1050 CONTROL
SPARE
C-10-097
C-10-156
C-10-156
C-10-156
C-10-156
C-10-156
C-10-156
C-10-156
C-10-153
C-10-153
#12
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
FR:
TO:
J-BOX
HH-1
MWH-1050 POWER
PMP-1050 VIBRATION CONTROL
SPARE
PDSH-1053 CONTROL
PSL-1052 CONTROL
LCP-1050 CONTROL
SPARE
EDR-1055 CONTROL
SPARE
C-10-154
2
5
10
2
2
4
6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
ROPE
XHHW-2
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
3"
1"
6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
20-E-02
10-E-01
10-E-02
MTS-1050
RVAT-1050B EXISTING STARTER
#1/0:5KV
>> VFD-1050 POWER
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
M-10-153
L-10-154
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
L-10-150
C-10-152
C-10-152
C-10-155
C-10-159
C-10-215
CONDUIT CAP
PCM-2031
>> PCUA FIBER PULL
PMP-1020 RVAT STARTER
CONTUIT TEE
>> PMP-1020 CONTROL
>> SPARE
C-10-215
CONDUIT CAP
PCM-2031
>> SPARE
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
C-10-212
20-E-01
1.5"
28
#14
XHHW-2
#14
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
#14
PULL
CONDUIT CAP
PCM-2031
>> SPARE
23
5
23
5
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
CONDUIT TEE
CONDUIT TEE
PMP-1010 CONTROL
SPARE
PMP-1020 CONTROL
SPARE
C-10-210
C-10-210
C-10-211
C-10-211
23
5
23
5
23
5
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
CONDUIT TEE
PCM-2031
PMP-1030 CONTROL
SPARE
PMP-1010 CONTROL
SPARE
PMP-1020 CONTROL
SPARE
C-10-212
C-10-212
C-10-215
C-10-215
C-10-215
C-10-215
#12
#14
#14
C-10-222
2
16
10
#12
#14
#14
C-10-222
2
16
10
23
5
X-10-212
02-E-01
20-E-01
2"
PULL
ROPE
C-10-215
20-E-01
2"
56
#14
XHHW-2
C-10-216
C-10-220
C-10-221
C-10-300
02-E-01
20-E-01
20-E-02
2.5"
20-E-01
1.5"
20-E-01
20-E-02
1.5"
3"
84
2
26
2
26
140
#14
#12
#14
#12
#14
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
FR:
TO:
#14
#14
#12
#12
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
140 #14
N-10-300
20-E-02
20-E-02
1.5"
CAT6
#14
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
20-E-02
2.5"
110
#14
XHHW-2
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-305
20-E-02
2"
#1/0
XHHW-2
#6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-306
20-E-02
1.5"
#1
XHHW-2
#6
20-E-01
20-E-02
02-E-01
2"
#1
XHHW-2
#6
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-320
20-E-02
0.75"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-321
20-E-02
0.75"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-322
20-E-02
0.75"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
16990-10
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
C-10-216
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
SWGR-2020
PCM-2031
SWGR-2020 (REL-2020.1) NETWORK
SWGR-2020 (REL-2020.2) NETWORK
SWGR-2020 (REL-2020.3) NETWORK
SWGR-2020 (REL-2020.4) NETWORK
SWGR-2020 (REL-2020.5) NETWORK
SWGR-2020 (REL-2020.6) NETWORK
SWGR-2020 (REL-2020.7) NETWORK
SWGR-2020 FUTURE RELAY
110 #14
VCP-2020
PCM-2030
>> SWGR-2020 CONTROL
#1/0
LP-2033
XFMR-2033
>> LP-2033 POWER
#1
XFMR-2033
DPP-2032
>> XFMR-2033 POWER
#1
XFMR-2033
MCC-1902
>> XFMR-2033 SECONDARY POWER
2
2
#10
#10
SWGR-2020
LP-2011
>> BREAKER 52-1 DC POWER
>> 87 RELAY DC POWER
#10
SWGR-2020
LP-2011
>> BREAKER 52-1G DC POWER
2
2
#10
#10
SWGR-2020
LP-2011
>> BREAKER 52-11 DC POWER
>> BREAKER 52-12 DC POWER
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-307
May 2014
CAT6
CAT6
CAT6
CAT6
CAT6
CAT6
CAT6
CAT6
C-10-216
SWGR-2020
VCP-2020
>> SWGR-2020 CONTROL
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-301
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
L-10-323
20-E-02
0.75"
#10
XHHW-2
#10
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#10
#10
SWGR-2020
LP-2011
>> BREAKER 52-13 DC POWER
>> BREAKER 52-14 DC POWER
2
2
#10
#10
SWGR-2020
LP-2011
>> BREAKER 52-16 DC POWER
>> FUTURE BREAKER
#4
LP-2011
BCH-2010
>> LP-2011 POWER
#12
BCH-2010
LP-2033
>> BCH-2010 POWER
350
LP-2011
BATTERY RACK
>> BATTERY POWER CONNECTION
#10
VCP-2020
CONDUIT TEE
>> VCP-2020 POWER
L-10-342
L-10-342
2
2
#10
#10
PCM-2031
CONDUIT TEE
>> PCM-2031 UPS POWER
>> PCM-2031 AUX POWER
2
2
2
#10
#10
#10
CONDUIT TEE
LP-2033
>> VCP-2020 POWER
>> PCM-2031 UPS POWER
>> PCM-2031 AUX POWER
2
34
10
#12
#14
#14
VFD-1040
CONDUIT TEE
>> VFD-1040 CONTROL POWER
>> VFD-1040 CONTROL
>> SPARE
2
2
#10
#10
VFD-1040
CONDUIT TEE
>> VCP-2020 POWER
>> MPR-1040 VDC POWER
CAT6
CAT6
VFD-1040
CONDUIT TEE
>> VFD-1040 NETWORK
>> VFD-1040 MPR NETWORK
N-10-352
1
1
2/CS-#16
3/CS-#16
VFD-1040
CONDUIT TEE
>> VFD-1040 SIGNAL
>> VFD-1040 SPEED POT
S-10-352
2
1
C-10-352
#12
#14
#14
VFD-1050
CONDUIT TEE
>> VFD-1050 CONTROL POWER
>> VFD-1050 CONTROL
>> SPARE
L-10-352
#10
VFD-1050
CONDUIT TEE
>> MPR-1050 VDC POWER
CAT6
CAT6
VFD-1050
CONDUIT TEE
>> VFD-1050 NETWORK
>> VFD-1050 MPR NETWORK
N-10-352
1
1
S-10-352
2/CS-#16
3/CS-#16
VFD-1050
CONDUIT TEE
>> VFD-1040 SIGNAL
>> VFD-1040 SPEED POT
2
2
L-10-324
L-10-330
20-E-02
20-E-02
0.75"
1"
#10
#4
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#10
#4
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-331
20-E-02
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-332
20-E-02
2"
350
XHHW-2
#4
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-340
L-10-341
L-10-342
C-10-350
L-10-350
N-10-350
S-10-350
C-10-351
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
0.75"
0.75"
0.75"
1.5"
0.75"
0.75"
1"
1.5"
2
44
1
2
2
44
#10
#10
#10
#12
#14
#10
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
CAT6
3/CS-#16
2/CS-#16
#12
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#10
#10
#10
#12
#10
#14
#14
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
2
34
10
L-10-351
20-E-02
0.75"
#10
N-10-351
20-E-02
0.75"
CAT6
S-10-351
20-E-02
1"
1
2
3/CS-#16
2/CS-#16
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
2
1
May 2014
16990-11
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
L-10-340
L-10-341
L-10-341
C-10-352
L-10-352
L-10-353
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
C-10-352
20-E-02
2.5"
4
88
#12
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#12
L-10-352
N-10-352
S-10-352
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
0.75"
1"
1.5"
2
4
#10
XHHW-2
CAT6
3/CS-#16
2/CS-#16
#10
#14
#14
TYPE
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
#10
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-355
20-E-02
0.75"
10
#14
XHHW-2
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-357
L-10-360
N-10-360
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
0.75"
1.5"
0.75"
0.75"
10
20
#14
#14
#12
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
CAT6
#14
#14
#12
#14
MFR
CABLE
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-370
20-E-04
1"
#6
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
MFR
CABLE
#14
20-E-04
1"
#6
XHHW-2
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-375
20-E-04
0.75"
MFR
CABLE
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
May 2014
20-E-04
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
CAT6
CAT6
CAT6
CAT6
>>
>>
>>
>>
CONDUIT TEE
PCM-2031
VFD-1040 NETWORK
VFD-1040 MPR NETWORK
VFD-1050 NETWORK
VFD-1050 MPR NETWORK
N-10-350
N-10-350
N-10-351
N-10-351
2
1
2
1
2/CS-#16
3/CS-#16
2/CS-#16
3/CS-#16
>>
>>
>>
>>
CONDUIT TEE
PCM-2031
VFD-1040 SIGNAL
VFD-1040 SPEED POT
VFD-1040 SIGNAL
VFD-1040 SPEED POT
S-10-350
S-10-350
S-10-351
S-10-351
L-10-350
#10
VCP-2020
CONDUIT TEE
>> VCP-2020 POWER
#14
#14
MTS-1050
CONDUIT TEE
>> MTS-1050 CONTROL
>> SPARE
C-10-357
4
6
C-10-357
4
6
#14
#14
MTS-1040
CONDUIT TEE
>> MTS-1050 CONTROL
>> SPARE
4
6
4
6
#14
#14
#14
#14
>>
>>
>>
>>
#12
PCM-2031
COM-2035
>> COM-2035 UPS POWER
CAT6
PCM-2031
COM-2035
>> PCUA NETWORK
MFR
RTU-01
RTU-01 THERMOSTAT
>> RTU-01 CONTROL
#6
MFR
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
P-10-371
P-10-375
1
1
1
1
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
CONDUIT TEE
LP-2011
>> VCP-2020 POWER
>> MPR-1040 VDC POWER
>> MPR-1050 VDC POWER
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
1"
1"
#10
#10
#10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
20-E-04
20-E-04
2
2
2
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-370
C-10-371
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
0.75"
20-E-02
#12
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
20-E-02
#6
MFR
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
16990-12
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
CONDUIT TEE
PCM-2031
VFD-1040 CONTROL POWER
VFD-1040 CONTROL
SPARE
VFD-1050 CONTROL POWER
VFD-1050 CONTROL
SPARE
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
2
34
10
2
34
10
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-353
C-10-356
DESCRIPTION
CONDUIT TEE
PCM-2031
MTS-1050 CONTROL
SPARE
MTS-1050 CONTROL
SPARE
C-10-350
C-10-350
C-10-350
C-10-351
C-10-351
C-10-351
L-10-350
L-10-350
L-10-351
C-10-355
C-10-355
C-10-356
C-10-356
RTU-01
DPP-2032 VIA DISCONNECT
>> RTU-01 POWER
RTU-02
RTU-02 THERMOSTAT
>> RTU-02 CONTROL
RTU-02
DPP-2032 VIA DISCONNECT
>> RTU-02 POWER
AC-01
AC-01 THERMOSTAT
>> AC-01 CONTROL
AC-01
DPP-2032 VIA DISCONNECT
>> AC-01 POWER
9408A10
ENGINEER
MRT
CITY OF STILLWATER
REVISION
DATE
5/28/14
CONDUCTORS
GROUND
NUMBER
DWG
SIZE
SIZE
TYPE
SIZE
C-10-376
20-E-04
0.75"
MFR
CABLE
#14
P-10-376
20-E-04
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
TYPE
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
20-E-04
0.75"
#12
XHHW-2
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-380
20-E-02
0.75"
#14
XHHW-2
#14
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
C-10-382
C-10-383
C-10-390
L-10-390
C-10-222
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-02
20-E-01
20-E-02
0.75"
0.75"
0.75"
0.75"
0.75"
2"
4
52
#14
#14
#14
#14
#12
#12
#14
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
XHHW-2
#14
#14
#14
#14
#12
#12
MFR
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
L-10-377
C-10-381
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTING
SEGMENTS
AC-02
AC-02 THERMOSTAT
>> AC-02 CONTROL
AC-02
DPP-2032 VIA DISCONNECT
>> AC-02 POWER
#12
EF-01
LP-2033 VIA SWITCH
>> EF-01 POWER
#14
ZS-2019
CONDUIT TEE
>> ZS-2019 CONTROL
C-10-382
#14
ZS-2029
CONDUIT TEE
>> ZS-2029 CONTROL
C-10-382
2
2
#14
#14
CONDUIT TEE
PCM-2031
>> ZS-2019 CONTROL
>> ZS-2029 CONTROL
#14
ZS-2039A/ZS-2039B
PCM-2031
>> ZS-2039A/ZS-2039B CONTROL
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
2
#14
#12
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
FACP-2035
PCM-2031
>> PCM-2031 CONTROL
ANY ADDITIONAL TO EXISTING FACP
FACP-2035
LP-2033
>> FACP-2035 POWER
XHHW-2 FR:
TO:
2
16
10
2
16
10
#12
#14
#14
#12
#14
#14
C-10-380
C-10-381
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
CONDUIT TEE
PCM-2030
RVAT-1050B CONTROL POWER
RVAT-1050B CONTROL
SPARE
RVAT-1040B CONTROL POWER
RVAT-1040B CONTROL
SPARE
C-10-220
C-10-220
C-10-220
C-10-221
C-10-221
C-10-221
May 2014
16990-13
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
9408A10
May 2014
16990-14
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/16990 (FS)
9408A10
SECTION 17050
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION
SYSTEMS
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
General requirements applicable to all Process Control and Instrumentation
Work.
2.
General requirements for process control and instrumentation submittals.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
a. Items involving electrical, control, and instrumentation construction may
be indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that do not
apply specifically to electrical, control and instrumentation systems.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Document 00700 - General Conditions.
b. Document 007D - Supplementary Conditions.
c. Section 01140 - Work Restrictions.
d. Section 01292 - Schedule of Values.
e. Section 01312 - Project Meetings.
f. Section 01324B - Progress Schedules and Reports.
g. Section 01329 - Safety Plan.
h. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
i.
Section 01410 - Regulatory Requirements.
j.
Section 01450 - Quality Control.
k. Section 01600 - Product Requirements.
l.
Section 01610 - Project Design Criteria.
m. Section 01756 - Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up.
n. Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures.
o. Section 01782 - Operation and Maintenance Data.
p. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
q. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
r. Section 17100 - Control Strategies.
s. Section 17101 - Specific Control Strategies.
t. Section 17762 - Control Systems SCADA Software.
u. Section 17950 - Testing, Calibration, and Commissioning.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-1
9408A10
C.
D.
All instrumentation, and control equipment and systems for the entire project to
comply with the requirements specified in the Instrumentation and Control
Specifications, whether referenced in the individual Equipment Specifications or not:
1.
The requirements of the Instrumentation and Control Specifications apply to all
Instrumentation and Control Work specified in other Specifications, including
HVAC controls, packaged mechanical systems, LCPs, VCPs, etc.
2.
Inform all vendors supplying instrumentation, control systems, panels, and/or
equipment of the requirements of the Instrumentation and Control
Specifications.
3.
The Owner is not responsible for any additional costs due to the failure of the
Contractor to notify all subcontractors and suppliers of the Instrumentation
and Control Specifications requirements.
E.
Contract Documents:
1.
General:
a. The Drawings and Specifications are complementary and are to be used
together in order to fully describe the Work.
2.
Specifications:
a. Documents 00700 and 007D of the Contract Documents govern the Work.
b. These requirements are in addition to all General Requirements.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-2
9408A10
3.
Contract Drawings:
a. The Instrumentation and Control Drawings show in a diagrammatic
manner, the desired locations, and arrangements of the components of
the Instrumentation Work. Follow the Drawings as closely as possible, use
professional judgment and coordinate with the other trades to secure the
best possible installation, use the entire Drawing set for construction
purposes.
b. Locations of equipment, control devices, instruments, boxes, panels, etc.
are approximate only, exercise professional judgment in executing the
Work to ensure the best possible installation:
1) The equipment locations and dimensions indicated on the Drawings
and elevations are approximate. Use the shop drawings to determine
the proper layout, foundation, and pad requirements, etc. for final
installation. Coordinate with all subcontractors to ensure that all
instrumentation and control equipment is compatible with other
equipment and space requirements. Make changes required to
accommodate differences in equipment dimensions.
2) The Contractor has the freedom to select any of the named
manufacturers as identified in the individual Specifications; however,
the Engineer has designed the spatial equipment layout based upon
a single manufacturer and has not confirmed that every named
manufacturers equipment fits in the allotted space. It is the
Contractors responsibility to ensure that the equipment being
furnished fits within the defined space.
c. Installation details:
1) The Contract Drawings include installation details showing means
and methods for installing instrumentation and control equipment.
For cases where typical details are not provided or compatible with
an installed location, develop installation details that are necessary
for completing the Work, and submit these details for review by the
Engineer.
d. Schematic diagrams:
1) All controls are shown de-energized.
2) Schematic diagrams show control function only. Incorporate other
necessary functions for proper operation and protection of the
system.
3) Add slave relays, where required, to provide all necessary contacts
for the control system or where needed to function as interposing
relays for control voltage coordination, equipment coordination, or
control system voltage drop considerations.
4) Mount all devices shown on motor controller schematic diagrams in
the controller compartment enclosure, unless otherwise noted or
indicated.
5) Control schematics are to be used as a guide in conjunction with the
descriptive operating sequences indicated on the Drawings or in the
Specifications. Combine all information and furnish a coordinated
and fully functional control system.
F.
Alternates/Alternatives:
1.
Substitute item provisions as specified in Document 00700 and Section 01600.
G.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-3
9408A10
1.
1.02
1.03
REFERENCES
A.
Code compliance:
1.
As specified in Section 01410:
a. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. The
latest edition accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction of referenced
publications in effect at the time of Bid governs.
2.
The following codes and standards are hereby incorporated into this Section:
a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
b. American Petroleum Institute (API):
1) RP 550 Manual on Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control
Systems; Part II-Process Stream Analyzers; Section 5-Oxygen
Analyzers.
2) RP 551 - Process Measurement Instrumentation.
c. International Organization for Standardization (ISO):
1) 9001 - Quality Management Systems - Requirements.
d. International Society of Automation (ISA):
1) 5.1 - Instrumentation Symbols and Identification.
2) 5.4 - Instrument Loop Diagrams.
3) 20 - Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control
Instruments, Primary Elements, and Control Valves.
e. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1) 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum).
f. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
g. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).
h. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
1) 508 - Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment.
2) 508A - Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels.
B.
DEFINITIONS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-4
9408A10
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
Control circuit: Any circuit operating at 120 volts alternating current (VAC) or
direct current (VDC) or less, whose principal purpose is the conveyance of
information (including performing logic) and not the conveyance of energy for
the operation of an electrically powered device.
2.
Panel: An instrument support system that may be a flat surface, a partial
enclosure, or a complete enclosure for instruments and other devices used in
process control systems. Unless otherwise specified or clearly indicated by the
context, the term panel in these Contract Documents is interpreted as a
general term, which includes flat surfaces, enclosures, cabinets and consoles.
3.
Power circuit: Any circuit operating at 90 volts (AC or DC) or more, whose
principal purpose is the conveyance of energy for the operation of an
electrically powered device.
4.
Signal circuit: Any circuit operating at less than 50 VAC or VDC, which
conveys analog information or digital communications information.
5.
Digital bus: A communication network, such as PROFIBUS, Foundation
Fieldbus, or DeviceNet, allowing instruments and devices to transmit data,
control functions and diagnostic information.
6.
2-Wire transmitter (loop powered): A transmitter that derives its operating
power supply from the signal transmission circuit and requires no separate
power supply connections. As used in this Section, two-wire transmitter refers
to a transmitter that provides 4 to 20 milliamperes current regulation of a signal
in a series circuit with an external 24 VDC driving potential:
a. Fieldbus communications signal or both.
7.
Powered transmitters: A transmitter that requires a separate power source
(120 VAC, 240 VAC, etc.) in order for the transmitter to develop its signal. As
used in this Section, the produced signal may be a 4 to 20 milliampere current
signal, a digital bus communications signal or both.
8.
System supplier - As specified in ICSC Qualifications in the Quality Assurance
article of this Section.
9.
Modifications: Changing, extending, interfacing to, removing or altering an
existing circuit.
C.
NEMA:
1.
Type 1 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
2.
Type 2 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
3.
Type 3 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
4.
Type 3R enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
5.
Type 3S enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
6.
Type 3X enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
7.
Type 3RX enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
8.
Type 3SX enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
9.
Type 4 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
10. Type 4X enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
11. Type 5 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
12. Type 6 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
13. Type 6P enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
14. Type 12 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
15. Type 12K enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
16. Type 13 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-5
9408A10
D.
Acronym definitions:
1.
CCS:
The SCADA central computer system (CCS) consisting of personal
computers and software. The personal computer-based hardware
and software system that includes the operator interface, data
storage, data retrieval, archiving, alarming, historian, reports,
trending, and other higher level control system software and
functions.
2.
DPDT:
Double-pole, double-throw.
3.
ES:
Enterprise system: Computer based communications or data
sharing system utilized for non-process control functions such as
E-mail, sharing files, creating documents, etc.
4.
FAT:
Factory acceptance test.
5.
HART:
Highway addressable remote transducer.
6.
HOA:
Hand-Off-Auto control function that is totally PLC based. In the
Hand mode, equipment is started or stopped, valves are opened or
closed through operator direction under the control of the PLC
software. In the Auto mode, equipment is started or stopped and
valves are opened or closed through a control algorithm within the
PLC software. In the Off mode, the equipment is prohibited from
responding from the PLC control.
7.
HMI:
Human machine interface: PLC based operator interface device
consisting of an alphanumeric or graphic display with operator
input functionality. The HMI is typically a flat panel type of display
mounted on the front of a PLC enclosure with either a touch screen
or tactile button interface.
8.
ICSC:
Instrumentation and control system contractor: Subcontractor who
specializes in the design, construction, fabrication, software
development, installation, testing, and commissioning of industrial
instrumentation and control systems.
9.
IJB:
Instrument junction boxes: A panel designed with cord sets to
easily remove, replace or relocate instrument signals.
10. I/O:
Input/Output.
11. IP:
Internet protocol or ingress protection.
12. LCP:
Local control panel: Operator interface panel that may contain an
HMI, pilot type control devices, operator interface devices, control
relays, etc. and does not contain a PLC or RIO.
13. LAN:
Local area network: A control or communications network that is
limited to the physical boundaries of the facility.
14. LOR:
Local-Off-Remote control function. In the Remote mode, equipment
is started or stopped, and valves are opened or closed through the
PLC based upon the selection of the HOA. In the Local mode,
equipment is started or stopped, valves are opened or closed
based upon hardwired control circuits completely independent of
the PLC with minimum interlocks and permissive conditions. In the
Off mode, the equipment is prohibited from responding to any
control commands.
15. NJB:
Network junction box. An enclosure that contains multiple access
points to various networks within the facility. Networks could be
Ethernet, Ethernet/IP, Fieldbus, RIO etc.
16. OIT:
Operator interface terminal: PC-based interface device used for
operator interface with the SCADA system.
17. P&ID:
Process and instrumentation diagram.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-6
9408A10
18. PC:
19. PCIS:
20. PCM:
21. PJB:
22. PLC:
23. RIO:
24. RTU:
25. SCADA:
26.
27.
28.
29.
SPDT:
SPST:
UPS:
VCP:
30. WAN:
1.04
Personal computer.
Process control and instrumentation system: Includes the entire
instrumentation system, the entire control system, and all of the
Work specified in the Instrumentation and Control Specifications
and depicted on the Instrumentation Drawings.
Process control module: An enclosure containing any of the
following devices: PLC, RTU, or RIO.
Power junction box: An enclosure with terminal blocks that
distribute power to multiple instruments.
Programmable logic controller.
Remote I/O device for the PLC consisting of remote I/O racks, or
remote I/O blocks.
Remote telemetry unit: A controller typically consisting of a PLC,
and a means for remote communications. The remote
communications devices typically are radios, modems, etc.
Supervisory control and data acquisition system: A general name
for the computerized system that gathers and processes data from
sensors and applies operational controls to the process equipment.
It includes the PLCs and/or RTUs, HMI PLC-based operator
interface units, related interconnecting communications systems,
and the CCS operator interface and data management system.
Single-pole, double-throw.
Single-pole, single-throw.
Uninterruptible power supply.
Vendor control panel: Control panels that are furnished with
particular equipment by a vendor other than the ICSC. These
panels may contain PLCs, RIO, OIT, HMI, etc.
Wide area network: A control or communications network that
extends beyond the physical boundaries of the facility.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
General requirements:
1.
The Work includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and
completing the Instrumentation and Control System Work indicated on the
Drawings and specified in the Specifications and reasonably inferable there
from including but not limited to:
a. Preparing hardware submittals for field instrumentation.
b. Design, develop, and draft loop drawings, control panel designs, and all
other drawing submittals specified in the Instrumentation and Control
Specifications.
c. Prepare the test plan, the training plan, and the spare parts submittals.
d. Procure all hardware.
e. Provide all PCIS system hardware and software.
f. Fabricate panels.
g. Perform factory tests on panels.
h. Perform bench calibration and verify calibration after installation.
i.
Oversee and certify installation of the PCIS system.
j.
Oversee, document, and certify loop testing.
k. Oversee, document, and certify system pre-commissioning.
l.
Conduct the performance tests.
m. Prepare operation and maintenance manuals.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-7
9408A10
n.
o.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-8
9408A10
b.
Existing system:
1.
The existing station pumps raw water from the Kaw Reservoir to a water
treatment plant in Stillwater, OK. The pump station currently has five pumps
powered and controlled from an existing electrical and control building. The
facility is controlled remotely via an existing leased line connection from
SCADA consoles at the treatment plant.
2.
Existing pump controls are located on the front of each pump starter, on the
front of the existing PCM cabinet, and at SCADA.
3.
Existing PLC communicates with the treatment plant via a leased line.
4.
Additional details regarding the existing control system are indicated on the
Drawings. Refer to Control System Block Diagram on drawing 01-N-01 for
further details.
5.
Historian server is existing.
C.
New system:
1.
The new prefabricated building has a control room which will contain the new
PCM. The new PCM will be integrated with the existing control system as
indicated on the Drawings.
2.
The new control system shall utilize ControlLogix PLCs for monitoring and
controlling the pump station.
3.
The new PLC discrete I/O modules shall be rated for 120 VAC operation.
4.
The PLC cabinet shall contain the following but not limited to external panelmounted OIT (Operator interface terminal), managed copper Ethernet
switches, front-mounted hardwired controls, and a UPS.
5.
The PLC and OIT shall be programmed using the manufacturers latest
version of the compliant programming software package. The existing SCADA
system shall be programmed to accommodate the new system as indicated on
the Contract Documents.
6.
A new fiber network connection will be provided to the site by the local utility
Ponca City Utility Authority (PCUA).
a. Existing leased line to be left in place as a redundant connection. Switch
to direct network traffic on fiber network unless connectivity is lost.
b. Coordinate with PCUA to provide network drop. Fiber drop is to be
installed as late in the project as feasible. The City will be paying a
monthly fee for the fiber connection, therefore the fiber connection from
PCUA should not be in place prior to installation of the new PCM panel
and fiber connection box. Coordinate with the City and PCUA for
appropriate timing of installation.
c. Network connectivity from PCUA network to the existing City network shall
be provided by the City.
7.
New PLC shall interface with existing starters. Control relays and interlocks for
pump starters and drives are located in the PCM cabinet to remove low
voltage controls from medium voltage equipment for the safety of maintenance
personnel.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-9
9408A10
8.
1.05
Operating facility:
1.
As specified in Section 01140.
2.
All control modifications indicated for existing pump Nos. 1, 2, and 3 must take
place while the pump is offline for process modifications. Refer to Section
01140 for requirements regarding pump downtime.
3.
Portions of this existing facility must remain fully functional throughout the
entire construction period. In consideration of this requirement, comply with the
following guidelines:
a. All outages must be of minimal duration and fully coordinated and agreed
to by the Owner. Adjust the construction to meet the requirements of the
Owner.
b. As weather and facility demand conditions dictate, re-adjust the
construction schedule to meet the demands placed upon Owner by its
users.
c. Where portions of the Work are in existing facilities and require interface
to existing circuits, power systems, controls and equipment, perform
comprehensive and detailed field investigations of existing conditions.
Determine all information necessary to document, interface with, modify,
upgrade, or replace existing circuits, power systems, controls, and
equipment.
4.
According to individual circumstances and in compliance with the Drawings,
extend or replace conduit and cable connections from existing locations.
5.
Where shown or specified, replace existing field instruments with new.
6.
The Contractor is responsible for the integrity and measurement accuracy of
all loops. However, any defect found in existing equipment is the responsibility
of the Owner.
7.
The standards of documentation, instrument tagging, cable and conductor
termination, terminal identification and labeling that apply to the new
installation apply equally to the existing installation. Provide new nameplates
for existing equipment showing new tag number indicated on the Drawings.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
General:
1.
Instruct all equipment suppliers of submittals and operation and maintenance
manuals of the requirements in this Section.
2.
Furnish the submittals required by each section in the Electrical Specifications.
3.
Adhere to the wiring numbering scheme specified in Section 16075 throughout
the Project:
a. Uniquely number each wire.
b. Wire numbers must appear on all Equipment Drawings.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-10
9408A10
4.
Use equipment and instrument tags, as indicated on the Drawings, for all
submittals.
C.
Submittal organization:
1.
First page:
a. Specification section reference.
b. Name and telephone number of individual who reviewed submittal before
delivery to Engineer.
c. Name and telephone number of individual who is primarily responsible for
the development of the submittal.
d. Place for Contractors review stamp and comments.
2.
Next pages:
a. Provide confirmation of specification compliance in a tabular form that
individually lists each specification section, paragraph, and subparagraphs and unequivocally states compliance with said requirement or
takes exception to the requirement and lists the reason for said exception
and offers alternative means for compliance.
b. Include a response in writing to each of the Engineers comments or
questions for submittal packages which are re-submitted:
1) In the order that the comments or questions were presented
throughout the submittal.
2) Referenced by index section and page number on which the
comment appeared.
3) Acceptable responses to Engineers comments are either:
a) Engineers comment or change is accepted and appropriate
changes are made.
b) Explain why comment is not accepted or requested change is
not made.
c) Explain how requirement will be satisfied in lieu of comment or
change requested by Engineer.
4) Any re-submittal, which does not contain responses to the Engineers
previous comments shall be returned for Revision and Re-submittal.
5) No further review by the Engineer will be performed until a response
for previous comments has been received.
3.
Remaining pages:
a. Actual submittal data:
1) Organize submittals in exactly the same order as the items are
referenced, listed, and/or organized in the specification section.
2) For submittals that cover multiple devices used in different areas
under the same specification section, the submittal for the individual
devices must list the area where the device is intended to be used.
D.
Submittal preparation:
1.
During the period of preparation of submittals, the Contractor shall authorize
direct, informal liaison between the ICSC and the Engineer for exchange of
technical information. As a result of this liaison, certain minor refinements and
revisions may be authorized informally by the Engineer, which do not alter the
scope of Work or cause increase or decrease in the Contract price or times.
During this informal exchange, no oral statement by the Engineer shall be
construed to give formal approval of any component or method, nor shall any
statement be construed to grant exception to, or variation from, these Contract
Documents.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-11
9408A10
2.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-12
9408A10
2.
3.
4.
5.
6) Revision level.
7) Personnel responsible for the content of the drawing.
8) Date.
i.
The work includes modifications to existing circuits:
1) Clearly show all modifications to existing circuits.
2) In addition, show all existing unmodified wiring to clearly depict the
functionality and electrical characteristics of the complete modified
circuits.
Product data:
a. Submitted for non-custom manufactured material listed in this and other
sections and shown on shop drawings.
b. Include:
1) Catalog cuts.
2) Bulletins.
3) Brochures.
4) Quality photocopies of applicable pages from these documents.
5) Identify on the data sheets the Project name, applicable specification
section, and paragraph.
6) Identify model number and options for the actual equipment being
furnished.
7) Neatly cross out options that do not apply or equipment not intended
to be supplied.
c. Use equipment and instrument tags as depicted on the P&IDs for all
submittals.
d. Adhere to wiring numbering scheme outlined in Section 16075 throughout
the Project:
1) Uniquely number each wire per the Specifications.
e. Wire numbers must appear on all equipment drawings.
Detailed sequence of operation for all equipment or systems.
Completed Motor Data Sheet, as specified in Section 16224, for every motor
furnished:
a. Submit one copy of the Motor Data Sheet to the Engineer for review as
part of the associated equipment submittal.
Operation and maintenance manuals:
a. As specified in Section 01782.
b. Furnish the Engineer with a complete set of written operation and
maintenance manuals 8 weeks before energization start-up and/or
commissioning.
c. Submit preliminary sets of these manuals to the Engineer for review of
format and content:
1) Engineer will return 1 set with comments.
2) Revise and/or amend as required and submit the requisite number of
copies to the Engineer 15 days before Pre-commissioning of the
systems.
d. Incorporate changes that occur during startup and submit as part of the
final manuals.
e. Provide comprehensive information on all systems and components to
enable operation, service, maintenance, and repair.
f. Include Record Documents and the approved shop drawing submittals,
modified for conditions encountered in the field during the work.
g. Include signed results from Calibration, Loop Validation Tests, Precommissioning, and Performance Testing.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-13
9408A10
h.
6.
7.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-14
9408A10
8.
9.
2) Manufacturer.
3) Model number.
4) Service.
5) Area location.
6) Calibrated range.
7) Loop drawing number.
c. Associated LCP, VCP, PCM, or PLC.
Instrument data sheets and cut sheets:
a. Furnish fully completed data sheets, both electronically in Microsoft Word
or Excel and in hardcopy, for each instrument and component according
to ISA-20 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control
Instruments, Primary Elements and Control Valves. The data sheets
provided with the instrument specifications are preliminary and are not
complete. They are provided to assist with the completion of final
instrument data sheets. Additional data sheets may be required. Include
the following information on the data sheet:
1) Component functional description specified in this Section and
indicated on the Drawings.
2) Manufacturers model number or other product designation.
3) Tag number specified in this Section and indicated on the Drawings.
4) System or loop of which the component is a part.
5) Location or assembly at which the component is to be installed.
6) Input and output characteristics.
7) Scale range with units and multiplier.
8) Requirements for electric supply.
9) Requirements for air supply.
10) Power consumption.
11) Response timing.
12) Materials of construction and of component parts that are in contact
with, or otherwise exposed to, process media, and or corrosive
ambient air.
13) Special requirements or features, such as specifications for ambient
operating conditions.
14) Features and options that are furnished.
b. Provide a technical brochure or bulletin (cut sheet) for each instrument
on the project. Submit with the corresponding data sheets:
1) Where the same make and model of instrument is used in 2 or more
applications on the project, and the process applications are nearly
identical, and the materials, features and options are identical submit
one brochure or bulletin for the set of identical instruments.
2) Include a list of tag numbers for which it applies with each brochure
or bulletin.
3) Furnish technical product brochures that are complete enough to
verify conformance with all Contract Document requirements, and to
reflect only those features supplied with the device.
4) Cross out models, features, options, or accessories that are not
being provided.
5) Clearly mark and identify special options and features.
c. Organization: Index the data sheets and brochures in the submittal by
systems or loops.
Control panel hardware submittal:
a. Submit the following in 1 submittal package.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-15
9408A10
b.
17050-16
9408A10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-17
9408A10
e)
Submittal Documents:
(1) Provide an interim submittal of Record Documents after the
PCIS system Pre-commissioning but prior to testing.
(2) Submit final Record Documents before Substantial
Completion or earlier if so specified in Section 01782 or the
General Requirements.
f) Review and Corrections:
(1) Correct any Record Documents or other documents found
to be incomplete, not accurate, of poor quality, or
containing errors.
(2) Promptly correct and re-submit Record Documents
returned for correction.
2) Furnish written information prepared specifically for this Project using
Microsoft Word.doc and Adobe .pdf formats and printed on 8.5-inch
by 11-inch plain bond paper:
a) Provide electronic copies of these documents on CD-ROM
disks.
e. Review and corrections:
1) Correct any record documents or other documents found to be
incomplete, not accurate, of poor quality, or containing errors.
2) Promptly correct and re-submit record documents returned for
correction.
14. Loop Drawings:
a. Submit loop drawings for every analog, discrete, and fieldbus signal and
control circuit:
1) Provide a loop drawing submittal that completely defines and
documents the contents of each monitoring, alarming, interlock, and
control loop on this Project.
2) This requirement applies to all signal and control circuits associated
with equipment on this Project including vendor supplied equipment
packages and control panels.
b. Show every instrument and I/O point on at least one loop diagram.
c. Provide a complete index in the front of each bound volume:
1) Index the loop drawings by systems or process areas.
d. Provide drawings showing definitive diagrams for every instrumentation
loop system:
1) Show and identify each component of each loop or system using
requirements and symbols from ISA-5.4.
2) Furnish a separate drawing sheet for each system or loop diagram.
e. In addition to the ISA-5.4 requirements, show the following details:
1) Functional name of each loop.
2) Reference name, drawing, and loop diagram numbers for any signal
continuing off the loop diagram sheet.
3) Show all terminal numbers, regardless of the entity providing the
equipment.
4) MCC panel, circuit, and breaker numbers for all power feeds to the
loops and instrumentation.
5) Designation of and, if appropriate, terminal assignments associated
with, every manhole, pull-box, junction box, conduit, and panel
through which the loop circuits pass.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-18
9408A10
6)
17050-19
9408A10
d)
e)
f)
17050-20
9408A10
1)
17050-21
9408A10
(1) After the field device loop tests have been successfully
completed for all individual instruments, all separate analog
control networks, all valves, all VCPs, all motors, all local
operator interface panels, all motor control centers, etc.,
submit a certified copy of all test forms signed by the
Contractor, ICSC and the Owners Representative, with test
data entered, together with a clear and unequivocal
statement that all instrumentation has been successfully
calibrated, inspected, and tested.
4) Pre-commissioning Test.
5) Performance Test.
e. Factory Acceptance Test:
1) Include complete test procedures and forms to be used during the
test.
23. Test reports:
a. As specified in Section 01330.
b. Additional requirements for acceptance test reports are specified in
Section 17950.
24. Factory acceptance test:
a. As specified in Section 01330.
1.06
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
C.
The ICSC must have their own operating UL listed panel fabrication facility. All
panels must be fabricated at this facility and meet all UL 508/508A requirements.
D.
ICSC:
1.
The Contractor, through the use of a qualified ICSC, is responsible for the
implementation of the PCIS and the integration of the PCIS with other required
instrumentation and control devices.
2.
The ICSC assumes full responsibility, through the Contractor, to perform all
work to select, furnish, install, program, test, calibrate, and place into operation
all instrumentation, controls, telemetry equipment, control panels, and SCADA
system including application software, for a complete, integrated and
functional PCIS system.
3.
Due to the complexities associated with the interfacing of numerous control
system devices, it is the intent of these Specifications that the ICSC be
responsible for the integration of the PCIS with existing devices and devices
provided under the Contract Documents with the objective of providing a
completely integrated control system.
Store all equipment and materials delivered to the job site in a location that will not
interfere with the construction or the Owners operations.
B.
Shipping precautions:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-22
9408A10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.08
C.
Special instructions:
1.
Securely attach special instructions for proper field handling, storage, and
installation to each piece of equipment before packaging and shipment.
D.
Tagging:
1.
Tag each component and/or instrument to identify its location, instrument tag
number, and function in the system.
2.
Firmly attach a permanent tag indelibly machine marked with the instrument
tag number, as given in the tabulation, on each piece of equipment constituting
the PCIS.
3.
Tag instruments immediately upon receipt in the field.
4.
Prominently display identification on the outside of the package.
5.
Utilize the Tag and Loop Number identifications shown on the P&IDs.
E.
Site conditions:
1.
Provide a PCIS, including all equipment, raceways and any other components
required for a complete installation that meets the environmental conditions for
the Site as specified in the General Requirements and below.
2.
Seismic classification:
a. Provide all equipment and construction techniques suitable for the seismic
requirements for the site, as specified in Section 01610.
3.
Wind:
a. Provide all equipment and construction techniques suitable for the site
wind loading criteria, as specified in Section 01610.
4.
Altitude, temperature and humidity:
a. As specified in Section 01610.
b. Provide all equipment and instrumentation fully rated for continuous
operation at this altitude, temperature and humidity conditions with no
additional derating factors applied.
c. Provide additional temperature conditioning equipment to maintain all
equipment and instrumentation in non-conditioned spaces or outdoors
subject to these ambient temperatures 10 degrees Fahrenheit above the
minimum operating temperature and 10 degrees Fahrenheit below
maximum operating temperature as determined by the equipment
manufacturers guidelines:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-23
9408A10
1)
5.
6.
1.09
Provide all power wiring for these devices (e.g., heaters, fans, etc.),
whether or not indicated on the Drawings.
Area classifications:
a. Furnish enclosures that match the area classifications as specified in
Section 17050.
Site security:
a. Abide by all security and safety rules concerning the Work on the Site, as
specified in Section 01329.
SEQUENCING
A.
General:
1.
As specified in Section 01312.
2.
Testing requirements are specified in Section 17950 and other sections.
3.
General scheduling requirements are specified in Section 01324B.
4.
Work restrictions and other scheduling requirements are specified in
Section 01140.
B.
Pre-submittal conferences:
1.
Before producing any submittals, schedule a pre-submittal conference for the
purposes of reviewing the entire project, equipment, control philosophy,
schedules, and submittal requirements.
2.
The Contractor, instrumentation and control subcontractor, electrical
subcontractor, and all manufacturers furnishing major pieces of equipment
must attend, including but not limited to:
a. Vendor control panels.
b. Switchgear.
c. Variable frequency drives.
d. Lighting.
e. Engine generators.
C.
D.
FAT:
1.
Before the delivery and installation of the PCIS system at the job site, but after
the procurement, assembly, and configuration of all components, perform the
FAT testing.
2.
Schedule the FAT after receiving approval of the FAT procedures submittal.
3.
Submit a copy of the test procedures including all forms at least 21 days
before any scheduled test date.
4.
Notify the Engineer of scheduled tests a minimum of 15 days before the date
of the test.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-24
9408A10
analog control networks, all valves, all VCPs, all motors, all local operator
interface panels, all motor control centers, etc., submit a certified copy of
all test forms signed by the Contractor, ICSC, and the Owners
representative with test data entered, together with a clear and
unequivocal statement that all instrumentation, including all control and
signal wiring, has been successfully calibrated, inspected, and tested.
F.
Training:
1.
As specified in Section 01756.
2.
Complete all training before the pre-commissioning phase of the project may
start.
3.
Schedule the training sessions a minimum of 15 days before the start date of
the courses.
4.
Submit training manuals to the Engineer a minimum of 10 days before starting
the training session.
5.
Within 10 days after the completion of each session, submit the following:
a. A list of all Owner personnel that attended the session.
b. A copy of the training materials utilized during the lesson with all notes,
diagrams, and comments.
G.
Pre-commissioning test:
1.
Commence after acceptance of all training, wire test, calibration tests, and
loop validation tests, and all inspections have demonstrated that the PCIS
complies with all Contract requirements.
2.
Acceptance of the PCIS pre-commissioning testing must be provided in writing
by the Engineer before the performance testing may begin.
H.
Provide all special tools and spare parts, as specified in the Maintenance paragraph
of this Section, before performance testing commences, suitably wrapped and
identified.
I.
Performance testing:
1.
Complete pre-commissioning test a minimum of 5 days before the
performance test.
J.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-25
9408A10
1.
1.12
SYSTEM START-UP
A.
Replace or modify equipment, software, and materials that do not achieve design
requirements after installation in order to attain compliance with the design
requirements:
1.
Following replacement or modification, retest the system and perform
additional testing to place the complete system in satisfactory operation and
obtain compliance acceptance from the Engineer.
1.13
1.14
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
B.
C.
Provide additional spare parts specified in other sections of the Instrumentation and
Control Specifications.
D.
Submit all special tools and spare parts, suitably wrapped and identified, before
performance testing commences.
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Provide similar items from a single manufacturer throughout the PCIS portion of the
Project.
B.
2.02
2.03
MATERIALS
A.
Furnish all materials under this Contract that are new, free from defects, and
standard products produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the production
of these devices and that bear all approvals and labels as required by the
Specifications.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-26
9408A10
2.04
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
Furnish all meters, instruments, and other components that are the most recent field
proven models marketed by their manufacturers at the time of submittal of the shop
drawings unless otherwise specified to match existing equipment.
B.
C.
Signal transmission:
1.
Analog signals:
a. Furnish analog measurements and control signals that vary in direct linear
proportion to the measured variable, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Furnish electrical analog signals outside control panels that are 4 to
20 milliamperes 24 VDC, except as indicated.
c. Analog signals within enclosures may be 1 to 5 VDC.
d. Electrically or optically isolate all analog signals from other signals.
e. Furnish regulated analog signals that are not affected by changes in
supply voltage or load resistance within the units rating.
f. Maintain the total 4 to 20 milliamperes loop impedance to 10 percent
below the published value at the loop operating voltage.
g. Where necessary, reduce loop impedance by providing current-to-current
(I/I) isolation amplifiers for signal re-transmission.
2.
Pneumatic Signals:
a. All pneumatic signals: 3 to 15 pounds per square inch gauge.
3.
Discrete input Signals:
a. As indicated in the controller hardware specification.
4.
Discrete output signals:
a. Dry contacts or TRIAC outputs (with express written approval by the
Engineer) as needed to coordinate with the field device.
b. Provide external terminal block mounted fuse with blown fuse indication
for all discrete outputs.
c. Provide interposing relays for all discrete outputs for voltage and/or
current compatibilities.
d. Provide interposing relays as required for functionality of the control
circuit.
D.
E.
Grounding:
1.
Provide control panels with a signal ground bus, isolated from the power
ground bus:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-27
9408A10
a.
2.
3.
2.07
Provide multiple panels in one location with a common point for signal
ground bus connection to ground.
Ground single point ground shields and measurement loops at the source
panel external terminals, unless otherwise noted, by bonding to the control
panel signal ground bus.
Provide isolating amplifiers within control panels for field equipment
possessing a grounded input or output, except when the panel circuit is
galvanically isolated.
ACCESSORIES
A.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
Provide all equipment that is new, free from defects, and standard products
produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of these products
that bear all approvals and labels as required by the Specifications.
B.
Arrange with all manufacturers of the equipment and fabricators of panels and
cabinets, to allow the Owner and Engineer to inspect and witness the testing of the
equipment at the site of fabrication:
1.
Equipment includes the cabinets, special control systems, flow measuring
devices, and other pertinent systems and devices.
C.
Factory testing is specified in Section 17950 and other sections of the Electrical,
and the Instrumentation and Control Specifications.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
The ICSC is required to visit the site to examine the premises completely before
bidding. It is the ICSC's responsibility to be fully familiar with the existing conditions
and local requirements and regulations.
B.
Review the existing Site conditions and examine all shop drawings for the various
items of equipment in order to determine exact routing and final terminations for all
wiring and cables.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-28
9408A10
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Perform all related Electrical Work in accordance with the applicable sections of the
Electrical Specifications.
C.
D.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-29
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Slope horizontal runs of instrument tubing at a minimum of 1/16th inch per foot
to allow for draining of any condensate.
Bends:
a. Use proper tool.
b. Make bends for parallel lines symmetrical.
c. Make bends without deforming or thinning the walls of the tubing.
Square-cut and clean all ends of tubing before being inserted in the fittings.
Provide bulkhead fittings at all panels requiring pipe and/or tubing entries.
Use stainless steel tubing for all piping hard piped from the air header, unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings or not compatible with the fluids or
atmosphere in the area:
a. Use flexible connections only on moving equipment and under the
constraint that the length shall be less than 1.5 times maximum travel of
the equipment.
F.
G.
Equipment tie-downs:
1.
Anchor all instruments, control panels, and equipment by methods that comply
with seismic and wind bracing requirements, which apply to the Site.
2.
All control panels, VCPs, LCPs, RTUs, PCMs, etc., shall be permanently
mounted and tied down to structures.
H.
Instrument tagging:
1.
As specified in Section 16075.
2.
Provide all field-mounted instruments with nameplates:
a. Nameplates engraved with the instruments full tag number as indicated
on the Drawings:
1) Affix tags with stainless steel wire fasteners.
3.
Provide all back of panel instruments with nameplates:
a. Engraved with the instruments full tag number as indicated on the
Drawings:
4.
Provide all front of panel instruments with a nameplate:
5.
Provide all front of panel instruments with a nameplate:
a. Engraving to include the following:
1) Instruments full tag number
2) Service description.
b. Nameplates:
1) Secure nameplates to the panel with stainless steel screws.
2) Use an approved adhesive if screws would violate the NEMA or other
ratings of the enclosure.
I.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-30
9408A10
a.
J.
Surge protection:
1.
Provide outdoor field instrument loops with voltage surge protection units
installed on the instruments.
2.
Individually fuse each 4 to 20 milliamperes direct current loop with a 1/16
ampere fuse between power supplies and receiver surge protectors.
3.
Provide voltage surge protection for 4 wire transmitters and analyzers:
a. Protect both power source and signal loop.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
Inspection:
1.
Allow for inspection of PCIS installation as specified in Section 01450.
2.
Provide any assistance necessary to support inspection activities.
3.
Engineer inspections may include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Inspect equipment and materials for physical damage.
b. Inspect installation for compliance with Drawings and Specifications.
c. Inspect installation for obstructions and adequate clearances around
equipment.
d. Inspect equipment installation for proper leveling, alignment, anchorage,
and assembly.
e. Inspect equipment nameplate data to verify compliance with design
requirements.
f. Inspect cable terminations.
g. Inspect/witness instrument calibrations/verifications.
4.
Inspection activities conducted during construction do not satisfy inspection
requirements specified in Section 17950.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-31
9408A10
3.08
3.09
C.
D.
Installation supervision:
1.
Ensure that the entire PCIS is installed in a proper and satisfactory manner. At
a minimum, the ICSC shall provide the following services:
a. Installation resources:
1) Coordinate with the Contractor regarding installation requirements of
the Contract Documents.
b. Provide technical assistance to installation personnel by telephone:
1) Furnish installation personnel with at least one copy of the approved
submittals, including all installation details.
c. Periodic inspections during the construction period.
d. A complete check of the completed installation to ensure that it is in
conformance with the requirements of the equipment manufacturer and
the Contract Documents.
e. Field verify accuracy and calibration of all instruments.
ADJUSTING
A.
Control valves:
1.
Stroke all control valves, cylinders, drives and connecting linkages from the
control system as well as local control devices and adjust to verify proper
control action, hand switch action, limit switch settings, torque settings, remote
control actions, and remote feedback of valve status and position.
2.
Check control valve actions and positioner settings with the valves in place to
ensure that no changes have occurred since the bench calibration.
B.
Make all revisions necessary to the control system software, as directed by the
Engineer. It is understood that the Contractor knows and agrees that changes will
be required in the control system software during the factory acceptance tests, the
pre-commissioning, performance testing, start-up and during the warranty period.
CLEANING
A.
B.
Vacuum clean all control panels and enclosures before start-up and again after final
completion of the project.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Leave wiring in panels, manholes, boxes, and other locations in a neat, clean, and
organized manner:
1.
Neatly coil and label all spare wiring lengths.
2.
Shorten, re-terminate, and re-label excessive spare wire and cable lengths, as
determined by the Engineer.
G.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-32
9408A10
3.10
B.
Training:
1.
General:
a. Provide system maintenance and operator training courses for all the
instrumentation and control systems furnished.
b. Conduct all training at the Project Site or treatment plant unless another
location is approved by the Engineer and Owner:
1) Include instruction on the use of all maintenance equipment and
special tools provided under the Contract.
c. Tailor training classes to the specific needs of the class participants:
1) Develop separate courses for operators, maintenance staff, and
supervisors:
a) The specific categories and number of personnel in each
category are identified below.
2) Furnish training courses that are a combination of classroom and
hands-on training:
a) To the greatest extent possible, utilize components from the
Owners PCIS system.
b) Limit classes that include extensive hands-on activities to a
maximum of 5 students per class.
3) Present the minimum number of sessions, specified in Table 170503.10-T1, for each course in order to satisfy class size restrictions and
limitations scheduling Owner staff.
4) Furnish additional sessions if required to accommodate the total
number of personnel identified for each course.
d. Schedule individual training classes with the Owner at least 3 weeks
before the start of the class:
1) Schedule all training classes Monday - Friday between 7:30 AM and
3:30 PM.
2) Each individual daily training session, travel time excluded:
a) Minimum duration of 4 hours.
b) Maximum duration of 7 hours.
c) Breaks scheduled at least every 90 minutes and 1 hour for
lunch.
3) Complete training for maintenance personnel 90 days before
performance testing.
4) Complete operator training classes before start-up of the SCADA
system, or any part of it:
a) As specified in the Sequencing article of this Section.
5) Schedule follow-up training classes after SCADA start-up on a
schedule determined by the Owner.
e. Furnish highly qualified training instructors for technical training with
demonstrated expertise in not only control system functionality but also
professional training techniques:
1) Instructors are subject to the approval of the Engineer.
2) Furnish training instructors thoroughly familiar with the PCIS system,
who are members of the SCADA system implementation team.
3) One of the individuals conducting the SCADA system training course
must be the same individual responsible for the majority of the
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-33
9408A10
2.
Table 17050-3.10-T1
Minimum
Course
Length
(days per
session)
Personnel
(Estimated
Number
of Students)
Minimum
Number
of
Sessions
Training
location
System Overview
0.5
KAW PS
0.5
WTP
KAW PS
0.5
KAW PS
PLC Hardware
KAW PS
PLC Software
WTP
0.5
KAW PS
KAW PS
Course Title
C.
Network Equipment
Follow-up Training and Reports
1.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-34
9408A10
f)
c.
d.
e.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-35
9408A10
f.
2.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-36
9408A10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
Protect all Work from damage or degradation until date of Substantial Completion.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17050 (FS)
17050-37
9408A10
SECTION 17100
CONTROL STRATEGIES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Contractor-developed loop description submittal requirements.
2.
General programming requirements.
3.
Common control functions:
a. General control and monitoring functions to be provided throughout the
PCIS system.
1) These requirements apply to all systems, and supplement the
specific loop descriptions in Section 17101 and information indicated
on the Drawings.
A.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
b. Section 17101 - Specific Control Strategies.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Hardwired control: Control circuitry that does not utilize software to initiate
functionality.
C.
Hardwired interlocks: A safety or protective feature that will interrupt operation of the
equipment in all operating modes with no required operator intervention.
D.
Software interlocks: A safety or protective feature that will interrupt operation of the
equipment when the PLC has control.
E.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-1
9408A10
F.
Clamp: Imposed upper and lower limits on setpoints to eliminate entries outside the
allowable control parameters.
G.
Watchdog timer: Timers imposed to test components such as discrete I/O to verify
the health of the card.
1.04
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-2
9408A10
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
3.04
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-3
9408A10
d.
7.
8.
9.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-4
9408A10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-5
9408A10
e.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Log the value before preset, preset value, operator, time, and date of
preset in the SCADA archive.
Where start counts are indicated on the Drawings, or required in this Section,
count starts for each piece of equipment (off to on transitions of running status)
in the PLC:
a. Display total starts on PCIS screens, and provide a reset function.
b. Where indicated, calculate number of starts for each day:
1) Display current day and previous day starts on PCIS displays.
2) Do not reset daily start count when overall count is reset.
3) Archive starts for each day through SCADA.
Where run time accumulation is indicated on the Drawings, or required in this
Section, integrate accumulated run time to the nearest 0.1 hour whenever the
running status input indicates that the equipment is running:
a. Display total run time in hours on PCIS screens.
b. Where indicated, calculate total run time for each day:
1) Display current day and previous day run time on the OIT to the
nearest 0.1 hour.
2) Do not reset daily run time when overall time is reset.
3) Archive run time for each day through SCADA.
For all monitored analog values:
a. Convert all values to engineering units within the PLC.
b. Maintain trends in SCADA.
c. Totalize flows in the PLC logic:
1) Where totalized flows are input to a discrete input, count input pulses
and multiply by the volume per pulse.
2) Where no totalizer input is shown, integrate the analog input over
time.
3) Display totals on the OIT and HMI.
4) Archive totals to the historical database through SCADA.
d. Calculate hourly, daily, and monthly averages:
1) Calculations may be performed by the PLC or SCADA.
2) Display averages on the OIT, and archive through SCADA.
e. Calculate minimum and maximum values for each hour, day, and month:
1) Calculations may be performed by the PLC or SCADA.
2) Display minima and maxima on the OIT, and archive through
SCADA.
f. Generate an alarm whenever an over-ride value is in use.
Analog data processing:
a. Engineering units conversion:
1) Use engineering units for all analog point values. Convert analog
inputs to engineering units.
b. Analog magnitude checking:
1) Provide upper and lower limits to prevent operator-entered values
(setpoints, etc.) from falling outside acceptable limits.
c. Analog value quality:
1) Monitor analog values received at each PLC from analog inputs or
communications from another PLC or RIO, and generate alarms for
the following conditions:
a) Rate of change in excess of acceptable limit:
(1) Provide a separate rate limit for each value.
b) Stale value:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-6
9408A10
8.
9.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-7
9408A10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-8
9408A10
3)
PCIS OFF: Automated PCIS control is disabled and PLC calls for all
associated equipment to stop and valves to close or go to their
identified safe state.
4) Program the PLC so that switching a strategy between AUTO and
HAND (either direction) occurs with a smooth transition. Keep
running or position status unchanged when control is switched to
HAND until a change is requested using the operator selections
(START, STOP, OPEN, CLOSE). Keep running and position status
unchanged when control is switched to AUTO until the control logic
determines a change is required.
13. Display the current status of all operator selections (PCIS HAND/AUTO, PCIS
START/STOP, etc.) on HMI and OIT.
14. Permissives:
a. Implement software permissives where indicated to place equipment in a
safe condition in response to impending hazardous process conditions.
Apply software permissives when equipment is operating in PCIS AUTO
or PCIS HAND:
b. Use hard-wired permissives for equipment protection where indicated.
15. Process control algorithms:
a. Jog and hold: Unless otherwise indicated, use jog and hold control
algorithms where possible:
1) When the error between process variable and setpoint is beyond a
setpoint deadband:
a) Jog valve or ramp speed in the required direction for a preset
Jog Time or until the process variable reaches or passes the
setpoint.
b) Then hold speed or position through a setpoint Hold Time.
c) Continue alternating jog and hold until the error is less than the
deadband.
2) Provide operator access to Jog Time and Hold Time setpoints from
the OIT.
b. PID algorithms: Use where indicated, or where necessary to provide fast
response:
1) Provide a PID faceplate with the following displays and functions for
each PID control algorithm:
a) Display Output, CV.
b) Display Setpoint, SP.
c) Display Process Variable, PV.
d) Allow for operator selection of Automatic or Manual control of
the output.
e) Under Manual control of output allow the operator to enter the
desired output value.
f) Allow for input of the 3 Proportional, Integral and Derivative
tuning parameters.
g) Configure PID loops to prevent reset windup when controlled
equipment is operating in Manual (local or PCIS), or when the
equipment has reached a physical limit.
h) When controlled equipment is being operated in remote PCIS
HAND, configure the PID function to track the process variable
to provide a smooth transfer between Manual and Automatic
modes.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-9
9408A10
i)
17100-10
9408A10
f.
g.
h.
i.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-11
9408A10
17100-12
9408A10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-13
9408A10
4) Ground fault.
Power and starter information:
a. Retrieve data via power quality meters, motor protection relays, digital bus
networks, or metering instruments, as indicated.
b. Display the following data to the extent it is available from the specified
device:
1) Current: XXXX.X A:
a) A-Phase.
b) B-Phase.
c) C-Phase.
2) Volts: XXXX.X V:
a) A-Phase.
b) B-Phase.
c) C-Phase.
3) Reactive power: XXXX.X kVAR.
4) Real power: XXXX.X kW.
5) Apparent power: XXXX.X kVA.
6) Power factor: 0.XX percent.
c. For engine/generator system monitoring, also display percent of rated
output.
21. Generator equipped with communications:
1) Voltage.
2) Ammeter.
3) Frequency.
4) Power Factor.
5) Kilowatts (kW).
6) Kilowatt-hours (kW-hr).
7) Kilovars (kVars).
8) Kilovar-hours (kVar-hr).
9) Number of start attempts.
10) Low oil pressure.
11) Oil pressure sender failure.
12) Low coolant temperature.
13) High coolant temperature.
14) High oil temperature.
15) Engine temperature sender failure.
16) Low coolant level.
17) Fail to crank.
18) Fail to start/overcrank.
19) Engine speed.
20) Overspeed.
21) Battery voltage.
22) Low DC battery voltage.
23) High DC battery voltage.
24) High AC voltage.
25) Low AC voltage.
26) Under frequency.
27) Overcurrent.
22. VFDs equipped with communications:
a. Communicate and display all values listed in the equipment specifications,
indicated on the Drawings, or listed below.
20.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-14
9408A10
b.
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17100 (FS)
17100-15
9408A10
SECTION 17101
SPECIFIC CONTROL STRATEGIES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Loop descriptions:
a. Specific control requirements and functional descriptions for individual
control loops.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-1
9408A10
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-2
9408A10
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-3
9408A10
3.04
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-4
9408A10
2)
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
The pump is only allowed to run if the pump inlet pressure (dedicated
pressure switch) is sufficiently high to allow pumping.
3) The pump is only allowed to run if the pump discharge valve LocalOff-Remote selector switch at the valve actuator is in the Remote
position.
b. Pump alarm shutdowns.
1) The pump shuts down on motor high-high temperature.
2) The pump shuts down on motor protection relay trip signal.
3) The pump shuts down on timeout of high discharge pressure
activation. This results in a pump shut down if the valve has not been
commanded to open within a specific time of pump start.
PLC Control:
a. With the LOR switch in the REMOTE position, the Pumps are controlled
via the PLC.
1) PCIS Hand:
a) Each pump is started and stopped using Start/Stop controls
displayed on the SCADA graphic screen.
2) Starts limitation:
a) Provide the following for each pump:
(1) Number of starts in last 24 hours.
(2) Time between starts in last 24 hours.
(3) Operator setpoint for minimum time between starts.
b) Limit the time between starts to an Operator-adjustable setpoint.
c) Limit the number of starts in a 24-hour period to an Operatoradjustable set point.
3) PCIS Auto:
a) None.
Software Interlocks:
a. If a hardwired pump shutdown occurs, the PLC is not allowed to send a
pump run command until the corresponding alarm is acknowledged by the
Operator at the SCADA graphic screen.
SCADA Control:
a. As indicated on the P&IDs and described herein.
Indicators and Alarms:
a. As indicated on the P&IDs and described herein.
Failure modes:
a. None.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-5
9408A10
3.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-6
9408A10
2)
4.
5.
When the pump starts, an adjustable timer starts. If the timer times
out before the high differential pressure switch is activated, the pump
stops and a SCADA alarm is generated. This results in a pump shut
down if the valve has not been commanded to open within a specific
time of pump start.
g. Pump stop sequence.
1) When the pump is commanded to stop, the discharge valve is
commanded to close. The pump continues to run until the discharge
valve reaches 5% Open Status as determined by a dedicated limit
switch. The pump then stops.
2) The valve continues to close the remainder of the way.
Hardwired Interlocks:
a. Pump permissives (not applicable for bump start):
1) The pump is only allowed to run if the inlet strainers are not plugged
as monitored by a strainer inlet/outlet differential pressure switch.
2) The pump is only allowed to run if the pump inlet pressure (dedicated
pressure switch) is sufficiently high to allow pumping.
3) The pump is only allowed to run if the pump discharge valve LocalOff-Remote selector switch at the valve actuator is in the Remote
position.
b. Pump alarm shutdowns.
1) The pump shuts down on motor high-high temperature.
2) The pump shuts down on motor protection relay trip signal.
3) The pump shuts down on timeout of discharge differential pressure
equalization. This results in a pump shut down if the valve has not
been commanded to open within a specific time of pump start.
c. Starter interlocks:
1) The VFD is only allowed to run if the VFD switch is closed at the
transfer switch and the LORB is not in BYPASS position.
2) The RVAT starter is only allowed to run if the bypass switch is closed
at the transfer switch and the LORB is in BYPASS position.
PLC Control:
1) The RVAT bypass starter is only manually controlled. When in
bypass mode, all PLC control is disabled. PLC status shall remain
operational.
2) PCIS Hand:
a) With the transfer switch in VFD position and the LOCAL-OFFREMOTE-BYPASS (LORB) switch in the REMOTE position, the
Pumps are controlled/started via the PLC.
b) The pump is started and stopped using Start/Stop controls
displayed on the SCADA graphic screen.
c) The pump speed is manually adjusted using a manual speed
setpoint displayed on the SCADA graphic screen.
3) Starts limitation:
a) Provide the following for each pump:
(1) Number of starts in last 24 hours.
(2) Time between starts in last 24 hours.
(3) Operator setpoint for minimum time between starts.
b) Limit the time between starts to an Operator-adjustable setpoint.
c) Limit the number of starts in a 24-hour period to an Operatoradjustable set point.
4) PCIS Auto:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-7
9408A10
6.
7.
8.
9.
C.
a) None.
Software Interlocks:
a. If a hardwired pump shutdown occurs, the PLC is not allowed to send a
pump run command until the corresponding alarm is acknowledged by the
Operator at the SCADA graphic screen.
SCADA Control:
a. As indicated on the P&IDs and described herein.
Indicators and Alarms:
a. As indicated on the P&IDs and described herein.
Failure modes:
a. None.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-8
9408A10
1)
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17101 (FS)
17101-9
9408A10
SECTION 17402
PRESSURE/VACUUM MEASUREMENT: INSTRUMENT VALVES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Valve manifolds and instrument valves.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
C.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
Additional requirements:
1.
Product data:
a. Valve type.
b. Body material.
c. Size.
d. Options.
2.
Shop drawings:
a. Mounting details for all manifold valves.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17402 (FS)
17402-1
9408A10
1.05
1.06
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Examine the complete set of Contact Documents and verify that the instruments are
compatible with the installed conditions including:
1.
Process conditions: Fluids, pressures, temperatures, flows, materials, etc.
2.
Physical conditions:
a. Installation and mounting requirements.
b. Location within the process.
c. Accessories: Verify that all required accessories are provided and are
compatible with the process conditions and physical installation.
C.
Notify the Engineer if any installation condition does not meet the instrument
manufacturers recommendations or specifications.
D.
B.
Protect valve manifolds and protective coatings from damage during handling and
installation. Repair coating where damaged.
1.08
WARRANTY
A.
1.09
MAINTENANCE
A.
B.
Furnish all parts, materials, fluids, etc. necessary for operation, maintenance, and
calibration purposes throughout the warranty period. Deliver all of these supplies
before project substantial completion.
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17402 (FS)
17402-2
9408A10
3.
4.
B.
2.02
Noshok.
Rosemount.
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
Valve manifolds:
1.
General:
a. Provide 2-valve, 3-valve, blowdown type 5-valve, or metering type 5-valve
manifolds as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Valve manifolds shall have one piece bonnet with a metal to metal seal to
the valve body below the bonnet threads.
2.
Requirements:
a. Bonnet lock pin to prevent accidental loosening.
b. Gas leak tested metal-to-metal hard seat design for hard seat valves.
c. Gas leak tested soft seat design with replaceable seat for soft seat valves.
d. Manifold valves shall have straight through portion for bi-directional flow
and easy roddable cleaning.
e. Manifold valves shall allow for direct or remote instrument mounting.
f. Shall be able to withstand pressures up to 6,000 psi for soft seat valves
and 10,000 psi for hard seat valves at maximum 200 degrees Fahrenheit.
g. Materials of construction:
1) Body material: Type 316 stainless steel.
2) O-Ring: Teflon.
h. 2-Valve manifolds:
1) 1 isolation valve and 1 drain/vent and calibration valve.
i.
3-Valve manifolds:
1) 2 isolation valves and 1 equalizing valve for differential pressure
applications.
2) Plugged vent connections used for vent/drain or calibration.
j.
Blowdown 5-valve manifold:
1) 2 isolation valves, 1 equalizing valve, 2 blowdown valves for
differential pressure applications.
k. Metering 5-valve manifold:
1) 2 isolation valves, 2 equalizing valves, 1 vent/drain and calibration
valve for differential pressure applications.
B.
Gauge valves:
1.
General:
a. Valve shall provide process isolation from pressure instrument.
b. Gas leak tested, metal-to-metal hard seat design for hard seat valves.
c. Gas leak tested soft seat design with replaceable seat for soft seat valves.
2.
Requirements:
a. Materials of construction:
1) Body material: Type 316 stainless steel.
2) O-Ring: Teflon.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17402 (FS)
17402-3
9408A10
2.03
2.04
ACCESSORIES
A.
Provide tube fitting, female NPT, or pipe butt weld connections if necessary.
B.
C.
B.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine the installation location for the instrument and verify that the instrument will
work properly when installed.
1.
Notify the Engineer promptly if any installation condition does not meet the
instrument manufacturers recommendations or specifications.
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
3.04
A.
B.
Coordinate the installation with all trades to ensure that the mechanical system has
all necessary appurtenances including weld-o-lets, valves, etc. for proper installation
of instruments.
3.05
3.06
ADJUSTING
A.
B.
CLEANING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17402 (FS)
17402-4
9408A10
3.07
3.08
B.
PROTECTION
A.
3.09
SCHEDULES
A.
The provided information does not necessarily include all required instruments.
Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Documents:
1.
Instruments may be indicated on the Drawings, specified in the Specifications,
or both.
END OF SECTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17402 (FS)
17402-5
9408A10
SECTION 17403
PRESSURE/VACUUM MEASUREMENT: SWITCHES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Pressure/vacuum switches.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
c. Section 17402 - Pressure/Vacuum Measurement: Instrument Valves.
C.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
1.05
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
GENERAL
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Additional requirements:
1.
Product data:
a. Accessories such as diaphragm seals, valve manifold, snubbers, and
pulsation dampeners.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Examine the complete set of Contract Documents and verify that the instruments
are compatible with the installed conditions including:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17403 (FS)
17403-1
9408A10
1.
2.
C.
1.06
PART 2
Furnish all parts, materials, fluids, etc. necessary for operation, maintenance, and
calibration purposes throughout the warranty period. Deliver all of these supplies
before project substantial completion.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
MAINTENANCE
A.
2.01
WARRANTY
A.
1.09
1.08
Notify the Engineer if any installation condition does not meet the instrument
manufacturers recommendations or specifications.
1.07
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17403 (FS)
17403-2
9408A10
3.
4.
2.03
ACCESSORIES
A.
2.04
Element:
a. Type: Diaphragm, diaphragm-sealed piston, or bourdon tube.
b. Overpressure:
1) Minimum 130 percent of maximum range pressure without damage
to switch or sensing element.
2) Minimum 400 percent of nominal range without leakage or rupture.
c. Sensing element shall not require ambient temperature compensation.
d. Wetted materials: Stainless steel.
e. Setpoint:
1) Single.
2) Switch shall activate at setpoint on increasing pressure for highpressure alarm applications and on decreasing pressure for lowpressure alarm applications.
f. Adjustable deadband.
g. Switch elements:
1) Snap acting.
2) Single pole-double throw (SPDT)
3) Rated at 5 A, 125/250 VAC.
4) Automatic reset type.
h. Enclosure: Epoxy coated:
1) NEMA Type 4X.
i.
Switch mounting:
1) Process connection: 1/2-inch NPT.
Components:
a. Provide all necessary hardware for pressure switch mounting.
B.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Coordinate the installation with all trades to ensure that the mechanical system has
all necessary appurtenances including weld-o-lets, valves, etc. for proper
installation of instruments.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17403 (FS)
17403-3
9408A10
3.04
3.05
ADJUSTING
A.
3.06
PROTECTION
A.
3.09
3.08
CLEANING
A.
3.07
SCHEDULES
A.
The provided information does not necessarily include all required instruments.
Provide all instruments specified in the Contract Documents:
1.
Instruments may be indicated on the Drawings, specified in the Specifications
or both.
END OF SECTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17403 (FS)
17403-4
9408A10
A/E:
PRESSURE/VACUUM
SWITCHES
Carollo Engineers
Contractor:
Project:
Kaw Pump Station Improvements
City of Stillwater
Customer:
Kaw Raw Water Pump Station
Plant:
Location:
BOM No.:
File:
1
Type
D 2
Setting
E 3
Dead Band
V 4
Mtl :
Body Seat Tube
I 5
Element Type
C 6
Material
E 7
Connection
8
Mounting
9
Accuracy
10 Other
11 Type
12 Quantity
S 13 Form
W 14 Rating:
Amps
Volts Hertz
I 15 Other
T 16 Load
C 17 Enclosure
H 18 Enclosure Class
19 Conduit Connection
20 Other
21 Manufacturer
22 Model No.
Rev Tag Number
Adj. Range SP Process
PDSH-1006
0-50PSIG
PSL-1012
1-75PSIG
PSH-1013
25-200PSIG
PSL-1022
1-75PSIG
PSH-1023
25-200PSIG
PSL-1032
1-75PSIG
PSH-1033
25-200PSIG
PSL-1042
1-75PSIG
PDSH-1043
0-5PSIG
PSL-1052
1-75PSIG
PDSH-1053
0-5PSIG
No
By
Date
Revision
Spec. No.
17403
Contract
Date
Req.
P.O.
By
Rev.
Chk
App
Press: X
Vacuum:
Comp.:
Diff.Press: X Other
Set in Field: X Factory Set: Internal:
External:
Dial:
Fixed:
Adj.: X Min.: Other:
Diaphragm: X Bourdon: Bellows:
Other
Bronze:
SS: X Alloy St.:
Other
in NPT
Bottom:
Back:
Local: X
Surface: X Flush:
Mercury:
Snap: X Other
Single: X Dual: Other
SPST:
SPDT: X DPDT:
10
Other
120
Inductive:
Non-Inductive:
General Purpose:
Weatherproof: X
NEMA 4X
MFR STD: X Other
Signal SP
Op. Temp.
P&ID
10-N-01
10-N-02
10-N-02
10-N-03
10-N-03
10-N-04
10-N-04
10-N-05
10-N-05
10-N-06
10-N-06
60
None:
Explosion proof:
Service
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Notes
Differential
Differential
Differential
Notes:
Refer to Section 17402 for additional instrument valve requirements.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17403 (FS)
17403-5
9408A10
SECTION 17404
PRESSURE/VACUUM MEASUREMENT: GAUGES
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Pressure gauges.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
c. Section 17402 - Pressure/Vacuum Measurement - Instrument Valves.
C.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
1.05
GENERAL
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Additional requirements:
1.
Product data:
a. Accessories such as diaphragm seals, valve manifold, snubbers, and
pulsation dampeners.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17404 (FS)
17404-1
9408A10
1.06
B.
Examine the complete set of Contract Documents and verify that the instruments
are compatible with the installed conditions including:
1.
Process conditions: Fluids, pressures, temperatures, flows, materials, etc.
2.
Physical conditions:
a. Installation and mounting requirements.
b. Location within the process.
c. Accessories: Verify that all required accessories are provided and are
compatible with the process conditions and physical installation.
C.
Notify the Engineer if any installation condition does not meet the instrument
manufacturers recommendations or specifications.
1.07
1.08
PART 2
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
MAINTENANCE
A.
2.01
WARRANTY
A.
1.09
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
Pressure gauge assembly shall include pressure sensing element, gauge
case, and dial mechanism.
B.
Performance requirements:
1.
Pressure range:
a. As specified in the Contract Documents.
2.
Accuracy:
a. Grade 2A, as defined by ASME B40.100.
b. Within 1.0 percent of span after friction errors are eliminated by tapping or
vibration.
c. Maximum allowable friction inaccuracy: Within 1.0 percent of span.
3.
Element:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17404 (FS)
17404-2
9408A10
a.
4.
2.03
2.04
Where the maximum pressure is less than 10 pounds per square inch,
provide socket and bellows; for all other pressure ranges, employ a
Bourdon tube.
b. Socket tips for bellows and Bourdon tube:
1) Materials: Type 316 stainless steel.
c. Overpressure: Minimum 130 percent of maximum range pressure without
damage to gauge or sensing element.
d. Wetted materials: Type 316 stainless steel.
Dial gauge:
a. Dial size: 4-1/2 inches.
b. Dial case material:
c. Maximum pressure less than 10 pounds per square inch:
1) Aluminum.
d. Maximum pressure greater than or equal to 10 pounds per square inch:
1) Stainless steel.
e. Provide safety gauge with rupture disk and safety blow out through the
back or top of the unit.
f. Dial face: Gasketed shatterproof glass or polycarbonate.
g. Provide gauge locks where possible.
h. Connection and mounting:
1) Direct mounted and suitable for outdoor installation.
2) 1/2 inch NPT.
3) Connection material: Stainless steel.
i.
Pointer: Externally adjustable.
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
B.
Factory calibrate each pressure gauge at a facility that is traceable to the NIST.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17404 (FS)
17404-3
9408A10
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
3.04
A.
B.
Coordinate the installation with all trades to ensure that the mechanical system has
all necessary appurtenances including weld-o-lets, valves, etc. for proper
installation of instruments.
3.05
ADJUSTING
A.
3.06
PROTECTION
A.
3.09
3.08
CLEANING
A.
3.07
SCHEDULES
A.
The provided information does not necessarily include all required instruments.
Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Documents:
1.
Instruments may be indicated on the Drawings, specified in the Specifications
or both.
END OF SECTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17404 (FS)
17404-4
9408A10
A/E:
PRESSURE
GAUGES
Carollo Engineers
Spec. No.
Rev.
17404
Contractor:
No
By
Date
Revision
Project:
Kaw Pump Station Improvements
Contract
Date
City of Stillwater
Customer:
Kaw Raw Water Pump Station
Plant:
Req.
P.O.
Location:
BOM No.:
By
Chk
App
File:
Receiver:
Other:
1 Type
Direct Rdg.:
Surface: Local:
Flush:
2 Mounting
Diameter: 4.5
Color:
3 Dial
4 Case
Cast Iron:
Aluminum:
Polished SS
Other:
Phenolic:
Screwed:
Hinged:
Slip:
Std:
Other:
5 Ring
None:
Disc:
Front:
Other:
Mfr. Std.
6 Blowout Protection
Plastic:
7 Lens
Glass:
Siphon: N/A
Material:
8 Options
Snubber:
9
Other
Pressure Limit Valve: N/A
10
Other
Movement Damping: N/A
11
Other
12 Nominal Accuracy Required
Bellows:
Other:
13 Pressure Element
Bourdon:
Bronze:
Steel:
Other:
14 Element Material
Type SS: 316
Bronze:
Steel:
SS: 316
Other:
15 Socket Material
in.:
Bottom:
Other:
16 Connection
in.:
Dampened:
Other:
17 Movement
Standard:
Mfr.:
Wetted Part Matl:
Type:
18 Diaphragm Seal
Other Matl:
Fill Fluid:
Model:
19 Other
20 Manufacturer
21 Model No.
Rev Tag Number
Range
P&ID
Service
Notes
PI-1013
25-200PSIG
10-N-02
RAW WATER
PI-1023
25-200PSIG
10-N-03
RAW WATER
PI-1033
25-200PSIG
10-N-04
RAW WATER
Notes:
Refer to Section 17402 for additional instrument valve requirements.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17404 (FS)
17404-5
9408A10
SECTION 17406
PRESSURE/VACUUM MEASUREMENT: DIFFERENTIAL
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Differential pressure transmitters and indicators.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
C.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
1.04
GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
Lower range value (LRV): Lowest pressure that the pressure transmitter is
capable of measuring.
2.
Upper range value (URV): Highest pressure that the pressure transmitter is
capable of measuring.
3.
Calibrated range: The range that the pressure transmitter is configured to
measure. The low end of the calibrated range must be greater than the LRV of
the transmitter. The high end of the calibrated range must be less than the
URV. The calibrated range corresponds to the pressure signal sent from the
transmitter.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17406 (FS)
17406-1
9408A10
1.
C.
1.05
1.06
A.
B.
Examine the complete set of Contract Documents and verify that the instruments
are compatible with the installed conditions including:
1.
Process conditions: Fluids, pressures, temperatures, flows, materials, etc.
2.
Physical conditions:
a. Installation and mounting requirements.
b. Location within the process.
c. Accessories: Verify that all required accessories are provided and are
compatible with the process conditions and physical installation.
C.
Notify the Engineer if any installation condition does not meet the instrument
manufacturers recommendations or specifications.
MAINTENANCE
A.
PART 2
2.01
WARRANTY
A.
1.09
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
1.08
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
Furnish all parts, materials, fluids, etc. necessary for operation, maintenance, and
calibration purposes throughout the warranty period. Deliver all of these supplies
before project substantial completion.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17406 (FS)
17406-2
9408A10
5.
2.02
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17406 (FS)
17406-3
9408A10
2.03
ACCESSORIES
A.
2.04
B.
C.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
Examine the installation location for the instrument and verify that the instrument will
work properly when installed.
1.
Notify the Engineer promptly if any installation condition does not meet the
instrument manufacturers recommendations or specifications.
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
3.04
A.
B.
Coordinate the installation with all trades to ensure that the mechanical system has
all necessary appurtenances including weld-o-lets, valves, etc. for proper
installation of instruments.
3.05
ADJUSTING
A.
3.06
CLEANING
A.
3.07
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17406 (FS)
17406-4
9408A10
3.08
PROTECTION
A.
3.09
SCHEDULES
A.
The provided information does not necessarily include all required instruments.
Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Documents:
1.
Instruments may be indicated on the Drawings, specified in the Specifications,
or both.
END OF SECTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17406 (FS)
17406-5
9408A10
A/E:
Carollo Engineers
Contractor:
Project:
Customer:
Plant:
Location:
BOM No.:
File:
No
SERVICE
TRANSMITTER
ELEMENT
OPTIONS
MANIFOLD
By
Date
GENERAL
BODY
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTERS
Revision
Spec. No.
17406
Contract
Date
Req.
P.O.
By
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Rev.
Chk
App
PDIT-1007
Raw Water
10-N-01
Direct
0-50psig
4-20 mA
NEMA 4X
Threaded
None
None
LCD Display
Notes:
Refer to Section 17402 for additional instrument valve requirements.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17406 (FS)
17406-6
9408A10
SECTION 17710
CONTROL SYSTEMS - PANELS, ENCLOSURES, AND PANEL COMPONENTS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Design, fabrication and assembly of all instrumentation enclosures, control
panels and components provided under this contract, including but not limited
to:
a. Custom built instrumentation and control panels, including all enclosures
for hand stations controllers, low voltage power distribution and
marshalling panels.
b. Control panels furnished as part of equipment systems specified in other
Divisions, such as vendor control panels (VCPs) and chemical feed
panels.
c. Control components.
d. Control panel installation.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01610 Project Design Criteria.
c. Section 17710 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
d. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification.
e. Section 16412 - Low Voltage Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
f. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
C.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-1
9408A10
2.
3.
1.03
1.04
1.05
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
The term panel in this Section is interchangeable with the term enclosure.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Panel dimensions:
1.
Minimum dimensions are scalable from or as indicated on the Drawings and
are based upon manufacturers non-certified information. It is the responsibility
of the Contractor or manufacturer to design and size all panels:
a. Size panels to provide space for all equipment, wiring, terminations, and
other items in the panel, including space for future build out.
b. Panel sizes that substantially deviate (within 3 inches in any dimension)
from the sizes indicated on the Drawings must be approved by the
Engineer.
c. Maximum panel depth: 30 inches, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Structural design:
1.
Completed and installed panel work shall safely withstand seismic
requirements at the project site as specified in Section 17710. Enclosures and
internal equipment shall be braced to prevent damage from specified forces.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Provide a control panel hardware submittal, for each control panel and enclosure
being provided on this project, including but not limited to:
1.
Product data:
a. Enclosure construction details and NEMA type.
b. Manufacturer's literature and specification data sheets for each type of
equipment to be installed within or on the panel or enclosure.
2.
Shop drawings:
a. Scaled, detailed exterior panel (front and side views) and interior panel
layout showing equipment arrangement and dimensional information:
1) Provide draft for review and approval by Engineer. The Engineer has
the authority to substantially alter initial panel layouts.
b. Complete nameplate engraving schedule.
c. Structural details of fabricated panels.
3.
Calculations:
a. Provide installation details based on calculated shear and tension forces:
1) Calculations shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer
licensed in the state where the cabinets and panels will be installed.
b. For assembled enclosures and other equipment with a weight of
200 pounds or more, provide calculations for:
1) Weight including panel internal components.
2) Seismic forces and overturning moments.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-2
9408A10
c.
C.
1.06
1.07
A.
B.
Assemble panels, enclosures, and rack systems along with all internal and external
devices, wiring, equipment, and materials in a facility that is recognized by UL to
assemble and certify UL-labeled control panels:
1.
Provide all components and equipment with UL 508 listing.
2.
All control panels shall be UL 508A labeled, unless the equipment in the panel
and the design in the contract documents cannot be reasonably modified to
meet the requirements for UL 508A labeling:
3.
Provide fuses for all equipment that is not UL or UR listed.
1.09
Seismic design:
1.
Seismic panel construction:
a. Seismic anchorage: Provide seismic design calculations and installation
details for anchorage of all panels, enclosures, consoles, etc. to meet
seismic requirements in Section 01610:
1) Stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the state where
the project is being constructed.
b. For floor mounted free standing panels weighing 200 pounds or more
(assembled, including contents), submit calculations, data sheets, and
other information to substantiate that panel, base, and framing meet
minimum design strength requirements and seismic requirements as
specified in Section 01610. Calculations shall be signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer licensed in the state where the cabinets and panels
will be installed.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.08
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-3
9408A10
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
2.02
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
Provide instruments and other components performing similar functions of the same
type, model, or class, and from 1 manufacturer.
EXISTING PRODUCTS
A.
2.03
2.04
PRODUCTS
Provide labor and materials to cover existing panel penetrations after existing PCM
cabinet controls are demolished as indicated on the Drawings.
MATERIALS
A.
B.
Bolting material:
1.
Commercial quality 1/2-inch diameter, stainless steel hex-head grade 5 bolts,
nuts and washers, with unified coarse (UNC) threads.
2.
Carriage bolts for attaching end plates.
3.
All other bolted joints shall have S.A.E. standard lock washers.
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
Panels/enclosures:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-4
9408A10
1.
2.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Up to 57
12
12
57 - 69
12
10
69 - 82
10
82 or more
10
10
1) Use heavier sheet metal to meet seismic requirements at the project
site or when required due to equipment requirements.
Construct supporting frame structure with angled, channeled, or folded
rigid section of sheet metal, rigidly attached to and having essentially the
same outer dimensions as the enclosure surface and having sufficient
torsional rigidity to resist the bending moments applied via the enclosure
surface when it is deflected.
Provide stiffeners for back mounting panels in enclosures larger than
4 feet. In addition, secure the panels in place by collar studs welded to the
enclosure.
Door construction:
1) Turned-back edges suitably braced and supported to maintain
alignment and rigidity without sagging.
2) Sufficient width to permit door opening without interference with rear
projection of flush mounted instruments.
3) Heavy gauge piano type continuous stainless steel hinges.
4) For NEMA Type 12, Type 4 and Type 4X, provide oil resistant
neoprene sealing gasket and adhesive to seal cover to enclosure.
5) Gasket installed to seal against roll lip on the enclosure opening.
Latches:
1) For panels each door provided with a 3-point latching mechanism
and locking handle with rollers on the ends of the latch rods. Latch
rods connected to a common door handle, hold doors securely,
forming a compressed seal between door and gasket, at the top,
side, and bottom.
a) Provide padlock for each enclosure with padlock provisions.
2) Include an oil-tight key-locking, 3-point latching mechanism on each
door:
a) Provide 2 keys per panel.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-5
9408A10
3.
B.
Arrangement of components:
1.
Arrange panel internal components for external conduit and piping to enter into
panel either from above or below.
2.
Arrange panel instruments and control devices in a logical configuration
associating pushbutton and selector switches with related readout devices, or
as indicated on the Drawings.
3.
Mount internal control components on an internal back-panel. Devices may be
mounted on the side-panel only by special permission from the Engineer.
4.
All control panel mounted operator interface devices shall be mounted
between 3 feet and 5 feet above finished floor.
C.
Overcurrent protection:
1.
Main overcurrent device:
a. Where the electrical power supply voltage to the control panel is more
than 120 VAC, provide the panel with a flange mounted disconnect handle
operating a molded case circuit breaker, and provide a control power
transformer for 120 VAC circuits:
1) Door-mounted disconnect handles are not acceptable.
2) Mechanically interlocked the disconnect switch with the control
enclosure doors so that no door can be opened unless the power is
disconnected, and the disconnect switch cannot be closed until all
doors are closed.
3) Provide means to defeat the interlock.
4) Lockable in the off position.
b. Control panels supplied with 120 VAC:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-6
9408A10
1)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-7
9408A10
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
D.
E.
Conductor identification:
1.
Identify each conductors and cables with unique wire numbers as specified in
Section 16075.
2.
Readily identified without twisting the conductor.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-8
9408A10
F.
2.05
2.06
COMPONENTS
A.
Thermal management:
1.
Provide heating, cooling, and dehumidifying devices in order to maintain all
instrumentation and control devices to within a range as specified in
Section 17050.
2.
Heating:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-9
9408A10
a.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Provide all panels located in areas that are not climate controlled with
thermostatically controlled strip heaters; except, where all of the following
conditions apply:
1) The panel is not supplied with 120 VAC power.
2) There are no electronics or moisture-sensitive devices in the
enclosure.
3) The panel is smaller than 38 inches high.
Heat exchanger:
a. Closed-loop design ensuring separation of ambient air and clean air inside
the cabinet.
b. Filterless design to facilitate easy cleaning of the core.
c. Mounting: Indicated on the Drawings.
Enclosure temperature sensor as indicated on the Drawings:
a. Provide wall mount RTD transmitter to measure internal cabinet
temperature, in all enclosures containing electrical components such as
PLCs, RTUs, RIO, and VFDs.
b. Platinum RTD.
c. 4 to 20 milliamperes output.
d. Sensor and electronic enclosure.
e. Accuracy: Within 2.0 degrees Fahrenheit.
f. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) Omega, EWS series.
2) TCS Basys Controls, TS Series as indicated on the Drawings:
Enclosure temperature switch:
a. Provide wall mount bimetallic switch transmitter (to measure internal
cabinet temperature in all enclosures) containing electrical components
such as PLCs, RTUs, RIO, and VFDs.
b. Sensor and electronic enclosure.
c. Accuracy: Within 2.0 degrees Fahrenheit.
d. Manufacturer: The following or equal:
1) Hoffman ATEMNC.
Fan ventilation:
a. Muffin style:
1) Provide 2 door/cabinet mounted vent fans for every 72 inches of
cabinet width.
2) Provide Finger Guard kit.
3) Filter kit with 2 spare filters for each intake fan.
4) Provide bezel and gasket kit.
b. Temperature control switch and alarm:
1) Power: 120 VAC.
2) Bimetallic temperature senor.
3) Adjustable setpoint range 30 degrees Fahrenheit to 140 degree
Fahrenheit.
4) Hoffman ATEM series or equal.
Pilot devices:
1.
General:
a. Provide operator pushbuttons, switches, and pilot lights, from a single
manufacturer.
b. Size:
1) 30.5 millimeters.
c. Heavy duty.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-10
9408A10
d.
2.
Pushbuttons:
1) Contacts rated:
a) NEMA Type A600.
2) Furnish 1 spare normally open and normally closed contact with each
switch.
e. Selector switches:
1) Contacts rated:
a) NEMA Type A600.
b) Knob type:
2) Furnish 1 spare normally open contact and normally closed contact
with each switch.
3) Provisions for locking in the OFF position where lockout provisions
are indicated on the Drawings.
f. Pilot lights:
1) Type:
a) LED for interior installations.
2) Push to test.
3) Lamp color:
a) On/Running/Start: Blue.
b) Off/Stop: White.
c) Power: White.
d) Alarm: Amber.
e) Status or normal condition: White.
f) Opened: White.
g) Closed: Blue.
h) Failure: Red.
Indoor and outdoor areas:
a. NEMA Type 4/13.
b. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) Allen-Bradley Type 800T.
2) Square D Class 9001 Type K.
3) General Electric Type CR104P.
4) IDEC TWTD.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-11
9408A10
1.
2.
E.
Furnish signal isolators that provide complete isolation of input, output, and
power input:
a. Minimum isolation level: 1.5 kilovolts AC/50 hertz for at least 1 minute.
b. Adjustable span and zero.
c. Accuracy: Within 1.0 percent of span.
d. Ambient temperature range: -20 degrees Celsius to +65 degrees Celsius.
Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
a. Phoenix Contact MCR Series.
b. Acromag 1500, 600T, 800T, Flat Pack or ACR Series.
c. Action Instruments Q500 Series or Ultra SlimPakII.
d. AGM electronics Model TA-4000.
Relays:
1.
General:
a. For all types of 120 VAC relays, provide surge protection across the coil of
each relay.
b. For all types of 24 VDC relays, provide a free-wheeling diode across the
coil of each relay.
2.
General purpose:
a. Magnetic control relays.
b. NEMA Type A300 rated:
1) 300 volts.
2) 8 Amps continuous (minimum).
3) 7,200 volt-amperes make.
4) 720 volt-amperes break.
c. Plug-in type.
d. LED indication for energization status.
e. Coil voltages: As required for the application.
f. Minimum poles: DPDT.
g. Touch safe design: All connection terminals to be protected against
accidental touch.
h. Enclose each relay in a clear plastic heat and shock-resistant dust cover.
i.
Quantity and type of contact shall be as indicated on the Drawings or as
needed for system compatibility.
j.
Relays with screw-type socket terminals.
k. Provide additional (slave/interposing) relays when the following occurs:
1) The number or type of contacts shown exceeds the contact capacity
of the specified relays.
2) Higher contact rating is required in order to interface with starter
circuits or other equipment.
l.
DIN rail mounting on 35 millimeters rail.
m. Ice cube type relays with retainer clips to secure relay in socket.
n. Integrated label holder for device labeling.
o. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) Phoenix Contact PLC series.
2) Potter and Brumfield Type KRP or KUP.
3) IDEC R* series. (* = H, J, R, S, U).
4) Allen-Bradley Type 700 H Series.
5) Square D Type K.
3.
Time delay:
a. Provide time delay relays to control contact transition time.
b. Contact rating:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-12
9408A10
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
F.
1) 240 volts.
2) 10 Amps continuous.
3) 3,600 volt-amperes make.
4) 360 volt-amperes break.
Coil voltage: as required for the application.
Provide pneumatic or electronic type with on-delay, off-delay, and on/off
delay:
1) For off delay use true power off time delay relays. Where the
required timing range exceeds capability of the off delay relay use
signal off delay where power loss will not cause undesirable
operation or pneumatic time delay relays.
Minimum poles: 2PDT.
Units include adjustable dial with graduated scale covering the time range
in each case.
Minimum timing range: 0.1 seconds to 10 minutes, or as required for the
application.
Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) IDEC RTE series.
2) Agastat type Series 7000 series (pneumatic).
3) Allen-Bradley type 700HR Series.
Terminal blocks:
1.
Din rail mounting on 35 mm rail.
2.
Suitable for specified AWG wire.
3.
Rated for 15 amperes at 600 volts.
4.
Screw terminal type.
5.
Provide mechanism to prevent wire connection from loosening in
environments where vibration is present. This mechanism shall not cause
permanent deformation to the metal body.
6.
Finger safe protection for all terminals for conductors.
7.
Construction: Polyamide insulation material capable of withstanding
temperature extremes from - 40 degree Celsius to 105 degrees Celsius.
8.
Terminals: Plainly identified to correspond with markings on the diagrams:
a. Permanent machine printed terminal identification.
9.
Disconnect type field signal conductor terminals with socket/screw for testing.
10. Identify terminals suitable for use with more than 1 conductor.
11. Position:
a. So that the internal and external wiring does not cross.
b. To provide unobstructed access to the terminals and their conductors.
12. Provide minimum 25 percent spare terminals.
13. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
a. Phoenix Contact UK5 Series.
b. Allen-Bradley Series 1492.
14. Wire duct:
a. Provide flame retardant plastic wiring duct, slotted with dust cover.
b. Type:
1) Wide slot.
2) Narrow slot.
3) Round hole.
c. Manufacturer: The following or equal:
1) Panduit.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-13
9408A10
G.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-14
9408A10
2.
Instrument, data and signal line protectors (traditional I/O) panel mounted:
a. Surge protection minimum requirements: Withstand a 10 kA test current of
a 8/20 s waveform in accordance with IEEE C62.41.1 Category C Area.
b. DIN rail mounting on 35 millimeters rail (except field mounted SPDs).
c. SPDs consisting of 2 parts:
1) A base terminal block.
2) A plug protection module:
a) Replacing a plug shall not require the removal of any wires nor
interrupt the signal.
b) Base and plug coded to accept only the correct voltage plug.
d. SPD Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
1) Phoenix Contact Plugtrab Series.
2) Bournes Series 1800.
H.
Power supplies:
1.
Design power supply systems so that either the primary or backup supply can
be removed, repaired, and returned to service without disrupting the system
operation.
2.
Convert 120 VAC to 24 volt DC or other DC voltages required or as required
for the application.
3.
Provide backup 24 VDC power supply units to automatically supply the load
upon failure of the primary supply.
4.
Provide power supply arrangement that is configured with several modules to
supply adequate power in the event of a single module failure:
a. Provide Automatic switchover upon module failure.
b. Alarm contacts monitored by the PLC.
5.
Sized to provide 40 percent excess rated capacity.
6.
UL 508C listed to allow full rated output without de-rating.
7.
Provide fuse or short-circuit protection.
8.
Provide a minimum of 1 set of dry contacts configured to change state on
failure for monitoring and signaling purposes.
9.
Output regulation: Within 0.05 percent for a 10 percent line change or a
50 percent load change:
a. With remote voltage sensing.
10. Operating temperature range: 0 degrees Celsius to 50 degrees Celsius.
11. Touch safe design: All connection terminals to be protected against accidental
touch.
12. DIN rail mounting on 35 millimeters rail.
13. Provide self-protecting power supplies with a means of limiting DC current in
case of short circuit.
14. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
a. Phoenix Contact Quint series.
b. IDEC PS5R series.
c. Sola.
d. Acopian.
e. PULS.
I.
J.
Limit switches:
1.
NEMA Type 4X.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-15
9408A10
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
B.
Provide panels with an inside protective pocket to hold the panel Drawings. Ship
panels with 1 copy of accepted Shop Drawings including, but not limited to,
schematic diagram, connection diagram, and layout drawing of control wiring and
components in a sealed plastic bag stored in the panel drawing pocket.
C.
Provide 15 inch floor stands or legs where needed or as indicated on the Drawings.
D.
Provide a folding shelf for enclosures that contain programmable controllers. The
shelf shall be mounted on the inside surface of the door, capable of supporting a
laptop computer.
E.
F.
Provide a window kit where indicated on the Drawings. The window shall meet the
following requirements:
1.
Safety plate glass.
2.
Secured by rubber locking seal.
3.
Allow full viewing of devices issuing visual process data or diagnostics.
G.
Lighting:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-16
9408A10
1.
Provide 1 luminaire for each section, on the interior of the panel, spaced
evenly along the top-front of the enclosure door opening(s):
a. Covered or guarded.
b. Provide On-Off door-activated switches where indicated on the Drawings.
c. Provide 18-watt fluorescent lamp for indoor enclosures:
1) Provide additional fixtures for every 36 inches of width.
d. Provide LED lamp 40watt equivalent for exterior enclosures:
1) Provide additional fixtures for every 36 inches of width.
H.
Receptacles:
1.
Provide 1 duplex receptacle located every 4 feet of enclosure width, spaced
evenly along the back mounting panels.
2.
GFCI, 125-volt, single-phase, 15-amp style plug.
3.
Provide circuit breaker or fuse to limit receptacle draw to 5 amperes.
I.
Grounding:
1.
Provide the following:
a. Grounding strap between enclosure doors and the enclosure.
b. Equipment grounding conductor terminals.
c. Provide equipment ground bus with lugs for connection of all equipment
grounding wires.
d. Bond multi-section panels together with an equipment grounding
conductor or an equivalent grounding bus.
2.
Identify equipment grounding conductor terminals with the word GROUND,
the letters GND or the letter G, or the color green.
3.
Signal (24 VDC) Grounding: Terminate each drain wire of a signal (shielded)
cable to a unique grounding terminal block, or common ground bus at the end
of the cable as shown on the Loop Drawings.
4.
Ensure the continuity of the equipment grounding system by effective
connections through conductors or structural members.
5.
Design so that removing a device does not interrupt the continuity of the
equipment grounding circuit.
6.
Provide an equipment-grounding terminal for each incoming power circuit,
near the phase conductor terminal.
7.
Size ground wires in accordance with NEC and UL Standards, unless noted
otherwise.
8.
Connect all exposed, noncurrent-carrying conductive parts, devices, and
equipment to the equipment grounding circuit.
9.
Connect the door stud on the enclosures to an equipment-grounding terminal
within the enclosure using an equipment-bonding jumper.
10. Bond together all control panels both remote and local, processor racks, and
conductive enclosures of power supplies and connect to the equipment
grounding circuit to provide a common ground reference.
J.
2.08
2.09
2.10
FINISHES
A.
Finishes:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-17
9408A10
1.
2.
B.
2.11
Colors:
1.
Exterior color of panels mounted indoors shall be manufacturers standard light
gray.
2.
Exterior of panels mounted outdoors shall be manufacturers standard white.
3.
Panel interiors shall be manufacturers standard white.
As specified in 17050.
B.
PART 3
3.01
Metallic (non-stainless):
a. Metal surfaces of panels shall be prepared by chemical cleaning and
mechanical abrasion in accordance with the finish manufacturers
recommendations to achieve a smooth, well-finished surface.
b. Scratches or blemishes shall be filled before finishing. One coat of zinc
phosphate shall be applied per the manufacturers recommended dry film
thickness, and allowed to dry before applying the finish coat.
c. Finish coat shall be a baked polyester urethane powder, aliphatic air-dry
polyurethane, or epoxy enamel to meet NEMA rating specified application.
d. Exterior of enclosures located outdoors shall be UV resistant polyester
powder coating. Total dry film thickness shall be 3 mils, minimum.
Stainless steel:
a. Stainless enclosures shall be provided with a number 4 brushed finish not painted.
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine the installation location for the instrument and verify that the instrument will
work properly when installed.
1.
Notify the Engineer promptly if any installation condition does not meet the
instrument manufacturers recommendations or specifications.
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
Install enclosures so that their surfaces are plumb and level within 1/8 inch over the
entire surface of the panel; anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each
corner, minimum. Direct attachment to dry wall is not permitted.
B.
Install the enclosure per guidelines and submitted installation instructions to meet
the seismic requirements at the project site.
C.
Provide floor stand kits for wall-mount enclosures larger than 48 inches high.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-18
9408A10
D.
Install gasket and sealing material under panels with floor slab cutouts for conduit:
1.
Undercoat floor mounted panels.
E.
F.
All holes for field conduits, etc. shall be cut in the field, there shall be no additional
holes, factory cut holes, or hole closers allowed. Incorrect holes, additional holes, or
miss-cut holes shall require that the entire enclosure be replaced.
G.
Provide individually fused analog input module points with blown fuse indicator
lights, mounted external of the module on the output terminal strip:
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17710 (FS)
17710-19
9408A10
SECTION 17712
CONTROL SYSTEMS: UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES 10 KVA AND BELOW
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Single-phase double conversion uninterruptible power supplies rated
10 kilovolt-amperes and below.
2.
Uninterruptible power supplies rated 10 kilovolt-amperes and below.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
a. Items involving electrical, control, and instrumentation construction may
be indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that do not
apply specifically to electrical, control and instrumentation systems.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17712 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
c. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17712 (FS)
17712-1
9408A10
1.03
1.04
1.05
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
Critical load: Load supplied by the UPS.
2.
MOV: Metal oxide varistor.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
Manufacturer and model number.
2.
Catalog data.
3.
Dimensions:
a. Height.
b. Width.
c. Depth.
d. Weight.
4.
Ratings:
a. Input voltage.
b. Output voltage.
c. Input/output power factor.
d. Efficiency.
e. Harmonic distortion.
f. Runtime.
5.
Noise specifications.
6.
Heat dissipation.
7.
Warranties and maintenance contracts:
8.
All communications requirements such as software, cards, etc.
9.
Alarms and status available for remote monitoring and system health.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Power distribution block diagrams.
2.
Front and rear views of equipment enclosures:
a. Front elevation including all control and indicating devices.
3.
Support points and weight of overall equipment.
4.
Schematic and control wiring diagrams including, but not limited to:
a. Line and load terminals.
b. Alarm and status terminals.
c. Manual maintenance bypass switch terminals.
d. External wiring requirements for all communication signals.
5.
Switching and overcurrent protective devices.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17712 (FS)
17712-2
9408A10
1.06
1.07
D.
Calculations:
1.
Include derating for temperature and elevation as necessary.
2.
UPS sizing computation:
a. Apply safety factors as specified in this Section.
b. Provide itemized list of critical loads, including individual VA and watt
ratings.
3.
Battery time calculation based on specified runtime.
4.
Total battery recharge time as a function of capacity utilized.
E.
Design data:
1.
Design mounting and anchorage for seismic design criteria specified in
Section 01610:
a. Provide seismic kits as required to meet design criteria.
F.
Record documents:
1.
Provide Record Drawings of installed unit(s) including layout and wiring.
G.
H.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer qualifications:
1.
A minimum of 10 years experience in the design, manufacture, and testing of
solid-state UPS systems.
2.
ISO 9001 certified.
B.
1.08
1.09
1.10
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17712 (FS)
17712-3
9408A10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17712 (FS)
17712-4
9408A10
2)
2.
3.
Overvoltage:
a) Operate on battery power if incoming source voltage exceeds
UPS system limits of operation.
3) Overcurrent:
a) Provide input and output current-limiting protection to ensure
adequate overcurrent protection for UPS.
4) Surge protection:
a) MOV-based.
Electrical characteristics:
a. AC input:
1) Single phase.
2) Voltage as indicated in the UPS schedule.
a) Fully functional within +10 percent, -15 percent of nominal
voltage at full load without depleting battery.
b) 120 V input:
(1) 2-wire plus ground.
c) 208/120 V or 240/120 input:
(1) 3-wire plus ground.
3) Current:
a) Reflected total harmonic distortion (THD) less than 25 percent at
rated load.
4) Frequency range of operation:
a) 57-63 Hz.
5) Power factor:
a) Not less than 0.95 lagging at rated load.
b. AC output:
1) Single phase.
2) Voltage:
a) Regulation:
(1) 3 percent for 3,000 VA rating and below.
(2) 5 percent for greater than 3,000 VA rating - static load.
(3) 10 percent for greater than 3,000 VA rating - dynamic
load.
b) Total harmonic distortion (THD) when operating on incoming
power:
(1) Not more than 3 percent for linear loads with a crest factor
of 3:1.
(2) Not more than 5 percent for non-linear loads with a crest
factor of 3:1.
c) Transient response:
(1) Within 7 percent for a 20-100 percent step load.
(2) Transient recovery time to nominal voltage within
166 milliseconds.
3) Load power factor:
a) UPS shall be capable of supporting the critical loads for all
power factors experienced for their full range of operation.
4) Frequency regulation:
a) Within 3.5 Hz when on utility power.
b) Within 1.0 Hz when on UPS power.
Environmental requirements:
a. Operating ambient temperature:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17712 (FS)
17712-5
9408A10
1)
4.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17712 (FS)
17712-6
9408A10
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17712 (FS)
17712-7
9408A10
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Do not utilize extension cords, adapters, or other electrical connectors for UPS
input.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
SCHEDULES
TAG
UPS-2031
MINIMUM
RUNTIME
60 Minutes
INPUT VOLTAGE /
CONNECTION
120VAC 1 phase
SAFETY
FACTOR
1.5
NOTES
Free Standing
(Located in
PCM-2031)
END OF SECTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17712 (FS)
17712-8
9408A10
SECTION 17720
CONTROL SYSTEMS - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Programmable logic controller (PLC) based control systems hardware.
2.
Development software to be used with the specified PLC hardware.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following Sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
c. Section 17733 - Control Systems - Network Materials and Equipment.
d. Section 17762 - Control Systems - SCADA Software.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
CPU: Central processing unit.
2.
I/O: Input/Output.
C.
Specific definitions:
1.
Development operating software: The software provided by the PLC
manufacturer for use in programming the PLC.
2.
Application software: The software that is programmed specifically for the
Project.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-1
9408A10
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
1.06
Provide all PLC hardware as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in this
Section.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
Product data:
1.
CPU:
a. Processor type.
b. Processor speed.
c. Memory.
d. Internal processor battery back-up time.
2.
I/O modules:
a. Type.
b. Standard wiring diagram.
C.
Calculations:
1.
Submit calculations or documented estimate to verify that memory
requirements of this Section are met, including spare requirements. If possible,
use PLC manufacturer's calculation or estimating worksheet.
2.
Submit calculations to verify that spare I/O requirements of this Section are
met.
3.
Submit calculations to verify that PLC power supply requirements of this
Section are met.
D.
Product data:
1.
Programming languages.
2.
Operating system requirements.
E.
Control logic:
1.
Fully annotated copy of programmed PLC logic.
2.
Cross-referenced index of all PLC registers or points.
F.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
C.
Additional requirements:
1.
Provide PLC system components by a single manufacturer:
a. Third-party communication modules may be used only for communication
or network media functions not provided by the PLC manufacturer.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-2
9408A10
2.
3.
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-3
9408A10
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Acceptable manufacturers:
1.
Rockwell Automation:
a. CompactLogix, no equal.
B.
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-4
9408A10
3.
4.
5.
6.
Memory:
a. Non-volatile memory: On-board complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), electrically erasable programmable read only memory
(EEPROM), PCMCIA, compact flash card, or SD card.
b. Supply with sufficient memory to implement the specified control functions
plus a reserve capacity as specified with the requirements of this Section:
1) This reserve capacity:
a) Totally free from any system use.
2) Programmed in a multi-mode configuration with multiple series or
parallel contacts, function blocks, counters, timers, and arithmetic
functions.
Programming:
a. Provide a system where processors are programmed by:
1) Portable laptop computer both locally and via the PLC control
network.
PLC power supply:
a. Input: 120 VAC.
b. Mounted in the PLC housing or as indicated in the Drawings.
c. Sized to power all modules mounted in that housing including an average
module load for any empty housing slots plus 50 percent above that total.
PLC input/output, I/O modules:
a. General:
1) Compatible with all of the PLCs being furnished under the contract
and by the same manufacturer as the PLCs.
2) Provide I/O modules that:
a) Isolated in accordance with IEEE Surge Withstand Standards
and NEMA Noise Immunity Standards.
b) Provide A/D and D/A converters with optically or galvanically
isolated inputs and outputs.
c) Accept dual ended inputs.
3) The use of common grounds between I/O points is not acceptable.
4) Provide modules that are removable without having to disconnect
wiring terminals:
a) Utilize a swing-arm or plug-in wiring connector.
5) Provide at each PLC the I/O modules for the following:
a) designated future I/O points contained in the I/O Lists and/or
shown on the P&IDs, control schematics, or described in the
control strategies
b) Installed spare capacity in accordance with the requirements of
this Section.
1) Wire all spares provided to the field terminal strip.
6) Condition, filter, and check input signals for instrument limit
conditions.
7) Filter, scale, and linearize the raw signal into an engineering units
based measurement.
8) Alarm measurements for high, low, rate-of-change limits, and alarm
trends.
9) Provide external fuses mounted on the field connection terminal
block for all discrete input, discrete output, and analog input I/O
points.
10) When multiple cards of the same I/O type are provided and parallel
equipment, instrumentation, or redundant processes exist, distribute
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-5
9408A10
7.
8.
I/O among cards to ensure that a single card failure will not render an
entire process unavailable.
b. Discrete input modules:
1) Defined as contact closure inputs from devices external to the input
module.
2) Provide inputs that are optically isolated from low energy common
mode transients to 1,500 volts peak from users wiring or other I/O
modules.
3) Individually isolated inputs.
4) With LED's to indicate status of each discrete input.
5) Input signal level: 120 VAC.
6) Provide input module points that are individually fused with blown
fuse indicator lights, mounted external of the module on the output
terminal strip:
a) Coordinate external fuse size with the protection located on the
module, so that the external fuse opens first under a fault
condition.
c. Discrete output modules:
1) Defined as contact closure outputs for ON/OFF operation of devices
external to the output module:
a) Triac outputs may be used, with the permission of the Engineer,
care must be used in applying this type of modules to ensure
that the leakage current through the output device does not
falsely signal or indicate an output condition.
2) Optically isolated from inductively generated, normal mode and low
energy, common mode transients to 1,500 volts peak.
3) LEDs to indicate status of each output point.
4) Each output point: Individually isolated.
d. Analog input modules:
1) Signal type: 4 to 20 mA DC.
2) Analog to digital conversion: Minimum 12-bit precision with the digital
result entered into the processor.
3) The analog to digital conversion updated with each scan of the
processor.Individually isolated each input.Coordinate the size of the
external fuse with the protection located on the module, so that the
external fuse opens first under a fault condition.
e. Analog output modules:
1) Signal type: 4 to 20 mA DC.
2) Individual isolated output points each rated for loads of up to
1,200 ohms.
Communications modules:
a. Network communications modules:
1) General:
a) Install communications modules in the PLC backplane.
2) Ethernet:
a) Ports: 1 RJ-45.
b) Communication rate: 100 Mbit/s.
3) Provide all network taps, connectors, termination resistors, drop
cables, and trunk cables necessary for remote I/O communications.
PLC backplane housing:
a. Mount the PLC power supply, CPU, communications module, and I/O
modules in a suitable standard PLC backplane or housing.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-6
9408A10
b.
c.
Provide spare slots in each PLC and RIO location in accordance with the
requirements of this Section.
Provide blank slot filler module for each spare slot.
B.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-7
9408A10
7.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-8
9408A10
a.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Furnish diagnostic programs with the PLC software package to detect and
isolate hardware problems and assist maintenance personnel in
discovering the causes for system failures.
b. Use the manufacturer's standard diagnostic routines as much as possible.
c. Furnish diagnostic software and test programs for each significant
component in the control system.
d. As a minimum, provide diagnostic routines to test for power supply,
central processing unit, memory, communications, and I/O bus failures.
Calendar/time program:
a. The calendar/time program to update the second, minute, hour, day,
month, and year and transfer accurate time and date information to all
system level and application software.
b. Variations in the number of days in each month and in leap years must be
handled automatically by the program.
c. The operator must be able to set or correct the time and date from any
operator interface, only at the highest security level.
Algorithms:
a. Implementation of algorithms for the determinations of control actions and
special calculations involving analog and discrete data.
b. Algorithms must be capable of outputting positional or incremental control
outputs or providing the product of calculations.
c. Algorithms must include alarm checks where appropriate.
d. Provide, as a minimum, the following types of algorithms:
1) Performs functions such as summing several variables, raising to a
power, roots, dividing, multiplying, and subtracting.
2) A switch algorithm, which reads the current, value from its input
address and stores it as the value of its output address. 2 types of
switches shall be accommodated, 2 outputs with 1 input and 1 output
with 2 inputs.
3) A 3-mode proportional - integral - derivative, PID, controller
algorithm, with each of the 3 modes independently adjustable,
supporting both direct and reverse acting modes.
4) Lead, lag, dead time, and ratio compensators.
5) Integration and totalization of analog process variables.
Furnish a comprehensive database for the analog inputs, calculated values,
control modules, and outputs:
a. In addition, provide spare database points for future expansion.
One integrated database can be utilized for all types of analog points or
separate databases for each type, in either case the database for each point
must include all specified aspects.
All portions of the database must be available for use by the display, report,
and other specified software modules.
All of the data fields and functions specified below must be part of the point
definition database at the operator interface. Provide the capability to define
new database points through the point display specified below as well as
modifying defined points through these displays. This point definition and
modification must include all of the features and functions defined below. The
analog database software must support the following functions and attributes:
a. Analog input signal types:
1) Provide software at the RTUs and PLCs to read variable
voltage/current signals and pulse duration/frequency type analog
input signals.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-9
9408A10
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Input accuracy:
1) Inputs must be read with an accuracy of within 0.05 percent full scale
or better.
2) Data conversion errors must be less than 0.05 percent full scale.
3) Pulse accumulation error less than or equal to 1 count of actual input
count at a scan rate of once a minute.
4) Maintain for a minimum of 1 year the system accuracy stated above
without adjustments.
Blocking:
1) Provide mechanisms to inhibit or block the scanning and/or
processing of any analog input through the operator interface.
2) For any input so blocked, the operator may manually enter a value to
be used as the input value.
Filtering:
1) For each analog input provide a first order lag digital filter with an
adjustable filter factor.
Linearizing:
1) Where analog inputs require square root extraction or other
linearization, provide a mechanism to condition the filtered data
before the process of scaling and zero suppression takes place.
Calculated values:
1) Provide means to allow for pseudo-inputs calculated by algebraic
and/or Boolean expressions utilizing real inputs, other calculated
value, constants, etc.
2) These values must be handled the same as real inputs in terms of
record keeping, alarming, etc.
Scaling and zero suppression:
1) Provide a conversion program to convert input values into
engineering units in a floating-point format.
Alarms:
1) Provide an alarm program to check all analog variables against
high-high, high, low, and low-low alarm limits.
2) When an analog value exceeds a set limit, it must be reported as an
alarm based on individually set priority level for each alarm point.
3) Provide an adjustable hysteresis band in order to prevent excessive
alarms when a variable is hovering around an alarm limit.
4) Report return to normal shall also be reported.
5) Must be possible to inhibit alarms based on external events, i.e.,
Iock-out low pump flow alarm when the pump is off.
Averages:
1) Provide a program to calculate and store hourly, daily, and monthly
averages of analog variables.
2) Continuously compute averages, i.e., the average for the current
period to the present point in time must be stored in memory and
available for use in displays, etc.
3) Update hourly averages each minute or at the polling interval for the
selected variable.
4) Update daily averages at least once each hour and calculate using
the results of the hourly averages.
5) Update monthly averages at least once each day and calculate using
the results of the daily averages.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-10
9408A10
6)
At the end of each averaging period, store the average values for the
period on the hard disk for historical record keeping and reset the
present period average register to the present value of the variable.
7) The active database must include the present period average and
previous period average for each variable and averaging period.
j.
Totals:
1) Provide a program to calculate and store hourly, daily, and monthly
totalization of analog variables.
2) Assign a scaling factor to each variable to convert to the appropriate
units based on a 1-minute totalizing interval.
3) Assign a separate factor for each totalizing interval.
4) Variables for which totalization is inappropriate must have scaling
factors of zero.
5) At the end of each totalizing period, store the totalized values for the
period on the hard disk for historical record keeping and reset the
present period totalization register to zero.
6) The active database must include the present period total and
previous period total for each variable and totalizing period.
k. Engineering units:
1) Provide software to allow the system and the operator to convert all
the measured analog variables to any desired engineering units.
2) The operator must be able to view displays and generate reports of
any measured variable in one or more engineering units such as flow
in gpm, mgd, cfs, and acre-feet per day.
3) Pre-program the conversion of the engineering units, and if not preprogrammed, the operator must be able to program new engineering
unit conversions by using simple methods, i.e., multiplication of the
database attributes by a constant.
4) The programming method must be at a level and compatible with the
specified training of the operator and the Owner's personnel.
5) New conversions must not require the services of a special
programmer and/or special, high-level, programming training.
l.
Control modules:
1) For each control function configured, whether processed at the RTU,
PLC, or operator interface, maintain a file of necessary data including
input values, setpoints, constants, intermediate calculated values,
output value and limit clamps, etc.
2) Input and output assignments, setpoints, and constants must be
adjustable by the operator through the operator interface.
3) Provide control algorithms for manual control with output values
adjustable by the operator.
m. Analog outputs:
1) Analog outputs must be maintained as part of the database.
2) These outputs must be adjustable manually by the operator through
the operator interface or through automatic control algorithms.
18. Some of the above functions may be better accomplished in the data
acquisition and graphic display software package; it is the responsibility of the
ICSC to optimize the location of the various functions between all software
packages.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-11
9408A10
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
PID, lead/lag, signal select, alarm, limit, delay, and time base.
Furnish the control system complete with a library of
mathematical/calculation software to support averaging, weighted
average, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, square root
extraction, exponential, AND, OR, NAND, NOR, XOR and NXOR
functions.
c. All math utilities must be linkable to process data points or manual inputs
via control block configuration.
d. By linking control blocks to data points, the math library must support
system unit conversion and calculation requirements.
Discrete control functions:
a. AND, OR, NOT, EXCLUSIVE OR, comparators, delays and time base.
Software support:
a. Retain in firmware all control and logic functions at each RTU and PLC
and in RAM at the operator interface.
b. Call each function as required by the configured controls to perform the
intended function.
Control and status discrepancies:
a. Generate a discrepancy/fail alarm for any pump, valve, or final control
element if a discrepancy exists between a system or operator command
and the device status.
b. For example, the system commands to start (call), and the pump fails to
start (run status report back), within predetermined operator
programmable time delay (time disagree), and then a discrepancy (fail)
alarm shall be generated.
c. Involuntary change in the device's status must also generate an alarm:
1) For example, a pump starts when not commanded to do so, or a
pump shuts down while running even though it still has a command
to run.
d. Each command, status, and alarm must cause the color of the symbol to
change.
e. Because many discrete final control elements have a cycle time in excess
of the scan interval, provide each control output with an associated delay
period selected to be longer than the operating period of the control
element:
1) Delay periods for each final control element must be adjustable at the
operator interface.
2) List all time delays in the final documentation.
Some of the above functions may be better accomplished in the data
acquisition and graphic display software package; it is the responsibility of the
ICSC to optimize the location of the various functions between all software
packages.
Control configuration:
1.
Provide software to allow control strategies to be developed and their
operation initiated through the operator interface.
2.
Provide standardized control point displays for defining the control functions
including the function type, input/output addresses, setpoints and tuning
constants, etc.
3.
Provide a mechanism to link separate control functions together into an
integrated control strategy.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-12
9408A10
4.
5.
6.
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
3.04
A.
B.
C.
All components of the control system including all data network cables are the
installation responsibility of the ICSC unless specifically noted otherwise.
D.
General:
1.
The control system logic program shall reside at the PLC level.
E.
Use the tag and loop identifications found on the P&IDs for all tags used and/or
assigned as part of the application software work provided by the ICSC.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-13
9408A10
A.
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
3.11
B.
Tailor training specifically for this Project that reflects the entire control system
installation and configuration.
C.
PROTECTION
A.
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17720 (FS)
17720-14
9408A10
SECTION 17730
CONTROL SYSTEMS - SCADA COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
PC-based SCADA system hardware, including:
a. SCADA Servers.
b. Operator Workstations.
c. Portable Computer.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
c. Section 17950 - Testing, Calibration, and Commissioning.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
1.04
GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Specific definitions:
1.
CAL: Client access license.
2.
RAID: Redundant array of independent disks.
3.
SNMP: Simple network management protocol.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
Miscellaneous requirements:
1.
All material used in satisfying the equipment requirements shall be new and
unused and must be actively marketed by the original equipment manufacturer
for new applications at the time of the factory demonstration test. The
Contractor shall not use equipment destined for installation or spare parts for
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17730 (FS)
17730-1
9408A10
the Owners system for any reason other than development and testing of the
system.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Commonality:
1.
The SCADA system shall utilize the same brand and type of computer for like
functions throughout the system.
2.
Where possible, use the same processor family throughout.
3.
B.
Manufacturers:
1.
As indicated below.
C.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17730 (FS)
17730-2
9408A10
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
The hardware identified in this Section is considered the minimum, acceptable
configuration. It is the Contractors responsibility to upgrade and expand the
hardware configuration if necessary to satisfy software and system
performance requirements of the Project.
2.
Proposed substitutions must meet or exceed the specifications of the
equipment listed.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17730 (FS)
17730-3
9408A10
a)
Dell Optiplex.
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General:
1.
Each display monitor shall be secured to the console or other work surface.
2.
Install equipment and cabling so that, in the event of an earthquake, seismic
movement will not damage cables. In particular, provide appropriate slack in
cables.
C.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
CLEANING
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17730 (FS)
17730-4
9408A10
3.10
B.
Training:
1.
As specified in Section 17050.
3.11
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17730 (FS)
17730-5
9408A10
SECTION 17733
CONTROL SYSTEMS - NETWORK MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1
1.01
1.02
1.03
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Materials and equipment used in process control and LAN networks including:
a. Network Hubs.
b. Network switches.
c. Patch panels and other data network hardware.
d. Related accessories.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 16075 Electrical Identification.
c. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
d. Section 17730 - Control Systems - SCADA Computer Equipment.
e. Section 17950 - Testing, Calibration, and Commissioning.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.05
GENERAL
SUBMITTALS
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17733 (FS)
17733-1
9408A10
1.06
B.
Product data:
1.
Include information on all test equipment.
2.
Manufacturers operation and installation instructions.
C.
Shop drawings:
1.
Complete set of drawings including but not limited to:
a. System block diagram showing relationship and connections between
devices provided under this Contract and existing equipment. Include
manufacturer and model information, and address settings.
b. Network riser diagram.
c. Network port diagram, which physically locates all, ports within the facility,
and identifies their patch panel and switch port.
d. Construction drawings for all equipment cabinets, including dimensions,
identification of all components, preparation and finish data, nameplates
e. Electrical connection diagrams.
f. Complete grounding requirements.
2.
Furnish data sheets for each component together with a technical product
brochure or bulletin:
a. Manufacturer's model number.
b. Project equipment tag.
3.
Complete and detailed bills of materials broken up by each cabinet. Each bill
of material item will include the following:
a. Quantity.
b. Description.
c. Manufacturer.
d. Part numbers.
D.
Test reports:
1.
As specified in Section 17950 and noted in this Section.
2.
Signed test results as described in this Section.
3.
Test results shall include:
a. Narrative describing the test procedures followed.
b. Block diagram of test set up.
c. Manufacturers information on test equipment used.
d. Detailed test results.
e. A narrative summarizing the results of the testing and identifying any
further action required.
E.
Operating manuals:
1.
Complete installation, operation, calibration, and testing manuals as specified
in Section 17050.
F.
Record drawings:
1.
As specified in Section 17050.
2.
Electrical connection diagrams shall be revised to reflect any changes made in
the field and submitted as record drawings.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17733 (FS)
17733-2
9408A10
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
Ethernet switches:
1.
Managed Process floor Ethernet switches:
a. Manufacturers: One of the following, no equal:
1) Cisco 2960 Series.
b. Properties:
1) Hardware:
a) Power supply:
(1) Provide redundant power supplies.
(2) 24 VDC, 350 Watts per power supply.
2) Performance:
a) Switch fabric speed: 8 Gbps, minimum.
b) Gigabit throughput.
3) Environment:
a) Operating temperature range: 32 to 131 Degrees Fahrenheit.
b) Humidity: 15 to 95 percent, non-condensing.
4) Capable of performing basic switching without special programming
or configurations. Additional features available through software
setup includes but not limited to:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17733 (FS)
17733-3
9408A10
5)
6)
B.
Patch panels:
1.
All optical fibers shall be provided with strain relief and terminated at a fiber
patch panel. All patch panel terminations shall be SC type. Final connections
between the patch panel and the fiber optic network equipment shall be made
via fiber optic patch cords.
2.
All fibers, active and dark, shall be terminated at the patch panels.
3.
Interconnect and patch panel housings shall provide space for excess fiber
and provide strain relief for the fiber cable.
4.
Fiber cables shall be installed such that the outer sheath of the cable is carried
into the interconnect enclosure or patch panels before breaking out buffer
tubes.
5.
Category 6 patch panels:
a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
1) Hubbell Nextspeed.
2) Siemon HD.
3) Lucent Systemax.
b. Patch panels and connectors shall meet the following (minimum)
requirements:
1) Category 6, T569A/B.
2) RJ-45 patch cord termination: S110 UTP-STP cable termination.
3) Capacity: 24 ports (minimum).
4) Mounting: 19-inch rack mount.
5) Accessories: Rear cable management bracket, individual port labels.
c. Provide patch cables as required to support all network devices. Provide
four spare straight through patch cables. Provide 1 spare cross over
cable.
6.
Fiber patch panels:
a. Wall mounted interconnect:
1) Application: Use for the termination of a single cable outside of
cabinets, in small enclosures or as indicated on the plans.
2) Wall mounted fiber interconnects shall be provided as complete units
including the housing, the connector panels and the fiber connectors.
3) Wall mounted fiber interconnects shall provide physical protection for
both the incoming cable and the outgoing patch cords.
4) Capacity: As shown on the plans, minimum 6 connections.
5) Accessories:
a) Door lock.
b) Blanks for unused connector panels.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17733 (FS)
17733-4
9408A10
6)
b.
2.05
2.06
2.07
ACCESSORIES
A.
Provide duplex patch cords to connect the interface cards provided with the
associated patch panels.
B.
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Provide installation and configuration for the new and existing managed Ethernet
switches. Provide configuration of the Ethernet switch network for a complete,
functioning plant control system as indicated on the Drawings and as specified
herein:
1.
Refer to SCADA block diagrams for all new network connections.
2.
All PLC peer to peer communications, remote I/O for both the SCADA OIT
network shall be over a 1 Gbps network.
3.
Provide configuration for all managed Ethernet switches and other
components including but not limited to VLAN (virtual local area network),
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17733 (FS)
17733-5
9408A10
4.
5.
C.
D.
Install Velcro wrap on all cable bundles within the network rack/enclosure.
E.
All cables and equipment shall be installed in strict conformance with the
manufacturers recommendations:
1.
Cables shall be installed avoiding sharp bends.
2.
Install cable using lubricant designed for cable pulling.
3.
Cable ties or other cable supports shall be installed without crimping the LAN
cables.
4.
Install LAN cables without splices.
5.
Installed bend radii shall not exceed 4 times the cable diameter.
6.
Terminated all pairs at the jack and the patch panel.
F.
Install cables a minimum of 40 inches away from electrical motors and transformers.
G.
H.
Individual pairs will be untwisted less than 1/2 inch at termination points.
I.
All cables and terminations shall be labeled with cable designations as specified in
Section 16075.
J.
Each data port shall be individually labeled with its patch panel/switch port ID:
1.
Labeling must be printed - no handwritten labels will be allowed.
K.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17733 (FS)
17733-6
9408A10
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
ADJUSTING
A.
3.09
CLEANING
A.
3.10
Perform all firmware installations, configuration and other set up, as required, to
place the network into proper operation.
B.
After completion of the cable system tests and before placing the system in
operation, power up all devices installed on the LAN and verify communication
between the devices.
C.
Verify that all equipment is operable on the network simultaneously. Confirm that all
network device communications settings are properly configured.
3.11
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17733 (FS)
17733-7
9408A10
SECTION 17762
CONTROL SYSTEMS - SCADA SOFTWARE
PART 1
1.01
1.02
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
SCADA system software to be used for application software development and
real time operation of the SCADA system.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
c. Section 17100 - Control Strategies.
d. Section 17950 - Testing, Calibration, and Commissioning.
C.
General requirements:
1.
Software provided under this Contract represents a complete and operating
control software system. Achieve the functionality specified in this and other
sections through a combination of standard control system software and
application software developed specifically for this Project.
2.
The standard control software listed in this Section does not represent a
comprehensive list of software necessary to implement the functional
requirements of the Contract Documents. Provide all necessary supplemental
drivers, utility software and application software, as required, to meet the
functional requirements of the Contract Documents.
3.
Applications software requirements are described in Section 17100.
4.
License all software for proper operation as described in the Contract
Documents.
5.
License all software provided under this Contract to the Owner.
D.
REFERENCES
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-1
9408A10
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
General:
1.
The Contractor shall provide SCADA software, as required for a complete and
functional SCADA system as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in
this Section:
2.
Existing SCADA software is Wonderware 10.5. Under this contract, upgrade
an existing Wonderware 10.0 runtime license to Wonderware 10.5
development edition. Coordinate with the City to determine which SCADA
node is to be upgraded as described. The SCADA nodes described are all
located at the existing treatment plant.
3.
Relocate the existing 10.5 runtime license to the new OIT device that will be
located at the pump station.
4.
System configuration:
a. SCADA server and historian server are existing. Existing historian is
limited to 500 tags, all of which are currently in use. Remove historian
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-2
9408A10
tags as determined by the City (assume 20 tags) to make space for new
signals to be tracked by the historian. Program the additional 20 tags to
monitor new tags as determined by the City.
1.05
C.
D.
Reports:
1.
The City has in-place a program that outputs SCADA data to excel
automatically every 24 hours. Incorporate all new and modified SCADA points
into with this excel program:
a. Program details are available from the City upon request.
2.
Generate an engine generator report, with details to be defined during the
project:
a. Assume the report will incorporate 10 columns of data (rows arranged by
date) and will output generator criteria such as usage frequency, userentered maintenance intervals, power demand, fuel tank levels, etc.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
Alarm descriptions shall be of sufficient detail for an accurate review by the Owner.
D.
After all shop drawings submittals required herein have been favorably reviewed by
the Engineer, the ICSC shall submit the following items, which must also be
favorably reviewed and implemented prior to the start of system testing, the entire
control system including all required software packages must be operational prior to
the required factory acceptance test:
1.
All operator interface display submittals shall be in full color as they will appear
on the display screen:
a. This submittal shall be prepared after the requisite graphics meetings.
b. The submittal shall include:
1) Graphic displays.
2) Trend displays.
3) Alpha numeric displays.
4) Alarm displays.
5) Historian points determined by the Owner.
2.
Each display shall be uniquely titled:
a. Locations for process data shall be clearly identified either through the
use of simulated data or by showing variables on the displays and
providing a reference list describing those variables.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-3
9408A10
b.
3.
1.06
E.
F.
G.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-4
9408A10
B.
The manufacturer must have a formal and documented set of quality assurance
procedures that are applied to the engineering design, development, and
documentation of the software:
1.
The presence of a formal quality assurance department is required.
C.
Software provided under this Section shall be included in the testing specified in
Section 17950.
1.07
1.08
1.09
SEQUENCING
A.
The following items shall be submitted with the final sets of technical manuals
required as specified in the Submittals article of this Section, 15 working days
before the pre-commissioning test as specified in Section 17050:
1.
All program manuals supplied by the manufacturers with the standard software
packages.
2.
All original program disks supplied by the manufacturers with the standard
software packages, including any program revisions or updates issued by the
manufacturers during the construction period.
3.
All PLC program and operator interface application program files stored on
labeled disks:
a. The PLC program and operator interface application program file disks
shall also be updated as required if any changes or corrections are
required in this programming before Project completion.
B.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-5
9408A10
f)
5.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-6
9408A10
2)
6.
1.10
1.11
WARRANTY
A.
1.12
1.13
1.14
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-7
9408A10
1.15
MAINTENANCE
A.
B.
Provide system upgrades and maintenance fixes for a period of 1 year from
Substantial Completion.
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.02
2.03
2.04
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
General:
1.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide all run time and development software
licensed for:
a. Unlimited tags.
b. Unlimited screens.
c. No direct limits on the number of connections to a server machine.
d. Provide the number of client licenses as indicated by the number of
machines shown or specified, the addition of a new client shall not require
an upgrade to the server license.
2.
Provide software and licenses as required to implement the system
architecture and functionality as indicated on the Drawings and as described in
the System Description article of this Section.
3.
License/registered all software in the Owners name.
4.
Turn all software installed on the workstation, over to the Owner with disks,
keys and manuals.
5.
The system software specified as part of this Section support SCADA system
functions including, but not limited to:
a. Human machine interface (HMI) process graphics development and
display.
b. Real time point database development and display.
c. Historical database generation, collection, and display.
d. Alarming subsystem.
e. Trending and report subsystems.
f. Drivers and interfaces.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-8
9408A10
B.
C.
D.
Development workstations:
1.
For development workstations provide all software for the generation and
modification of the of graphic screens, SCADA system databases, access
control files and supervisory control programs.
2.
The development node contains all client software and licenses for use as an
additional operator display.
3.
License all software in the Owners name.
E.
Licensing:
1.
Provided hardware keys shall utilize the USB form factor.
F.
G.
Miscellaneous software:
1.
Provide the following support software for use on the SCADA system
computers. Install all software on the appropriate system node. Provide all
software CD/DVD media. License all software to the Owner:
a. Provide all nodes with virus protection software.
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-9
9408A10
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install all required software improvement modules (SIMs). At the completion of the
Project, and provide installation disk(s) containing all SIMs used on the Project to
the Owner.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
Test all software provided as part of this Section as part of the system tests
specified in Section 17950.
B.
Provide training for 2 of the Owners staff in the use of the following software
packages:
1.
Wonderware 10.5.
C.
D.
The Contractor shall cover the costs of tuition, training materials, and related fees.
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
3.12
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17762 (FS)
17762-10
9408A10
SECTION 17903
SCHEDULES - I/O LIST
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SUMMARY
A.
The I/O list is not a take-off list. Additional information is as indicated on the
Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents. Where any discrepancies
between this list and the P&ID drawings arise, the P&ID shall govern.
B.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
I/O LIST
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17903 (FS)
17903-1
9408A10
Loop
I/O
Location
PD
1007
AI
PLC-2031
SB
1040
AI
PLC-2031
SB
1050
AI
PLC-2031
1201
AI
PLC-2031
2018
AI
PLC-2031
2028
AI
2038
Description 1
Description 2
Drawing #
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
SPEED IN
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
SPEED IN
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
TEMP
PLC-2031
9408A1020N005.DWG
PLC-2031
TEMP
PLC-2031
9408A1020N005.DWG
AI
PLC-2031
TEMP
PLC-2031
9408A1020N005.DWG
Total AI Points = 7
SS
1040
AO
PLC-2031
SPEED OUT
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
SS
1050
AO
PLC-2031
SPEED OUT
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
Total AO Points = 2
HSAR
1001
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
ZSC
1001
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
ZSO
1001
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
HSAR
1003
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
ZSC
1003
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
ZSO
1003
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
PDSH
1006
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
AUX1
1010
DI
PLC-2031
RUNNING
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
AUX2
1010
DI
PLC-2031
FAILED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
AUX3
1010
DI
PLC-2031
MPR TRIPP
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
HSAR
1010
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
TSH
1010
DI
PLC-2031
TEMP HIGH
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
CAROLLO - 5/29/2014
9408A10
PLC LISTING
Page 1 of 7
Loop
I/O
Location
Description 1
Description 2
Drawing #
TSHH
1010
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
PSL
1012
DI
PLC-2031
LOW PRESS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
PSH
1013
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
HSAR
1015
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
ZSC
1015
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
ZSO
1015
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
AUX1
1020
DI
PLC-2031
RUNNING
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
AUX2
1020
DI
PLC-2031
FAILED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
AUX3
1020
DI
PLC-2031
MPR TRIPP
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
HSAR
1020
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
TSH
1020
DI
PLC-2031
TEMP HIGH
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
TSHH
1020
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
PSL
1022
DI
PLC-2031
LOW PRESS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
PSH
1023
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
HSAR
1025
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
ZSC
1025
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
ZSO
1025
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
AUX1
1030
DI
PLC-2031
RUNNING
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
AUX2
1030
DI
PLC-2031
FAILED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
AUX3
1030
DI
PLC-2031
MPR TRIPP
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
HSAR
1030
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
TSH
1030
DI
PLC-2031
TEMP HIGH
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
TSHH
1030
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
LOW PRESS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
PSL
1032
DI
PLC-2031
PSH
1033
DI
PLC-2031
HSAR
1035
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
ZSC
1035
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
CAROLLO - 5/29/2014
9408A10
PLC LISTING
Page 2 of 7
Loop
I/O
Location
Description 1
Description 2
Drawing #
ZSO
1035
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
AUX1
1040
DI
PLC-2031
VFD RUNNING
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
AUX2
1040
DI
PLC-2031
VFD FAILED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
AUX3
1040
DI
PLC-2031
MPR TRIP
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
AUX6
1040
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
AUX7
1040
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
HSAB
1040
DI
PLC-2031
BYPASS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
HSAR
1040
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
TSH
1040
DI
PLC-2031
TEMP HIGH
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
TSH2
1040
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
TSHH
1040
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
XVSH
1040
DI
PLC-2031
VIBRATION
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
XVSHH
1040
DI
PLC-2031
VIBRATION
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
AUX1
1040B
DI
PLC-2031
RUNNING
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
HSAB
1040B
DI
PLC-2031
BYPASS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
LOW PRESS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
PSL
1042
DI
PLC-2031
PDSH
1043
DI
PLC-2031
HSAR
1045
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
ZSC
1045
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
ZSO
1045
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
AUX1
1050
DI
PLC-2031
VFD RUNNING
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
AUX2
1050
DI
PLC-2031
VFD FAILED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
AUX3
1050
DI
PLC-2031
MPR TRIP
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
AUX6
1050
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
AUX7
1050
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
HSAB
1050
DI
PLC-2031
BYPASS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
HSAR
1050
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
CAROLLO - 5/29/2014
9408A10
PLC LISTING
Page 3 of 7
Loop
I/O
Location
Description 1
Description 2
Drawing #
TSH
1050
DI
PLC-2031
TEMP HIGH
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
TSH2
1050
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
TSHH
1050
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
XVSH
1050
DI
PLC-2031
VIBRATION
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
XVSHH
1050
DI
PLC-2031
VIBRATION
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
AUX1
1050B
DI
PLC-2031
RUNNING
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
HSAB
1050B
DI
PLC-2031
BYPASS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
LOW PRESS
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
PSL
1052
DI
PLC-2031
PDSH
1053
DI
PLC-2031
HSAR
1055
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
ZSC
1055
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
ZSO
1055
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
ESL3
2010
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
2019
DI
PLC-2031
INTRUSION
PLC-2031
9408A1020N005.DWG
AUX3
2020
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
Y7
2020
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
Y1
2020.1
DI
PLC-2031
STATUS
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
Y2
2020.1
DI
PLC-2031
VOLT TRIP
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
Y6
2020.1
DI
PLC-2031
FREQ TRIP
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZSC
2020.1
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZSO
2020.1
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZST
2020.1
DI
PLC-2031
TRIPPED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
Y1
2020.2
DI
PLC-2031
STATUS
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
Y2
2020.2
DI
PLC-2031
VOLT TRIP
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZSC
2020.2
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZSO
2020.2
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZST
2020.2
DI
PLC-2031
TRIPPED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
CAROLLO - 5/29/2014
9408A10
PLC LISTING
Page 4 of 7
Loop
I/O
Location
Description 1
Description 2
Drawing #
Y1
2020.3
DI
PLC-2031
STATUS
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZSC
2020.3
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZSO
2020.3
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZST
2020.3
DI
PLC-2031
TRIPPED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
Y1
2020.4
DI
PLC-2031
STATUS
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZSC
2020.4
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZSO
2020.4
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
ZST
2020.4
DI
PLC-2031
TRIPPED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
Y1
2020.5
DI
PLC-2031
STATUS
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZSC
2020.5
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZSO
2020.5
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZST
2020.5
DI
PLC-2031
TRIPPED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
Y1
2020.6
DI
PLC-2031
STATUS
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZSC
2020.6
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZSO
2020.6
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZST
2020.6
DI
PLC-2031
TRIPPED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
Y1
2020.7
DI
PLC-2031
STATUS
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZSC
2020.7
DI
PLC-2031
CLOSED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZSO
2020.7
DI
PLC-2031
OPENED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZST
2020.7
DI
PLC-2031
TRIPPED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
Y1
2020.8
DI
PLC-2031
STATUS
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
ZST
2020.8
DI
PLC-2031
TRIPPED
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
2029
DI
PLC-2031
INTRUSION
PLC-2031
9408A1020N005.DWG
AUX1
2031
DI
PLC-2031
ON UPS POWER
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
JS1
2031
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
JS2
2031
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
JS3
2031
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
CAROLLO - 5/29/2014
9408A10
PLC LISTING
Page 5 of 7
Loop
I/O
Location
Description 1
Description 2
Drawing #
TSH
2031
DI
PLC-2031
PLC TEMP
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
XA3
2031
DI
PLC-2031
LO BATT
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
XA4
2031
DI
PLC-2031
UPS FAIL
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
XA5
2031
DI
PLC-2031
ES FAIL
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
XA6
2031
DI
PLC-2031
CPU FAIL
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
ZS
2031
DI
PLC-2031
INTRUSION
PLC-2031
9408A1020N004.DWG
ESL1
2035
DI
PLC-2031
SMOKE ALARM
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
2039A
DI
PLC-2031
INTRUSION
PLC-2031
9408A1020N005.DWG
2039B
DI
PLC-2031
INTRUSION
PLC-2031
9408A1020N005.DWG
AUX1
2100
DI
PLC-2031
RUNNING ENG
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
AUX2
2100
DI
PLC-2031
FAIL ENG
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
HSDA
2100
DI
PLC-2031
AUTO
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
HSWA
2100
DI
PLC-2031
REMOTE
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
LSL
2100
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
Y4
2100
DI
PLC-2031
ON GEN POWER
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
Y5
2100
DI
PLC-2031
ON UTILITY POWER
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
Y6
2100
DI
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
1001
DO
PLC-2031
CLOSE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
MSO
1001
DO
PLC-2031
OPEN
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
MSC
1003
DO
PLC-2031
CLOSE
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
MSO
1003
DO
PLC-2031
OPEN
PLC-2031
9408A1010N001.DWG
HAR
1010
DO
PLC-2031
RESET
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
MST
1010
DO
PLC-2031
START
PLC-2031
9408A1010N002.DWG
HAR
1020
DO
PLC-2031
RESET
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
MST
1020
DO
PLC-2031
START
PLC-2031
9408A1010N003.DWG
CAROLLO - 5/29/2014
9408A10
PLC LISTING
Page 6 of 7
Loop
I/O
Location
Description 1
Description 2
Drawing #
HAR
1030
DO
PLC-2031
RESET
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
MST
1030
DO
PLC-2031
START
PLC-2031
9408A1010N004.DWG
HSR1
1040
DO
PLC-2031
RESET MPR
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
HSR2
1040
DO
PLC-2031
RESET VFD
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
MST
1040
DO
PLC-2031
START
PLC-2031
9408A1010N005.DWG
HSR1
1050
DO
PLC-2031
RESET MPR
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
HSR2
1050
DO
PLC-2031
RESET VFD
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
MST
1050
DO
PLC-2031
START
PLC-2031
9408A1010N006.DWG
HSR
2020.1
DO
PLC-2031
RESET
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
HSR
2020.2
DO
PLC-2031
RESET
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
MSC
2020.3
DO
PLC-2031
CLOSE
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
MSO
2020.3
DO
PLC-2031
OPEN
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
MSC
2020.4
DO
PLC-2031
CLOSE
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
MSO
2020.4
DO
PLC-2031
OPEN
PLC-2031
9408A1020N006.DWG
MSC
2020.5
DO
PLC-2031
CLOSE
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
MSO
2020.5
DO
PLC-2031
OPEN
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
MSC
2020.6
DO
PLC-2031
CLOSE
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
MSO
2020.6
DO
PLC-2031
OPEN
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
MSC
2020.7
DO
PLC-2031
CLOSE
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
MSO
2020.7
DO
PLC-2031
OPEN
PLC-2031
9408A1020N007.DWG
HST2
2100
DO
PLC-2031
TRANSFER TO GEN
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
HST3
2100
DO
PLC-2031
TRANSFER TO UTILITY
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
HST4
2100
DO
PLC-2031
PLC-2031
9408A1020N008.DWG
Total DO Points = 31
CAROLLO - 5/29/2014
9408A10
PLC LISTING
Page 7 of 7
SECTION 17950
TESTING, CALIBRATION, AND COMMISSIONING
PART 1
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Testing requirements that apply to all process control and instrumentation
systems for the entire Project.
B.
Related sections:
1.
The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as
binding as if called for by all.
2.
It is the Contractors responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of Contractors Work.
3.
The following sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This
list of related sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to
excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
b. Section 01756 - Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up.
c. Section 17050 - Common Work Results for Process Control and
Instrumentation Systems.
d. Section 17100 - Control Strategies.
REFERENCES
A.
1.03
GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
General:
1.
Reference additional detailed test submittal scheduling and prerequisite
requirements as specified in the Sequencing article of Section 17050
2.
For each test described in this Section, and described in other Instrumentation
and Control Specifications, prepare and submit complete test plans, test
procedures, test forms, test binders, test reports, and other submittals, as
specified below.
3.
Submit manufacturers certifications and manufacturers field reports where
required.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-1
9408A10
4.
5.
6.
Submit test plans, procedures, forms, and binders for approval by the
Engineer before scheduling or performing tests.
Develop the PCIS system test submittals in consultation and cooperation with
all applicable subcontractors.
Additional test form and test procedure requirements are specified with
individual test requirements.
C.
D.
Test procedures:
1.
Develop and submit detailed test procedures to show that the integrated
SCADA system hardware and software is fully operational and in compliance
with the requirements specified in the Contract Documents.
2.
Provide a statement of test objectives for each test.
3.
Prepare specific procedures for each process system.
4.
Describe sequentially the steps to be followed in verifying the correct operation
of each process system, including all features described in the loop
descriptions, control strategies, and shown in the P&IDs. Implied or generic
test procedures are not acceptable.
5.
Specify who will perform the tests, specifically what testing equipment will be
used (including serial numbers and NIST-traceable calibration), and how the
testing equipment will be used.
6.
Describe the expected role of the Engineer, as well as any requirements for
assistance from Owners staff.
7.
Provide the forms and checklists to be used.
E.
Test forms:
1.
Provide test and calibration forms and checklists for each of the following:
a. Calibration.
b. Factory acceptance tests.
c. Loop validation tests.
d. Pre-commissioning test.
e. Performance test.
2.
Test forms shall include the detailed test procedures, or shall include clear
references to separate pages containing the complete test procedure
applicable to each form. If references to procedures are used, the complete
procedure shall be included with each test binder.
3.
Every page of each test form shall include project name, date, time, name of
person conducting the test, signature of person conducting the test, and for
witnessed tests, place for signature of person (Engineer and Owner)
witnessing the test.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-2
9408A10
4.
1.06
Some sample test forms are included at the end of this Section. These test
forms show the minimum required test form content. They are not complete,
and have not been customized for this Project. The Contractor is to develop
and submit test forms customized for the Project and meeting all of the
specified test and submittal requirements.
F.
Testing binders:
1.
Sub-system to be tested, provide and submit a test binder containing all test
procedures and individual test forms for the test. References to other
documents for test procedures and requirements are not acceptable.
2.
Fill out in advance headings and all other information known before the test.
3.
Include applicable test plan information, as well as a list of all test
prerequisites, test personnel, and equipment.
4.
Include or list reference material and provide separately at the time of the test.
5.
Record test results and verify that all test requirements and conditions have
been met.
G.
H.
Test reports:
1.
At the conclusion of each test, submit a complete test report, including all test
results and certifications.
2.
Include all completed test binders, forms, and checklists.
3.
Submission, review, and acceptance of each test report is generally required
before the start of the sub-system.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Test personnel:
1.
Furnish qualified technical personnel to perform all calibration, testing, and
verification. The test personnel are required to be familiar with this Project and
the equipment, software, and systems before being assigned to the test
program.
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
SCHEDULING
A.
1.11
1.12
1.13
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-3
9408A10
1.14
1.15
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-4
9408A10
10. Any changes and/or corrections shall be noted on the test forms. Engineer
shall witness the revisions and/or corrections prior to leaving the test site.
11. If the corrections and/or revisions are too extensive to be made while the
Engineer is scheduled to be at the FAT test site, the FAT shall be, at the
Engineers sole discretion, considered failed, and the test shall be restarted at
a later date. All costs for the re-test shall be borne by the Contractor.
B.
Testing simulation:
1.
The FAT shall make use of hardware simulators that contain switches, pilot
lights, variable analog signal generators, and analog signal level displays,
which shall be connected to the I/O points within the SCADA system. All inputs
and outputs shall be simulated and proper control and system operation shall
be validated.
2.
The use of jumper wires, terminal block mounted pilot lights, and loose meters
to act as or supply the functionality of a simulator shall not be allowed.
C.
D.
Panel inspections:
1.
The Engineer will inspect each control panel for completeness, workmanship,
fit and finish, and compliance with the Contract Documents and the approved
shop drawings.
2.
Provide panel inspection forms as part of the factory acceptance test
procedures submittal.
3.
Inspection to include, as a minimum: Layout, mounting, wire and data cable
routing, wire tags, power supply, components and wiring, I/O components
layout (including terminals, wiring and relays), device layout on doors and front
panels, and proper ventilation operation.
E.
I/O test:
1.
Verify that I/O is properly wired to field terminals and is properly mapped into
the PLC and the rest of the SCADA system, including all operator interface
devices.
2.
Test methodology:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-5
9408A10
a.
3.
F.
G.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-6
9408A10
a.
3.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Installation supervision:
1.
Provide as specified in Section 17050.
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
General:
1.
The Owner reserves the right to test any specified function, whether or not
explicitly stated in the test submittals.
2.
Failure testing:
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-7
9408A10
a.
3.
B.
Manufacturer services:
1.
Provide as specified in Section 17050.
C.
Sequencing:
1.
See additional requirements specified in the Sequencing article of
Section 17050
D.
Calibration:
1.
After installation but before starting other tests, calibrate and adjust all
instruments, devices, valves, and systems, in conformance with the
component manufacturer's instructions and as specified in these Contract
Documents.
2.
Components having adjustable features are to be set carefully for the specific
conditions and applications of this installation. Test and verify that components
and/or systems are within the specified limits of accuracy.
3.
Replace either individually or within a system, defective elements that cannot
achieve proper calibration or accuracy.
4.
Calibration points:
a. Calibrate each analog instrument at 0 percent, 25 percent, 50 percent,
75 percent, and 100 percent of span, using test instruments with
accuracies traceable to NIST.
5.
Field verify calibration of instruments that have been factory-calibrated to
determine whether any of the calibrations are in need of adjustment.
6.
Analyzer calibration:
a. Calibrate and test each analyzer system as a workable system after
installation. Follow the testing procedures directed by the manufacturers'
technical representatives.
7.
Complete instrument calibration sheets for every field instrument and analyzer.
8.
Calibration tags:
a. Attach a calibration and testing tag to each instrument, piece of
equipment, or system.
b. Sign the tag when calibration is complete.
E.
Loop check/validation:
1.
Check all control loops under simulated operating conditions by causing a
range of input signals at the primary control elements and observing
appropriate responses of the respective control and monitoring elements, final
control elements, and the graphic displays associated with the SCADA
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-8
9408A10
system. Issue commands from the SCADA system and verify proper
responses of field devices. Use actual process inputs wherever available.
2.
Provide end-to-end tests:
a. Test SCADA system inputs from field device to SCADA system operator
workstations.
b. Test SCADA system outputs from SCADA operator workstations to field
devices and equipment.
c. Observe and record responses at all intermediate devices.
d. Test and record operator commands and signal readouts to each operator
device where there is more than one operator interface point.
e. For each signal, perform separate tests for SCADA computer screens,
local operator interface (LOI) screens, and local control panels.
3.
Retest any loop following any necessary corrections.
4.
Apply simulated sensor inputs corresponding to 0 percent, 25 percent,
50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of span for networks that incorporate
analog elements, and monitor the resulting outputs to verify compliance to
accuracy tolerance requirements.
5.
Apply continuously variable up and down analog inputs to verify the proper
operation and setting of discrete devices (signal trips, etc.).
6.
Apply provisional settings on controllers and alarm set points.
7.
Record all analog loop test data on test forms.
8.
Exercise each field device requiring an analog command signal, through the
SCADA system. Vary, during the validation process, the output from the PLC
SCADA system and measure the end device position, speed, etc. to confirm
the proper operation of the device for the supplied analog signal. Manually set
the output from the SCADA screen at 0 percent, 25 percent, 50 percent,
75 percent, and 100 percent and measure the response at the final device and
at any intermediate devices.
9.
Exercise each field device providing a discrete input to the SCADA system in
the field and observe the proper operation shall be observed at the operator
workstation:
a. Test limit switches, set limits mechanically, and observe proper operation
at the operator workstation.
b. Exercise starters, relay contacts, switch contacts, and observe proper
operation.
c. Calibrate and test instruments supplying discrete inputs, and observe
proper operation.
10. Test each device accepting a discrete output signal from the SCADA. Perform
the appropriate operator action at the SCADA operator stations (including
LOIs, if present) and confirm the proper operation of the field device:
a. Stroke valves through outputs from the SCADA system, and confirm
proper directional operation. Confirm travel limits and any feedback
signals to the SCADA system.
b. Exercise motors starters from the SCADA system and verify proper
operation through direct field observation.
c. Exercise solenoids and other field devices from the SCADA system and
verify proper operation through direct field observation.
11. Include in the test forms:
a. Analog input devices:
1) Calibration range.
2) Calibration data: Input, output, and error at each test value.
3) Analog input associated PLC register address.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-9
9408A10
4)
5)
b.
c.
d.
e.
F.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-10
9408A10
d.
3.
4.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-11
9408A10
5.
G.
Pre-commissioning certification:
a. Document via a certified report the completion of all pre-commissioning
and test activities:
1) Including all test forms with test data entered, submitted to the
Engineer with a clear and unequivocal statement that all precommissioning test requirements have been satisfied.
3.08
3.09
3.10
Performance/reliability/operational tests:
1.
After successful completion of the pre-commissioning test as accepted by the
Engineer and Owner, the performance test can proceed.
2.
Complete training and instruction of the Owner's personnel as specified in the
Sequencing and Scheduling article of Section 17050.
B.
The performance test may be performed concurrently with the 7-day operational
test specified in Section 01756.
C.
General:
1.
The performance test is part of the Work that must be completed as a
condition of substantial completion for the entire Project.
2.
The complete PLC control and SCADA system must run continuously for the
duration of the performance test. During this period, exercise all system
functions, and log for cause of failure, any system interruption and
accompanying component, subsystem, or program failure:
a. Include time of occurrence and duration of each failure.
3.
Provide a competently trained technician or programmer on call for the Project
Site during all normal working days and hours from the start of the
performance test until final acceptance of the system. Response time to the
Project Site:
a. 24 hours or less, for a major failure.
4.
The performance test duration:
a. 10 days.
5.
Test and use the entire process control system under standard operating
conditions.
D.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-12
9408A10
2.
3.
E.
Failures:
1.
Classify failures as either major or minor.
a. Minor failure:
1) A small and non-critical component failure or software problem that
can be corrected by the Owner's operators.
2) Log this occurrence but this is not a reason for stopping the test and
is not grounds for non-acceptance.
3) Should the same or similar component failure occur repeatedly, this
may be considered as grounds for non-acceptance.
4) Failure of one printer or operator station is considered a minor failure
providing all functions can be provided by backup equipment, i.e.,
alternate printers and operator station, and repairs can be made and
equipment returned to service within 3 working days.
b. Major failure:
1) Considered to have occurred when a component, subsystem,
software control, or program fault causes a halt in or improper
operation of the system and/or when a technician's work is required
to make a repair or to re-initiate operation of the system.
2) Cause termination of the performance test.
3) Start a new acceptance test when the causes of a major failure have
been corrected.
4) A failure is also considered major when failure of any control system
that results in an overflow, underflow, overdose, or underdose
condition occurs.
F.
Technician report:
1.
Each time a technician is required to respond to a system malfunction, he or
she must complete a report, which includes details concerning the nature of
the complaint or malfunction and the resulting repair action required and taken.
2.
If a malfunction occurs which clears itself or which the operator on duty is able
to correct, no report is required or logged as specified above.
3.
If a technician has performed work but no report is written, then a major failure
is considered to have occurred.
4.
Each report shall be submitted within 24 hours to the Engineer and the Owner,
or its representative.
3.11
3.12
SCHEDULES
A.
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-13
9408A10
1.
2.
Example test forms are attached at the end of this Section. They may be used
as a starting point for the development of Project-specific test forms for this
Project.
The example test forms are not intended to be complete or comprehensive.
Edit and supplement the forms to meet the requirements for testing and test
forms specified in this Section and other Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-14
9408A10
No
Yes
REMARKS:
CHECKED BY (COMPANY)
ACCEPTED BY (COMPANY)
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
DATE
DATE
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-15
9408A10
SWITCHES
INSTALLATION AND CALIBRATION CHECKLIST
INSTRUMENT LOOP NO.
SERVICE DESCRIPTION
CHECK BELOW, WHEN COMPLETED:
BENCH CALIBRATED PER SPEC SHEET
VERIFIED PER P&ID NO
CORRESPONDS TO SPECIFICATION SHEET NO.
WIRING CORRECT PER INSTRUMENT LOOP DRAWING NO.
INSTALLATION CORRECT PER DETAIL NO.
ACCESSORIES ARE PRESENT AND PROPERLY INSTALLED
INSTRUMENT IS ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE OR REMOVAL
ENGRAVED LAMINATED NAMEPLATE (NO SPELLING ERRORS) PERMANENTLY INSTALLED
No
Yes
FOR
SIGNAL
CONTACT IS
TO
ALARM
INCR
S/D PERM
FUNCTION
OPEN
SET PT =
SET PT =
DECR
CLOSE
RESET =
RESET =
ALARM
INCR
OPEN
SET PT =
SET PT =
S/D PERM
DECR
CLOSE
RESET =
RESET =
ALARM
INCR
OPEN
SET PT =
SET PT =
S/D PERM
DECR
CLOSE
RESET =
RESET =
ALARM
INCR
OPEN
SET PT =
SET PT =
S/D PERM
DECR
CLOSE
RESET =
RESET =
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-16
9408A10
SWITCHES
INSTALLATION AND CALIBRATION CHECKLIST
REMARKS:
CHECKED BY (COMPANY)
ACCEPTED BY (COMPANY)
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
DATE
DATE
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-17
9408A10
TRANSMITTER/CONTROLLER/INDICATOR
INSTALLATION AND CALIBRATION CHECKLIST
TRANSMITTER
No
Yes
CONTROLLER
OTHER
DESCRIPTION
SERIAL NO.
SERVICE DESCRIPTION
BENCH CALIBRATION CHECK
INPUT RANGE =
OUTPUT RANGE =
HEAD CORRECTION =
LINEAR
CALIBRATED SPAN =
SQUARE ROOT
% CALIB
SPAN
DESIRED VALUE
ACTUAL VALUE
EXPECTED VALUE
ACTUAL VALUE
0
50
100
CHECK BELOW, WHEN COMPLETED:
BENCH CALIBRATED PER SPECIFICATION SHEET
VERIFIED PER P&ID NO
CORRESPONDS TO SPECIFICATION SHEET NO.
WIRING CORRECT PER INSTRUMENT LOOP DRAWING NO.
INSTALLATION CORRECT PER DETAIL NO.
ACCESSORIES ARE PRESENT AND PROPERLY INSTALLED
INSTRUMENT IS ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE OR REMOVAL
ENGRAVED LAMINATED NAMEPLATE (NO SPELLING ERRORS) PERMANENTLY INSTALLED
FIELD CALIBRATION CHECK
INPUT RANGE =
% CALIB
SPAN
OUTPUT RANGE =
DESIRED VALUE
ACTUAL VALUE
EXPECTED VALUE
ACTUAL VALUE
0
50
100
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-18
9408A10
TRANSMITTER/CONTROLLER/INDICATOR
INSTALLATION AND CALIBRATION CHECKLIST
DIRECT
REVERSE
SPAN
CONTROLLER SETTINGS
SETTING
GAIN
PB
RESET
(INTEGRAL)
DERIV.
(RATE)
HIGH
LIMIT
LOW
LIMIT
ELEV.
ZERO
ZERO
SUPP
PRE-TUNE
POST-TUNE
PRE-TUNE SETTINGS
GAIN
PB
RESET (REPEAT/MIN)
RESET (MIN/REPEAT)
DERIVATION (MINUTES)
FLOW:
1.0
100
10
0.1
N/A
LEVEL
1.0
100
MIN.
MAX.
N/A
PRESSURE
2.0
50
2.0
0.5
N/A
TEMP.
4.0
25
0.1
10
OFF
REMARKS
CHECKED BY (COMPANY)
ACCEPTED BY (COMPANY)
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
DATE
DATE
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-19
9408A10
CONTROL VALVES
INSTALLATION AND CALIBRATION CHECKLIST
No
Yes
SERIAL NO.
SERIAL NO.
SERIAL NO.
SERIAL NO.
POSITIONER
SERIAL NO.
SERVICE DESCRIPTION
TRANSDUCER CHECK
INPUT RANGE =
OUTPUT RANGE =
CALIBRATED SPAN =
CALIBRATED SPAN =
BENCH
SPAN
DESIRED
ACTUAL
SPAN
0%
0%
50%
50%
100%
EXPECTED
ACTUAL
EXPECTED
ACTUAL
100%
FIELD
SPAN
DESIRED
ACTUAL
SPAN
0%
0%
50%
50%
100%
100%
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-20
9408A10
CONTROL VALVES
INSTALLATION AND CALIBRATION CHECKLIST
ACCESSORIES ARE PRESENT AND PROPERLY INSTALLED
INSTRUMENT IS ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE OR REMOVAL
ENGRAVED LAMINATED NAMEPLATE (NO SPELLING ERRORS) PERMANENTLY INSTALLED
VALVE CHECK
FLOW
CHECK
SAFETY
CHECK
TRAVEL
CHECK
FULL OPEN AT
SEATING
CHECK
OPEN
CLOSE
TO VENT
FULL CLOSED AT
PSI
MEASURED TRAVEL
PSI
ON BENCH
TO VALVE
RESULTS
INCHES
ACTUATOR BENCH SET
IN-LINE
POSITIONER CHECK
PSI TO POSITIONER
PSI TO POSITIONER
VOLUME BOOSTER CHECK
REMARKS
CHECKED BY (COMPANY)
ACCEPTED BY (COMPANY)
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
DATE
DATE
May 2014
pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/OK/Stillwater/9408A10/Specifications/17950 (FS)
17950-21
9408A10